WO2020192781A1 - Capability reporting method and user equipment - Google Patents
Capability reporting method and user equipment Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2020192781A1 WO2020192781A1 PCT/CN2020/081988 CN2020081988W WO2020192781A1 WO 2020192781 A1 WO2020192781 A1 WO 2020192781A1 CN 2020081988 W CN2020081988 W CN 2020081988W WO 2020192781 A1 WO2020192781 A1 WO 2020192781A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- supported
- srs antenna
- srs
- frequency band
- antenna
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
- H04W72/21—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
- H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
Definitions
- the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a method and user equipment for reporting SRS antenna switching capabilities.
- network equipment e.g., base station
- UE user equipment
- the heat of the UE will increase, and the UE will experience overheating problems (e.g., the heat of the UE is greater than Certain threshold), or when the UE expects to reduce the transmit power, it will reconfigure the number of multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) layers for the UE. For example, reduce the number of MIMO layers of the UE to reduce the UE The transmission power of this machine can solve its overheating problem.
- MIMO multiple-input multiple-output
- the network device After the network device lowers the number of MIMO layers for the UE, if the network device does not reconfigure the sounding reference signal (SRS) resources for the user antenna conversion accordingly, a capability mismatch will occur during the antenna port conversion The problem.
- SRS sounding reference signal
- the embodiment of the application provides a method for reporting capabilities, which can solve the problem that the network equipment in the prior art cannot configure the SRS resources corresponding to the number of antenna ports and other resources for the UE because it does not know the fallback SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE. The problem.
- a method for reporting capabilities is provided, which is applied to a UE.
- the method may include: the UE determines the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; and the UE sends a first message to a network device.
- the first message It includes the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; where the first message also includes the SRS antenna port switching capability supported by the UE that can be backed off.
- the UE reports to the network equipment every type of SRS antenna conversion capability that it can support, so that when the network equipment needs to configure the MIMO layer for the UE, the corresponding configuration is corresponding SRS resources used for antenna port conversion.
- the first message further includes the first MIMO layer number supported by the UE; the back-off SRS antenna port switching capability supported by the UE corresponds to the second MIMO layer number; this The number of second MIMO layers is less than or equal to the number of first MIMO layers.
- the UE reports to the network equipment the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponding to each fallback MIMO layer number that it can support, so that when the network equipment needs to configure the MIMO layer number for the UE, it will configure the corresponding antenna for it accordingly.
- SRS resource for port conversion is the SRS resource for port conversion.
- the number of first MIMO layers supported by the UE includes each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers supported on each carrier on the above; this second MIMO layer number includes the uplink supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes that the UE is in the UE The SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported; the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes the available SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- SRS antenna switching capability for fallback That is, the granularity of the SRS antenna conversion capability can be each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE’s in each frequency band combination supported by the UE At least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported on the frequency band; where each fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to one of the second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination
- the combination of the number of uplink MIMO layers and one downlink MIMO layer That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna port conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers supported on the frequency band, without distinguishing carriers.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE’s in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported on the frequency band; where the backable SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to an SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the MIMO layers supported on all carriers on the frequency band, without distinguishing between uplink and downlink.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE’s in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on the frequency band; where the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the corresponding frequency band of the UE in the corresponding frequency band combination
- the number of all uplink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported on the upper, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the downlink numbers in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination Number of MIMO layers.
- each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to all the uplink MIMO layers supported on all carriers on the frequency band, and the other corresponds to all the downlink MIMO layers supported on all carriers on the frequency band number.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE’s in each frequency band combination supported by the UE At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on the frequency band; wherein each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported on the corresponding frequency band, and does not distinguish between uplink and downlink.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE’s in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported on the frequency band; among them, each back-off SRS antenna in the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities
- the conversion capability corresponds to one uplink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination
- each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities is a back-off SRS
- the antenna switching capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities.
- One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink MIMO layer supported on the frequency band, and the other group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported on the corresponding frequency band. SRS antenna conversion capability for each downlink MIMO layer number.
- the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: The SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each carrier on each frequency band in each supported frequency band combination; the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes each frequency band combination supported by the UE SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported on each carrier in the frequency band. That is, the granularity of the SRS antenna conversion capability and the granularity of the number of MIMO layers are the same as each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE’s in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each carrier in the frequency band; where the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the second MIMO supported by the UE on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination Number of layers. That is, each carrier on each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported on the carrier on the frequency band, and is suitable for uplink and downlink.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each carrier on each frequency band; where the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE in the corresponding The number of uplink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the frequency band combination, and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE's corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination The number of downlink MIMO layers in the number of second MIMO layers supported on the carrier.
- each carrier on each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink MIMO layers supported on the corresponding carrier on the frequency band, and the other corresponds to the support on the carrier on the frequency band The number of all downlink MIMO layers.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported on each carrier on each frequency band; where each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one of the second MIMO layers supported by the UE on each carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and the second group of back-off SRS antennas Each returnable SRS antenna conversion capability in the conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on each carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- each carrier on each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink MIMO layer supported on the carrier on the frequency band, and the other
- the group includes the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponding to each downlink MIMO layer supported on the carrier on the frequency band.
- the number of the first MIMO layer supported by the UE includes each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- the second MIMO layer number includes the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or downlink supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE Number of MIMO layers. That is, the granularity of the number of MIMO layers is each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
- the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes the UE's support on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE SRS antenna conversion capability. That is, the granularity of the SRS antenna conversion capability is the same as the granularity of the number of MIMO layers, which is each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE's ability to switch between each frequency band supported by the UE The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each frequency band; wherein the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to an SRS antenna conversion capability, which corresponds to all the MIMO layers supported on the frequency band and is suitable for uplink and downlink.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE's ability to switch between each frequency band supported by the UE The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each frequency band; where the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s corresponding frequency band combination Corresponding to the number of uplink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported on the corresponding frequency band, the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the downlink in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination Number of MIMO layers.
- each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the SRS antenna conversion capacity corresponding to all the uplink MIMO layers supported on the frequency band, and the other corresponds to the frequency band on the frequency band.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE's ability to switch in each frequency band supported by the UE Each frequency band supports the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities; among them, each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities
- the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities can be back-off
- the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink MIMO layer supported on that frequency band, and the other includes SRS antenna conversion capability corresponding to each downlink MIMO layer supported on this frequency band.
- the fallback SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used when the network device reconfigures the number of MIMO layers for the UE according to
- the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE reconfigures the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion for the UE.
- the UE reporting the backable SRS antenna conversion capability it supports may refer to the backable SRS antenna conversion capability when the network device reconfigures its SRS resources.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used by the network device to reconfigure the SRS for antenna port switching for the UE
- the resource is triggered by the following event: the network device receives the second message sent by the UE; where the second message includes the number of MIMO layers or the maximum number of MIMO layers that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE. That is, the network device may be requested by the UE to reconfigure the number of MIMO layers for the UE, and the specific configuration for which MIMO layer number is configured for the network device may refer to the expected value of the UE.
- the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it is expected to reduce power.
- the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- the first message is a UE capability message. That is, the UE can report the SRS antenna switching capability to the network device through the wireless capability message.
- a method for reporting capabilities is provided, which is applied to a UE.
- the method may include: the UE determines the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; and the UE sends a second message to the network device, the second message including The third MIMO layer number, the third MIMO layer number is the maximum number of MIMO layers that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; wherein, the second message also includes the SRS antenna conversion capability that the UE supports;
- the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth MIMO layer number, where the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number.
- the UE sends back to the network device the maximum number of MIMO layers that it expects the network device to configure for it, and reports to the network device the SRS that it can support less than or equal to the maximum MIMO layer configuration.
- the antenna switching capability enables the network device to configure the MIMO layer number and correspondingly allocate SRS resources for antenna port conversion by referring to the expected maximum MIMO layer number when it needs to configure the number of MIMO layers for the UE.
- the third MIMO layer number may also include: the UE expects the network device to configure the UE for the UE’s maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the first frequency range.
- the number of downlink MIMO layers; the fourth MIMO layer number is the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers that are less than or equal to the number of the third MIMO layer supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, the granularity of the number of MIMO layers may be the serving cell in the frequency range, specifically, it may include the number of MIMO layers in the serving cell in the first frequency range.
- the number of third MIMO layers includes: the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO of the serving cell in the second frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE
- the number of layers; the fourth MIMO layer number is the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers that are less than or equal to the number of the third MIMO layer supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, the granularity of the number of MIMO layers may be the serving cell in the frequency range, and specifically, may include the number of MIMO layers in the serving cell in the second frequency range.
- the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; wherein each of the backed-back SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers in the fourth MIMO layer supported by the UE in the first frequency range combination. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
- the back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: at least one back-off SRS supported by the UE in the first frequency range Antenna switching capability; where each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to one SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
- the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backed-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; wherein each of the backed-back SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to a fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported by the corresponding frequency range, without distinguishing between uplink and downlink.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the first returnable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range The SRS antenna conversion capability that can be withdrawn and the second SRS antenna conversion capability that can be rolled back; where the first SRS antenna conversion capability that can be rolled back corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range The number of uplink MIMO layers, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range, and the other corresponds to the number of all downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
- the SRS antenna switching capabilities that can be backed off supported by the UE include: the first group of backoffs supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability and the second set of backoff SRS antenna conversion capabilities; wherein, each backoff SRS antenna conversion capability in the first set of backoff SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the UE’s first frequency
- each of the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities in the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s support in the first frequency range A number of downlink MIMO layers in the fourth MIMO layer number.
- each frequency range corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities.
- One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink MIMO layer supported in the frequency range, and the other group includes each downlink support in the corresponding frequency range.
- SRS antenna conversion capability for MIMO layers includes the following:
- the backable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; where each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of an uplink MIMO layer number and a downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
- the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; where each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to one SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
- the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; where each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported by the corresponding frequency range, without distinguishing between uplink and downlink.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the first backoff supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability; where the first fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the uplink of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range
- the number of MIMO layers, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range, and the other corresponds to the number of all downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the first group of backable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE in the second frequency range The SRS antenna switching capability of the second set of fallback and the SRS antenna switching capability of the second set of fallback; where each fallback SRS antenna switching capability of the first set of fallback SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s second set of SRS antenna switching capabilities.
- each of the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities in the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s support in the second frequency range
- One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink MIMO layer supported in the frequency range, and the other group includes each downlink support in the corresponding frequency range. SRS antenna conversion capability for MIMO layers.
- the fallback SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used when the network device reconfigures the number of MIMO layers for the UE according to
- the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE reconfigures the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion for the UE.
- the network device may reconfigure the SRS resource used for antenna port conversion when reconfiguring the number of MIMO layers for the UE according to the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability reported by the UE.
- the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it is expected to reduce power.
- the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- a method for reporting capabilities is provided, which is applied to a UE.
- the method may include: the UE determines the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; and the UE sends a first message to the network device, and the first message includes The SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; wherein, the first message also includes the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE that can be backed off.
- the UE reports to the network device every type of SRS antenna conversion capability that it can support, so that the network device needs to configure the number of antenna ports for the UE accordingly.
- the first message further includes the first MIMO layer number supported by the UE; the back-off SRS antenna port switching capability supported by the UE corresponds to the second MIMO layer number; this The number of second MIMO layers is less than or equal to the number of first MIMO layers.
- the UE reports to the network equipment the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponding to the number of antenna ports that it can support, so that when the network equipment needs to configure the number of antenna ports for the UE, the corresponding antenna port is configured accordingly. SRS resource for port conversion.
- the number of first antenna ports supported by the UE includes each number of antenna ports in each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- the maximum number of uplink antenna ports and the maximum number of downlink antenna ports supported on the carrier; the second number of antenna ports includes the number of uplink antenna ports supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE and / Or the number of downlink antenna ports. That is, the granularity of the number of MIMO layers can be each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
- the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes the UE’s The SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported; the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes the available SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- SRS antenna switching capability for fallback That is, the granularity of the SRS antenna conversion capability can be each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE’s in each frequency band combination supported by the UE At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on the frequency band; where each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one of the number of second antenna ports supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination The combination of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of one downlink antenna port.
- each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to at least one set of SRS antenna conversion capability
- each group of SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports supported on the frequency band, without distinguishing carriers.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE’s in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported on the frequency band; where the backable SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all second antenna ports supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to an SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all antenna ports supported on all carriers in the frequency band, without distinguishing between uplink and downlink.
- the fallback SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on the frequency band; where the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the corresponding frequency band of the UE in the corresponding frequency band combination The number of all uplink antenna ports in the number of second antenna ports supported on the upper, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the number of downlink antenna ports in the second number of antenna ports supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination Number of antenna ports.
- each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink antenna ports supported on all carriers on the frequency band, and the other corresponds to all the downlink antenna ports supported on all carriers on the frequency band number.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE’s in each frequency band combination supported by the UE At least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported on the frequency band; wherein each fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of second antenna ports supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of antenna ports supported on the corresponding frequency band, and does not distinguish between uplink and downlink.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE’s in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported on the frequency band; among them, each back-off SRS antenna in the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities
- the conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink antenna ports among the number of second antenna ports supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination
- each of the second set of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities is a back-off SRS
- the antenna switching capability corresponds to one downlink antenna port number among the number of second antenna ports supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities.
- One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to the number of uplink antenna ports supported on the frequency band, and the other group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported on the corresponding frequency band. SRS antenna conversion capability per number of downlink antenna ports.
- the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: The SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each carrier on each frequency band in each supported frequency band combination; the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes each frequency band combination supported by the UE SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported on each carrier in the frequency band. That is, the granularity of the SRS antenna conversion capability and the granularity of the number of antenna ports are the same as each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
- the SRS antenna switching capability that the UE supports includes: the UE's ability to switch on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each carrier; wherein the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of second antenna ports supported by the UE on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each carrier on each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of antenna ports supported on the carrier on the frequency band, and is suitable for uplink and downlink.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each carrier on each frequency band; where the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE in the corresponding The number of uplink antenna ports in the number of second antenna ports supported on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the frequency band combination, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE's corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination The number of downlink antenna ports in the number of second antenna ports supported on the carrier.
- each carrier on each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink antenna ports supported on the corresponding carrier on the frequency band, and the other corresponds to the frequency supported on the carrier on the frequency band.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported on each carrier on each frequency band; where each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to one uplink antenna port number among the second antenna ports supported by the UE on each carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and the second group of back-off SRS antennas Each of the switchable SRS antenna conversion capabilities in the conversion capability corresponds to one downlink antenna port number among the second antenna port numbers supported by the UE on each carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- each carrier on each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink antenna port number supported on the carrier on the frequency band, and the other
- the group includes the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponding to each number of downlink antenna ports supported on the carrier on the frequency band.
- the number of first antenna ports supported by the UE includes each number of antenna ports in each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- the second number of antenna ports includes the number of uplink antenna ports and/or downlink antenna ports supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE Number of antenna ports. That is, the granularity of the number of antenna ports is each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
- the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- SRS antenna conversion capability That is, the granularity of the SRS antenna conversion capability is the same as the granularity of the number of antenna ports, which is each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE's ability to switch between each frequency band supported by the UE The backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each frequency band; where the backable SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of second antenna ports supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to an SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of antenna ports supported on the frequency band, and is suitable for uplink and downlink.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE's ability to switch in each frequency band supported by the UE The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each frequency band; where the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s corresponding frequency band combination The number of uplink antenna ports in the number of second antenna ports supported on the corresponding frequency band, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of downlink antenna ports in the number of second antenna ports supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination Number of antenna ports.
- each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the SRS antenna conversion capacity corresponding to the number of uplink antenna ports supported on the frequency band, and the other corresponds to the frequency band on the frequency band.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE's ability to switch between each frequency band supported by the UE Each frequency band supports the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities; among them, each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities
- the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink antenna ports in the second antenna port number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities can be back-off
- the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink antenna port number among the second antenna port numbers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each number of uplink antenna ports supported on the frequency band, and the other includes SRS antenna conversion capability corresponding to each number of downlink antenna ports supported on this frequency band.
- the SRS antenna switching capability that the UE supports is used when the network device reconfigures the number of antenna ports for the UE according to
- the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE reconfigures the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion for the UE.
- the UE reporting the backable SRS antenna conversion capability it supports may refer to the backable SRS antenna conversion capability when the network device reconfigures its SRS resources.
- the fallback SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used by the network device to reconfigure the SRS for antenna port switching for the UE
- the resource is triggered by the following event: the network device receives the second message sent by the UE; where the second message includes the number of antenna ports or the maximum number of antenna ports that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE. That is, the network device may reconfigure the number of antenna ports for the UE as requested by the UE, and the network device may refer to the expected value of the UE for which number of antenna ports is specifically configured.
- the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it is expected to reduce power. That is, the UE may request the network device to reconfigure the number of antenna ports for it when it is overheated or when it is expected to work at a reduced power due to other reasons.
- the second message is an auxiliary information message. That is, the UE can request the network device to reconfigure the number of antenna ports for it through an auxiliary message.
- the first message is a UE capability message. That is, the UE can report the SRS antenna switching capability to the network device through the wireless capability message.
- a method for reporting capabilities is provided, which is applied to a UE.
- the method may include: the UE determines the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; and the UE sends a second message to the network device, the second message including The third number of antenna ports, the third number of antenna ports is the maximum number of antenna ports that the UE expects the network equipment to configure for the UE; wherein, the second message also includes the SRS antenna switching capability that the UE supports;
- the backed-out SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth antenna port number, where the fourth antenna port number is less than or equal to the third antenna port number.
- the UE sends back to the network device the maximum number of antenna ports that it expects the network device to configure for it, and reports to the network device that it can support SRS antenna conversion corresponding to the configuration of less than the maximum number of antenna ports.
- the network device needs to configure the number of antenna ports for the UE, it refers to the expected maximum number of antenna ports to configure the number of antenna ports and the corresponding configuration of SRS resources for antenna port conversion.
- the third antenna port number may further include: the maximum number of uplink antenna ports and the maximum number of uplink antenna ports of the serving cell in the first frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE Number of downlink antenna ports; the number of fourth antenna ports is the number of uplink antenna ports and/or the number of downlink antenna ports that are less than or equal to the number of third antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, the granularity of the number of antenna ports may be the serving cell in the frequency range, and specifically, may include the number of antenna ports in the serving cell in the first frequency range.
- the third antenna port number includes: the maximum number of uplink antenna ports and the maximum downlink antenna number of the serving cell in the second frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE Number of ports; the number of fourth antenna ports is the number of uplink antenna ports and/or the number of downlink antenna ports that are less than or equal to the number of third antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, the granularity of the number of antenna ports may be the serving cell in the frequency range, and specifically, may include the antenna port number of the serving cell in the second frequency range.
- the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backed-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; wherein each of the backed-out SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports among the fourth antenna port numbers supported by the UE in the first frequency range combination. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
- the back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: at least one back-off SRS supported by the UE in the first frequency range Antenna switching capability; wherein, each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to one SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: at least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; wherein, each of the backable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to a fourth antenna port number supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of antenna ports supported by the corresponding frequency range, and does not distinguish between uplink and downlink.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the first returnable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range The SRS antenna switching capability that can be withdrawn and the second SRS antenna switching capability that can be rolled back; where the first SRS antenna switching ability that can be rolled back corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range The number of uplink antenna ports, and the second fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of downlink antenna ports among all the fourth antenna port numbers supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other corresponds to the number of all downlink antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: the first group of fallbackable SRS supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability and the second set of backoff SRS antenna conversion capabilities; wherein, each backoff SRS antenna conversion capability in the first set of backoff SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the UE’s first frequency One of the number of uplink antenna ports in the fourth antenna port number supported by the range, each of the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities in the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s support in the first frequency range One of the number of downlink antenna ports in the fourth number of antenna ports.
- each frequency range corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities.
- One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to the number of uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other group includes each downlink antenna support in the corresponding frequency range. SRS antenna conversion capability for the number of antenna ports.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: at least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; where each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to a combination of one uplink antenna port number and one downlink antenna port number among the fourth antenna port numbers supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
- the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; where each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to one SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
- the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; where each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to a fourth antenna port number supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of antenna ports supported by the corresponding frequency range, and does not distinguish between uplink and downlink.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the first backoff supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna switching capability and the second fallback SRS antenna switching capability; where the first fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the uplink of all the fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range
- the number of antenna ports, and the second fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of downlink antenna ports among all the number of fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other corresponds to the number of all downlink antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: the first set of fallback capabilities supported by the UE in the second frequency range The SRS antenna switching capability of the second set of fallback and the SRS antenna switching capability of the second set of fallback; where each fallback SRS antenna switching capability of the first set of fallback SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s second set of SRS antenna switching capabilities.
- each of the second set of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities in the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the UE’s support in the second frequency range
- One of the number of downlink antenna ports in the fourth antenna port number corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities.
- One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to the number of uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other group includes each downlink antenna support in the corresponding frequency range. SRS antenna conversion capability for the number of antenna ports.
- the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used for the network equipment to reconfigure the number of antenna ports for the UE according to
- the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE reconfigures the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion for the UE.
- the network device may reconfigure the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion when reconfiguring the number of antenna ports for the UE according to the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability reported by the UE.
- the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when the UE is overheated or is expected to reduce power.
- the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- a method for reporting capabilities is provided, which is applied to a UE.
- the method may include: the UE determines the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; and the UE sends a second message to the network device, the second message including The third MIMO layer number, the third MIMO layer number is the number of MIMO layers that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; wherein, the second message also includes the SRS antenna switching capability that the UE supports;
- the degraded SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth MIMO layer number, where the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number.
- the UE sends back to the network device the number of MIMO layers that it expects the network device to configure for it, and reports to the network device that it can support SRS antenna conversion that is less than or equal to the configuration of the MIMO layer number.
- the network device needs to configure the number of MIMO layers for the UE, it refers to the expected number of MIMO layers to configure the number of MIMO layers and the corresponding configuration of SRS resources for antenna port conversion.
- the third MIMO layer number may further include: the number of uplink MIMO layers and downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the first frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE The number of layers; the fourth MIMO layer number is the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers that are less than or equal to the number of the third MIMO layer supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, the granularity of the number of MIMO layers may be the serving cell in the frequency range, specifically, it may include the number of MIMO layers in the serving cell in the first frequency range.
- the third MIMO layer number includes: the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the second frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE ;
- the fourth MIMO layer number is the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers that are less than or equal to the number of the third MIMO layer supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, the granularity of the number of MIMO layers may be the serving cell in the frequency range, and specifically, may include the number of MIMO layers in the serving cell in the second frequency range.
- the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backed-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; wherein each of the backed-back SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers in the fourth MIMO layer supported by the UE in the first frequency range combination. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
- the back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: at least one back-off SRS supported by the UE in the first frequency range Antenna switching capability; where each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to one SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: at least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; wherein each of the backed-back SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to a fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported by the corresponding frequency range, without distinguishing between uplink and downlink.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the first returnable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range The SRS antenna conversion capability that can be withdrawn and the second SRS antenna conversion capability that can be rolled back; where the first SRS antenna conversion capability that can be rolled back corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range The number of uplink MIMO layers, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range, and the other corresponds to the number of all downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability and the second set of backoff SRS antenna conversion capabilities; wherein, each backoff SRS antenna conversion capability in the first set of backoff SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the UE’s first frequency
- each uplink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the range each of the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities in the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s support in the first frequency range A number of downlink MIMO layers in the fourth MIMO layer number.
- each frequency range corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities.
- One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink MIMO layer supported in the frequency range, and the other group includes each downlink support in the corresponding frequency range.
- SRS antenna conversion capability for MIMO layers includes the following:
- the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: at least one back-off capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; where each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of an uplink MIMO layer number and a downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
- the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; where each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to one SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
- the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; where each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported by the corresponding frequency range, without distinguishing between uplink and downlink.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the first backoff supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability; where the first fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the uplink of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range
- the number of MIMO layers, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range, and the other corresponds to the number of all downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
- the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: the first group back-back supported by the UE in the second frequency range The SRS antenna switching capability of the second set of fallback and the second group of SRS antenna switching capabilities that can be returned; wherein, each of the fallback SRS antenna switching capabilities of the first set of fallback SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s second set of SRS antenna switching capabilities.
- each of the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities in the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s support in the second frequency range
- One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink MIMO layer supported in the frequency range, and the other group includes each downlink support in the corresponding frequency range. SRS antenna conversion capability for MIMO layers.
- the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE is used when the network device reconfigures the number of MIMO layers for the UE according to
- the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE reconfigures the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion for the UE.
- the network device may reconfigure the SRS resource used for antenna port conversion when reconfiguring the number of MIMO layers for the UE according to the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability reported by the UE.
- the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it is expected to reduce power.
- the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- a method for reporting capabilities is provided, which is applied to a UE.
- the method may include: the UE determines the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; and the UE sends a second message to the network device, the second message including The third number of antenna ports, the third number of antenna ports is the number of antenna ports that the UE expects the network equipment to configure for the UE; wherein, the second message also includes the SRS antenna switching capability that the UE supports;
- the retired SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of fourth antenna ports, where the number of fourth antenna ports is less than or equal to the number of third antenna ports.
- the UE sends back to the network device the number of antenna ports that it expects the network device to configure for it, and reports to the network device the SRS antenna conversion capability that it can support less than the number of antenna port configurations corresponding to the configuration.
- the network device needs to configure the number of antenna ports for the UE, it refers to the expected number of antenna ports to configure the number of antenna ports and the corresponding configuration of SRS resources for antenna port conversion.
- the third antenna port number may further include: the number of uplink antenna ports and downlink antennas of the serving cell in the first frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE Number of ports; the number of fourth antenna ports is the number of uplink antenna ports and/or the number of downlink antenna ports that are less than or equal to the number of third antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, the granularity of the number of antenna ports may be the serving cell in the frequency range, and specifically, may include the number of antenna ports in the serving cell in the first frequency range.
- the third antenna port number includes: the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports of the serving cell in the second frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE ;
- the fourth antenna port number is the number of uplink antenna ports and/or the number of downlink antenna ports that are less than or equal to the third antenna port number supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, the granularity of the number of antenna ports may be the serving cell in the frequency range, and specifically, may include the antenna port number of the serving cell in the second frequency range.
- the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backed-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; wherein each of the backed-out SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports among the fourth antenna port numbers supported by the UE in the first frequency range combination. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
- the back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: at least one back-off SRS supported by the UE in the first frequency range Antenna switching capability; wherein, each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to one SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: at least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; wherein, each of the backable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to a fourth antenna port number supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of antenna ports supported by the corresponding frequency range, and does not distinguish between uplink and downlink.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the first returnable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range The SRS antenna switching capability that can be withdrawn and the second SRS antenna switching capability that can be rolled back; where the first SRS antenna switching ability that can be rolled back corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range The number of uplink antenna ports, and the second fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of downlink antenna ports among all the fourth antenna port numbers supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other corresponds to the number of all downlink antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability and the second set of backoff SRS antenna conversion capabilities; wherein, each backoff SRS antenna conversion capability in the first set of backoff SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the UE’s first frequency One of the number of uplink antenna ports in the fourth antenna port number supported by the range, each of the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities in the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s support in the first frequency range One of the number of downlink antenna ports in the fourth number of antenna ports.
- each frequency range corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities.
- One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to the number of uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other group includes each downlink antenna support in the corresponding frequency range. SRS antenna conversion capability for the number of antenna ports.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: at least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; where each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to a combination of one uplink antenna port number and one downlink antenna port number among the fourth antenna port numbers supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
- the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; where each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to one SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; where each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to a fourth antenna port number supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of antenna ports supported by the corresponding frequency range, and does not distinguish between uplink and downlink.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the first backoff supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna switching capability and the second fallback SRS antenna switching capability; where the first fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the uplink of all the fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range
- the number of antenna ports, and the second fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of downlink antenna ports among all the number of fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other corresponds to the number of all downlink antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
- the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: the first group back-back supported by the UE in the second frequency range The SRS antenna switching capability of the second set of fallback and the SRS antenna switching capability of the second set of fallback; where each fallback SRS antenna switching capability of the first set of fallback SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s second set of SRS antenna switching capabilities.
- each of the second set of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities in the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the UE’s support in the second frequency range
- One of the number of downlink antenna ports in the fourth antenna port number corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities.
- One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to the number of uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other group includes each downlink antenna support in the corresponding frequency range. SRS antenna conversion capability for the number of antenna ports.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used when the network device reconfigures the number of antenna ports for the UE according to The fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE reconfigures the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion for the UE.
- the network device may reconfigure the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion when reconfiguring the number of antenna ports for the UE according to the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability reported by the UE.
- the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when the UE is overheated or is expected to reduce power.
- the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- a method for reporting capabilities is provided, which is applied to a UE.
- the method may include: the UE determines the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; and the UE sends a second message to the network device, the second message including The third number of antenna ports and the third number of MIMO layers.
- the third number of antenna ports is the maximum number of uplink antenna ports that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE.
- the third number of MIMO layers is the number of the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE.
- the second message also includes at least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability and the fourth antenna port number or the fourth MIMO layer number
- the number of the fourth MIMO layer is less than or equal to the number of the third MIMO layer
- the number of the fourth antenna port is less than or equal to the number of the third antenna port.
- the UE sends back to the network device the maximum number of uplink antenna ports and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers that it expects the network device to configure for it, and reports to the network device that it can support less than or equal to this
- the maximum number of uplink antenna ports or the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers configure the corresponding SRS antenna conversion capability, so that when the network device needs to configure the number of uplink antenna ports and downlink MIMO layers for the UE, refer to the expected maximum number of uplink antenna ports and maximum downlink
- the number of MIMO layers is configured with the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink MIMO layers, as well as the corresponding configuration of SRS resources for antenna port conversion.
- the third number of antenna ports may further include: the maximum number of uplink antenna ports of the serving cell in the first frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE;
- the number of three MIMO layers may also include: the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the first frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; the fourth antenna port number is less than or equal to the number of antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range
- the number of downlink antenna ports equal to the number of third antenna ports, and the fourth MIMO layer number is the number of downlink MIMO layers that the UE supports in the first frequency range and is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number. That is, the granularity of the number of antenna ports in the number of MIMO layers may be the serving cell in the frequency range, and specifically, may include the number of MIMO layers in the serving cell in the first frequency range.
- the third antenna port number may further include: the maximum number of uplink antenna ports of the serving cell in the second frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE;
- the number of three MIMO layers may also include: the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the second frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE;
- the fourth antenna port number is less than or The number of downlink antenna ports equal to the number of fourth antenna ports
- the fourth MIMO layer number is the number of downlink MIMO layers that the UE supports in the second frequency range and is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number. That is, the granularity of the number of antenna ports of the MIMO layer number may be the serving cell in the frequency range, and specifically, may include the MIMO layer number of the serving cell in the second frequency range.
- the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backed-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; wherein each of the backed-back SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to one of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range.
- a combination of downlink MIMO layers That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
- the back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: at least one back-off SRS supported by the UE in the first frequency range Antenna switching capability; where each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to all the fourth MIMO layers and the fourth antenna port numbers supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to one SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all MIMO layers and antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: at least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; wherein each of the backed-back SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to a fourth antenna port number corresponding to a fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers and a corresponding number of antenna ports supported by the corresponding frequency range.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the first returnable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range The SRS antenna switching capability that can be withdrawn and the second SRS antenna switching capability that can be rolled back; where the first SRS antenna switching ability that can be rolled back corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range
- the number of uplink antenna ports, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other corresponds to the number of all downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability and the second set of backoff SRS antenna conversion capabilities; wherein, each backoff SRS antenna conversion capability in the first set of backoff SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the UE’s first frequency One of the number of uplink antenna ports in the fourth antenna port number supported by the range, each of the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities in the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s support in the first frequency range A number of downlink MIMO layers in the fourth MIMO layer number.
- each frequency range corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities.
- One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to the number of uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other group includes each downlink antenna support in the corresponding frequency range.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: at least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; where each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of one uplink antenna port number and one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; where each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers and the corresponding number of fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to one SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all MIMO layers supported in the frequency range and the corresponding number of antenna ports.
- the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: at least one back-off capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; where each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported by the corresponding frequency range, without distinguishing between uplink and downlink.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the first backoff supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna switching capability and the second fallback SRS antenna switching capability; where the first fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the uplink of all the fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range
- the number of antenna ports, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other corresponds to the number of all downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: the first group of backable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE in the second frequency range The SRS antenna switching capability of the second set of fallback and the SRS antenna switching capability of the second set of fallback; where each fallback SRS antenna switching capability of the first set of fallback SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s second set of SRS antenna switching capabilities.
- each of the second set of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities in the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the UE’s support in the second frequency range
- One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to the number of uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other group includes each downlink antenna support in the corresponding frequency range. SRS antenna conversion capability for MIMO layers.
- the SRS antenna switching capability that can be rolled back supported by the UE is used by the network device to reconfigure the number of uplink antenna ports and downlink for the UE.
- the SRS resource used for antenna port conversion is reconfigured for the UE according to the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE.
- the network device can reconfigure the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink MIMO layers for the UE according to the reversible SRS antenna conversion capability reported by the UE, and correspondingly reconfigure the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion.
- the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when the UE is overheated or is expected to reduce power.
- the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- a method for reporting capabilities is provided, which is applied to a UE.
- the method may include: the UE determines the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; and the UE sends a second message to the network device, the second message including The third antenna port number and the third MIMO layer number, the third antenna port number is the number of uplink antenna ports that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE, and the third MIMO layer number is the downlink that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE The number of MIMO layers; wherein, the second message also includes at least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the fourth antenna port number or the fourth MIMO layer number, Wherein, the number of fourth MIMO layers is less than or equal to the number of third MIMO layers, and the number of fourth antenna ports is less than or equal to the number of third antenna ports.
- the UE sends back to the network device the number of uplink antenna ports it expects the network device to configure and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers, and reports to the network device that it can support less than or equal to the uplink antenna
- the number of ports or the number of downlink MIMO layers configures the corresponding SRS antenna conversion capability, so that when the network device needs to configure the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink MIMO layers for the UE, refer to the expected number of uplink antenna ports and downlink MIMO layers, and the corresponding The configuration of SRS resource used for antenna port conversion.
- the third antenna port number may further include: the number of uplink antenna ports of the serving cell in the first frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; third The number of MIMO layers may also include: the number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the first frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; the number of fourth antenna ports is less than or equal to the first frequency range supported by the UE in the first frequency range.
- the number of downlink antenna ports with three antenna ports, and the fourth MIMO layer number is the number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range that is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number. That is, the granularity of the number of antenna ports in the number of MIMO layers may be the serving cell in the frequency range, and specifically, may include the number of MIMO layers in the serving cell in the first frequency range.
- the third antenna port number may further include: the number of uplink antenna ports of the serving cell in the second frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; third The number of MIMO layers may also include: the number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the second frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; the fourth antenna port number is the number of antenna ports that the UE supports in the second frequency range and is less than or equal to the first The number of downlink antenna ports with four antenna ports, and the fourth MIMO layer number is the number of downlink MIMO layers that the UE supports in the second frequency range and is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number. That is, the granularity of the number of antenna ports of the MIMO layer number may be the serving cell in the frequency range, and specifically, may include the MIMO layer number of the serving cell in the second frequency range.
- the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; wherein each of the backed-back SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to one of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range.
- a combination of downlink MIMO layers That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
- the back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: at least one back-off SRS supported by the UE in the first frequency range Antenna switching capability; where each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to all the fourth MIMO layers and the fourth antenna port numbers supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to one SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all MIMO layers and antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: at least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; wherein each of the backed-back SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to a fourth antenna port number corresponding to a fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers and a corresponding number of antenna ports supported by the corresponding frequency range.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the first returnable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range The SRS antenna switching capability that can be withdrawn and the second SRS antenna switching capability that can be rolled back; where the first SRS antenna switching ability that can be rolled back corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range
- the number of uplink antenna ports, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other corresponds to the number of all downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability and the second set of backoff SRS antenna conversion capabilities; wherein, each backoff SRS antenna conversion capability in the first set of backoff SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the UE’s first frequency One of the number of uplink antenna ports in the fourth antenna port number supported by the range, each of the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities in the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s support in the first frequency range A number of downlink MIMO layers in the fourth MIMO layer number.
- each frequency range corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities.
- One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to the number of uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other group includes each downlink antenna support in the corresponding frequency range.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: at least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; where each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of one uplink antenna port number and one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
- the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; where each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers and the corresponding number of fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to one SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all MIMO layers supported in the frequency range and the corresponding number of antenna ports.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; where each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported by the corresponding frequency range, without distinguishing between uplink and downlink.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the first backoff supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna switching capability and the second fallback SRS antenna switching capability; where the first fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the uplink of all the fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range
- the number of antenna ports, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other corresponds to the number of all downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: the first set of returnable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE in the second frequency range The SRS antenna switching capability of the second set of fallback and the SRS antenna switching capability of the second set of fallback; where each fallback SRS antenna switching capability of the first set of fallback SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s second set of SRS antenna switching capabilities.
- each of the second set of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities in the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the UE’s support in the second frequency range
- One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to the number of uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other group includes each downlink antenna support in the corresponding frequency range. SRS antenna conversion capability for MIMO layers.
- the fallback SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used by the network device to reconfigure the number of uplink antenna ports and downlink for the UE.
- the SRS resource used for antenna port conversion is reconfigured for the UE according to the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE.
- the network device can reconfigure the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink MIMO layers for the UE according to the backable SRS antenna conversion capability reported by the UE, and correspondingly reconfigure the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion.
- the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when the UE is overheated or is expected to reduce power.
- the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- a method for reporting capabilities is provided, which is applied to a UE.
- the method may include: the UE determines the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; and the UE sends a second message to the network device, the second message including The third MIMO layer number, the third MIMO layer number is the maximum number of MIMO layers that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; wherein, the second message also includes the SRS antenna conversion capability that the UE supports;
- the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth MIMO layer number, where the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number.
- the UE sends back to the network device the maximum number of MIMO layers that it expects the network device to configure for it, and reports to the network device the SRS that it can support is less than or equal to the maximum MIMO layer configuration.
- the antenna switching capability enables the network device to configure the MIMO layer number and correspondingly allocate SRS resources for antenna port conversion by referring to the expected maximum MIMO layer number when it needs to configure the number of MIMO layers for the UE.
- the third MIMO layer number may also include: the UE expects the network device to configure the UE for the UE’s maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the first frequency range.
- the number of downlink MIMO layers; the fourth MIMO layer number is the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers that are less than or equal to the number of the third MIMO layer supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, the granularity of the number of MIMO layers may be the serving cell in the frequency range, specifically, it may include the number of MIMO layers in the serving cell in the first frequency range.
- the number of third MIMO layers includes: the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO of the serving cell in the second frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE
- the number of layers; the fourth MIMO layer number is the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers that are less than or equal to the number of the third MIMO layer supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, the granularity of the number of MIMO layers may be the serving cell in the frequency range, and specifically, may include the number of MIMO layers in the serving cell in the second frequency range.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each frequency band combination of the UE in the first frequency range At least one SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported on two frequency bands; wherein, each of the SRS antenna switching capabilities that can be backed off corresponds to the UE’s on each frequency band under each combination of frequency bands in the first frequency range.
- each frequency band in each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability on each frequency band
- each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink MIMO layers supported on the corresponding frequency band under the corresponding frequency band combination in the frequency range. Combination with the number of downlink MIMO layers.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: each of the UE’s combinations of frequency bands in the first frequency range At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on the frequency band; where each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all of the UE’s support on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range
- the fourth MIMO layer number That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination of each frequency range corresponds to one SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capacity corresponds to the number of all MIMO layers supported on the corresponding frequency band under the corresponding frequency band combination of the frequency range.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: every frequency band combination of the UE in the first frequency range At least one SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported on two frequency bands; wherein, each of the SRS antenna switching capabilities that can be backed off corresponds to the UE’s on each frequency band under each combination of frequency bands in the first frequency range.
- At least one SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to each frequency band under each frequency band combination of each frequency range, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported on the corresponding frequency band under the corresponding frequency band combination of the corresponding frequency range , Does not distinguish between upstream and downstream.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE operates under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each frequency band; wherein, the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE in the first frequency range The number of uplink MIMO layers in all the fourth MIMO layers supported on each frequency band under each frequency band combination.
- the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to each frequency band combination of the UE in the first frequency range The number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported on each frequency band below.
- each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range, and the other corresponds to all the downlink MIMO layers supported on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the frequency range number.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: every frequency band combination of the UE in the first frequency range The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported on two frequency bands; among them, each back-off SRS in the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities
- the antenna switching capability corresponds to one of the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range
- Each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range.
- each group includes the number of uplink MIMO layers supported on the corresponding frequency band under the corresponding frequency range combination.
- the SRS antenna conversion capability, and the other group includes the SRS antenna conversion capability of each downlink MIMO layer supported on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination corresponding to the frequency range.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: every frequency band combination of the UE in the second frequency range At least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported on two frequency bands; wherein, each fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the UE’s support on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range A combination of an uplink MIMO layer number and a downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number. That is, each frequency band in each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability on each frequency band, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink MIMO layers supported on the corresponding frequency band under the corresponding frequency band combination in the frequency range. Combination with the number of downlink MIMO layers.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: every frequency band combination of the UE in the second frequency range At least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported on two frequency bands; wherein, each fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the UE’s support on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range The number of all fourth MIMO layers. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination in each frequency range corresponds to an SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capacity corresponds to all the MIMO layers supported on the corresponding frequency band under the corresponding frequency band combination in the frequency range.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: every frequency band combination of the UE in the second frequency range At least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported on two frequency bands; wherein, each fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the UE’s support on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range A fourth MIMO layer number. That is, at least one SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to each frequency band under each frequency band combination of each frequency range, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported on the corresponding frequency band under the corresponding frequency band combination of the corresponding frequency range , Does not distinguish between upstream and downstream.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE’s ability to switch between each frequency band in the second frequency range The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each frequency band; where the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE's second frequency range The number of uplink MIMO layers in all the fourth MIMO layers supported on each frequency band under each frequency band combination, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE in each frequency band combination in the second frequency range The number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported on each frequency band.
- each frequency band in each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities on each frequency band, one of which corresponds to all the uplink MIMO layers supported on the corresponding frequency band under the corresponding frequency band combination in the frequency range, and the other The number of all downlink MIMO layers supported on the corresponding frequency band under the corresponding frequency band combination of the frequency range.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE’s ability to switch between each frequency band in the second frequency range
- Each frequency band supports the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities; among them, each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities
- the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one of the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range, and the second set of SRS antenna conversion capabilities that can be rolled back
- Each of the SRS antenna switching capabilities that can be backed out corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range.
- each frequency band under each frequency band combination in each frequency range there are two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each frequency band under each frequency band combination in each frequency range, one of which includes each uplink MIMO layer supported on the corresponding frequency band under each corresponding frequency band combination in the corresponding frequency range.
- SRS antenna conversion capabilities there are several SRS antenna conversion capabilities, and the other group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities of each downlink MIMO layer supported on the corresponding frequency band under the corresponding frequency band combination corresponding to the frequency range.
- the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE is used when the network device reconfigures the number of MIMO layers for the UE according to
- the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE reconfigures the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion for the UE.
- the network device may reconfigure the SRS resource used for antenna port conversion when reconfiguring the number of MIMO layers for the UE according to the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability reported by the UE.
- the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when the UE is overheated or is expected to reduce power.
- the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- a communication device may be a UE or may be set on the UE or may be a part of the UE.
- the UE may include a device for performing the foregoing aspects or implementations. , Unit or module.
- the communication device may be a UE, and the UE includes: a determining module, configured to determine the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; and a transmitting module, configured to send a first message to a network device, the first message including The SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; wherein, the first message also includes the fallbackable SRS antenna port switching capability supported by the UE.
- the UE reports to the network equipment each of the SRS antenna conversion capabilities that it can support, so that when the network equipment needs to configure the MIMO layer number for the UE, the corresponding configuration corresponds to it.
- the first message further includes the number of the first MIMO layer supported by the UE; the backable SRS antenna port switching capability supported by the UE corresponds to the number of the second MIMO layer; this The number of second MIMO layers is less than or equal to the number of first MIMO layers.
- the UE reports to the network equipment the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponding to each fallback MIMO layer number that it can support, so that when the network equipment needs to configure the MIMO layer number for the UE, it will configure the corresponding antenna for it accordingly.
- SRS resource for port conversion is the number of the first MIMO layer supported by the UE.
- the number of first MIMO layers supported by the UE includes each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers supported on each carrier on the above; this second MIMO layer number includes the uplink supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes the UE’s The SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported; the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes the available SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- SRS antenna switching capability for fallback That is, the granularity of the SRS antenna conversion capability can be each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE's combinations of frequency bands supported by the UE At least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported on the frequency band; where each fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to one of the second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination The combination of the number of uplink MIMO layers and one downlink MIMO layer.
- each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability
- each SRS antenna port conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers supported on the frequency band, without distinguishing carriers.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE’s in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported on the frequency band; where the backable SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to an SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the MIMO layers supported on all carriers on the frequency band, without distinguishing between uplink and downlink.
- the fallback SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE’s in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on the frequency band; where the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the corresponding frequency band of the UE in the corresponding frequency band combination The number of all uplink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported on the upper, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the downlink numbers in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination Number of MIMO layers.
- each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to all the uplink MIMO layers supported on all carriers on the frequency band, and the other corresponds to all the downlink MIMO layers supported on all carriers on the frequency band number.
- the fallback SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE's combinations of frequency bands supported by the UE At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on the frequency band; wherein each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported on the corresponding frequency band, and does not distinguish between uplink and downlink.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE’s in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported on the frequency band; among them, each back-off SRS antenna in the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities
- the conversion capability corresponds to one uplink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination
- each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities is a back-off SRS
- the antenna switching capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities.
- One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink MIMO layer supported on the frequency band, and the other group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported on the corresponding frequency band. SRS antenna conversion capability for each downlink MIMO layer number.
- the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: The SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each carrier on each frequency band in each supported frequency band combination; the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes each frequency band combination supported by the UE SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported on each carrier in the frequency band. That is, the granularity of the SRS antenna conversion capability and the granularity of the number of MIMO layers are the same as each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE's combinations of frequency bands supported by the UE The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each carrier in the frequency band; where the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the second MIMO supported by the UE on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination Number of layers. That is, each carrier on each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported on the carrier on the frequency band, and is suitable for uplink and downlink.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each carrier on each frequency band; where the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE in the corresponding The number of uplink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the frequency band combination, and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE's corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination The number of downlink MIMO layers in the number of second MIMO layers supported on the carrier.
- each carrier on each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink MIMO layers supported on the corresponding carrier on the frequency band, and the other corresponds to the support on the carrier on the frequency band The number of all downlink MIMO layers.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported on each carrier on each frequency band; where each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one of the second MIMO layers supported by the UE on each carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and the second group of back-off SRS antennas Each returnable SRS antenna conversion capability in the conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on each carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- each carrier on each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink MIMO layer supported on the carrier on the frequency band, and the other
- the group includes the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponding to each downlink MIMO layer supported on the carrier on the frequency band.
- the number of the first MIMO layer supported by the UE includes every frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- the second MIMO layer number includes the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or downlink supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE Number of MIMO layers. That is, the granularity of the number of MIMO layers is each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
- the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes the UE's support on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE SRS antenna conversion capability. That is, the granularity of the SRS antenna conversion capability is the same as the granularity of the number of MIMO layers, which is each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE's ability to switch between each frequency band supported by the UE The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each frequency band; wherein the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to an SRS antenna conversion capability, which corresponds to all the MIMO layers supported on the frequency band and is suitable for uplink and downlink.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE's ability to switch between each frequency band supported by the UE The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each frequency band; where the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s corresponding frequency band combination Corresponding to the number of uplink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported on the corresponding frequency band, the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the downlink in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination Number of MIMO layers.
- each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the SRS antenna conversion capacity corresponding to all the uplink MIMO layers supported on the frequency band, and the other corresponds to the frequency band on the frequency band.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE's ability to switch between each frequency band supported by the UE Each frequency band supports the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities; among them, each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities
- the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities can be back-off
- the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink MIMO layer supported on that frequency band, and the other includes SRS antenna conversion capability corresponding to each downlink MIMO layer supported on this frequency band.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used when the network device reconfigures the number of MIMO layers for the UE according to
- the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE reconfigures the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion for the UE.
- the UE reporting the backable SRS antenna conversion capability it supports may refer to the backable SRS antenna conversion capability when the network device reconfigures its SRS resources.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used by the network device to reconfigure the SRS for antenna port switching for the UE
- the resource is triggered by the following event: the network device receives the second message sent by the UE; where the second message includes the number of MIMO layers or the maximum number of MIMO layers that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE. That is, the network device may be requested by the UE to reconfigure the number of MIMO layers for the UE, and the specific configuration for which MIMO layer number is configured for the network device may refer to the expected value of the UE.
- the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when the UE is overheated or is expected to reduce power.
- the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- the first message is a UE capability message. That is, the UE can report the SRS antenna switching capability to the network device through the wireless capability message.
- the user equipment provided in this application may also implement any of the above-mentioned first, second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth or ninth aspects.
- the methods and functions described in possible implementations may also implement any of the above-mentioned first, second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth or ninth aspects.
- the present application provides a user equipment UE.
- the UE may include: a memory for storing computer-executed instructions; a radio frequency circuit for transmitting and receiving wireless signals; and a processor for executing computer-executed instructions Determine the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE; and send a first message to the network device through the radio frequency circuit; wherein, the first message includes the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE and the backoff supported by the UE SRS antenna conversion capability.
- the UE reports to the network equipment each of the SRS antenna conversion capabilities that it can support, so that the network equipment needs to configure the number of MIMO layers for the UE accordingly.
- the first message further includes the number of the first MIMO layer supported by the UE; the backable SRS antenna port switching capability supported by the UE corresponds to the number of the second MIMO layer;
- the second MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the first MIMO layer number.
- the UE reports to the network equipment the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponding to each fallback MIMO layer number that it can support, so that when the network equipment needs to configure the MIMO layer number for the UE, it will configure the corresponding antenna for it accordingly.
- SRS resource for port conversion is the number of the first MIMO layer supported by the UE.
- the number of first MIMO layers supported by the UE includes each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes the UE’s The SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; the fallback SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes the UE's support on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE SRS antenna switching capability that can be reversed. That is, the granularity of the SRS antenna conversion capability can be each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE in each frequency band combination supported by the UE At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on two frequency bands; wherein, each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination A combination of an uplink MIMO layer number and a downlink MIMO layer number. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna port conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers supported on the frequency band, without distinguishing carriers.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported on two frequency bands; where the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to an SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the MIMO layers supported on all carriers on the frequency band, without distinguishing between uplink and downlink.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on two frequency bands; where the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s corresponding frequency band combination All uplink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported on the frequency band, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination Number of downlink MIMO layers.
- each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to all the uplink MIMO layers supported on all carriers on the frequency band, and the other corresponds to all the downlink MIMO layers supported on all carriers on the frequency band number.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE in each frequency band combination supported by the UE At least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported on two frequency bands; wherein, each fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to a second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported on the corresponding frequency band, and does not distinguish between uplink and downlink.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported on two frequency bands; among them, each back-off SRS in the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities
- the antenna switching capability corresponds to one uplink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and each of the second set of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities can be back-off.
- the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities.
- One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink MIMO layer supported on the frequency band, and the other group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported on the corresponding frequency band. SRS antenna conversion capability for each downlink MIMO layer number.
- the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: The SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; the backed-out SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes each frequency band combination supported by the UE. SRS antenna switching capability that is supported on each carrier on each frequency band. That is, the granularity of the SRS antenna conversion capability and the granularity of the number of MIMO layers are the same as each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each carrier on each frequency band; where the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the second supported by the UE on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination Number of MIMO layers. That is, each carrier on each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported on the carrier on the frequency band, and is suitable for uplink and downlink.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE's ability to switch between each frequency band supported by the UE The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each carrier in each frequency band; where the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of uplink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE's corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination Corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers in the number of second MIMO layers supported on the carrier.
- each carrier on each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink MIMO layers supported on the corresponding carrier on the frequency band, and the other corresponds to the support on the carrier on the frequency band The number of all downlink MIMO layers.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE's ability to switch between each frequency band supported by the UE
- the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed out corresponds to one of the second MIMO layers supported by the UE on each carrier in the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination
- Each back-off SRS antenna switching capability in the antenna switching capabilities corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number of the second MIMO layer numbers supported by the UE on each carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- each carrier on each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink MIMO layer supported on the carrier on the frequency band, and the other
- the group includes the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponding to each downlink MIMO layer supported on the carrier on the frequency band.
- the number of first MIMO layers supported by the UE includes the combination of each frequency band supported by the UE The maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers supported on each frequency band; the second MIMO layer number includes the number of uplink MIMO layers supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE and/ Or the number of downlink MIMO layers. That is, the granularity of the number of MIMO layers is each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
- the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes the UE's operation on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE Supported SRS antenna conversion capability. That is, the granularity of the SRS antenna conversion capability is the same as the granularity of the number of MIMO layers, which is each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE is in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each frequency band; wherein, the backable SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to an SRS antenna conversion capability, which corresponds to all the MIMO layers supported on the frequency band and is suitable for uplink and downlink.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE is in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability and the second fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported on each frequency band; wherein, the first fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the UE’s combination of the corresponding frequency bands The number of uplink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported on the corresponding frequency band, and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination Number of downlink MIMO layers.
- each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the SRS antenna conversion capacity corresponding to all the uplink MIMO layers supported on the frequency band, and the other corresponds to the frequency band on the frequency band.
- the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE is in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported on each frequency band; where each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities can be back-off
- the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one of the uplink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and each of the second set of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities is returnable
- the deactivated SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink MIMO layer supported on that frequency band, and the other includes SRS antenna conversion capability corresponding to each downlink MIMO layer supported on this frequency band.
- the SRS antenna switching capability that the UE supports is used when the network device reconfigures the number of MIMO layers for the UE,
- the SRS resource used for antenna port conversion is reconfigured for the UE according to the SRS antenna conversion capability that is supported by the UE.
- the UE reporting the backable SRS antenna conversion capability it supports may refer to the backable SRS antenna conversion capability when the network device reconfigures its SRS resources.
- the fallback SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used by the network device to reconfigure the UE for antenna port switching.
- the SRS resource is triggered by the following event: the network device receives the second message sent by the UE; where the second message includes the number of MIMO layers or the maximum number of MIMO layers that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE. That is, the network device may be requested by the UE to reconfigure the number of MIMO layers for the UE, and the specific configuration for which MIMO layer number is configured for the network device may refer to the expected value of the UE.
- the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it is expected to reduce power.
- the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- the first message is a UE capability message. That is, the UE can report the SRS antenna switching capability to the network device through the wireless capability message.
- the user equipment provided in this application may also implement any of the above-mentioned first, second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth or ninth aspects.
- the methods and functions described in possible implementations may also implement any of the above-mentioned first, second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth or ninth aspects.
- the present application provides a communication system.
- the communication system includes: user equipment UE, configured to determine the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; and sending a first message to the network device; wherein, the The first message is the first aspect of any possible implementation of the first aspect, the second aspect, the third aspect, the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, the sixth aspect, the seventh aspect, the eighth aspect, or the ninth aspect.
- the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer-executable instruction is stored on the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-executable instruction is executed by a processor, the first aspect and the second Aspect, the third aspect, the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, the sixth aspect, the seventh aspect, the eighth aspect, or the ninth aspect in any possible implementation manner.
- the present application provides a chip system, which includes a processor and a memory, and instructions are stored in the memory; when the instructions are executed by the processor, the first aspect, the second aspect, and the The method of reporting capabilities in any one of the possible implementation manners of the third, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth or ninth aspects.
- the chip system can be composed of chips, or can include chips and other discrete devices.
- FIG. 1A is a schematic diagram of a possible application scenario provided by an embodiment of this application.
- FIG. 1B is an example of a hardware structure diagram of a user equipment provided by an embodiment of this application.
- FIG. 2 is a first flowchart of a reporting capability provided by an embodiment of the application
- Figure 3 is a second flowchart of a reporting capability provided by an embodiment of the application.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of receiving by user equipment according to an embodiment of the application.
- the embodiment of the present application provides a method for reporting capabilities, which is used in a process in which a network device configures SRS resources for a user equipment UE. Specifically, it is applied to the process of configuring the corresponding SRS resource when the network device configures the number of MIMO layers or the number of antenna ports for the UE.
- the network device configures the number of MIMO layers or antenna ports for the UE, it does not know the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to the capabilities that the configured MIMO layers or antenna ports can support. Therefore, it will not configure support for the UE.
- SRS resources corresponding to the SRS antenna switching capability When the network device configures the number of MIMO layers or antenna ports for the UE, it does not know the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to the capabilities that the configured MIMO layers or antenna ports can support. Therefore, it will not configure support for the UE.
- SRS resources corresponding to the SRS antenna switching capability When the network device configures the number of MIMO layers or antenna ports for the UE, it does not know the S
- the UE when the UE has an overheating problem, it requests the network device to lower the number of MIMO layers of the UE to alleviate the overheating problem. After the network device lowers the MIMO layer for the UE, the UE may close the corresponding radio link; for example: if the network device lowers the UE’s maximum uplink MIMO layer number, the UE will close the corresponding radio transmission link; if the network device adjusts If the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of the UE is low, the UE will close the corresponding radio frequency receiving link.
- the network equipment does not reconfigure the SRS resources for user antenna port conversion accordingly, after the UE closes the corresponding radio transmission link, the UE may not be able to support antenna rotation under normal capabilities, resulting in a waste of some SRS resources ; After the UE closes the corresponding radio frequency receiving link, if the UE still sends SRS in turn according to the antenna under normal capability, the channel quality estimated by the network device according to the SRS will be inconsistent with the channel quality of the PDSCH transmission scheduled by the network device.
- the purpose of this application is to report the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE to the network device so that the network device can configure the corresponding SRS resource according to the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability reported by the UE.
- the method of the embodiments of this application can be applied to the third-generation (3rd-Generation, 3G) mobile communication network, the fourth-generation (4th-Generation, 3G) mobile communication network Long Term Evolution (LTE) network, and the fifth-generation (5th-Generation, 5G) mobile communication system New Radio (NR) network.
- the above method can also be applied to the next-generation cellular mobile communication system and other subsequent mobile communication systems, which is not limited in this application.
- the network device in the method in the embodiment of the present application may be a base station.
- a base station For example, a macro base station, a micro base station, or a distributed unit-control unit (DU-CU).
- the DU-CU is a device that is deployed in a wireless access network and can communicate with user equipment wirelessly.
- the base station can be used to configure the number of MIMO layers or antenna ports for the UE, or configure SRS resources for SRS antenna port conversion for the UE.
- the above-mentioned base station may be an evolved base station (evolutional Node B, eNB or e-NodeB) in LTE, or a gNB in NR.
- the base station can also be a wireless controller in the cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or it can be a relay station, access point, in-vehicle device, wearable device, or a public land mobile network that will evolve in the future (public land mobile network).
- CRAN cloud radio access network
- the mobile network, PLMN) network equipment, etc. are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the UE in the method of the embodiment of the present application can be a smart phone, a tablet computer, a smart TV box, or other desktop, laptop, and handheld devices, such as an Ultra-mobile Personal Computer (Ultra-mobile Personal Computer).
- Computer Ultra-mobile Personal Computer
- UMPC Ultra-mobile Personal Computer
- netbook personal digital assistant
- PDA portable multimedia player
- PMP portable Multimedia Player
- dedicated media player consumer electronics
- wearable devices AR (augmented reality)/ VR (virtual reality) equipment, etc.
- AR augmented reality
- VR virtual reality
- the method in the embodiment of the present application can be applied to a process in which a network device actively configures SRS resources for the UE. Among them, after the UE accesses the network device for the first time, the network device can actively configure the SRS resource for SRS antenna port conversion for the UE.
- the method of the embodiment of the present application may be applied to a process in which a network device responds to a request of the UE to configure SRS resources for the UE. Among them, the UE can request the network device to reconfigure the number of MIMO layers or antenna ports and the corresponding reconfiguration SRS resources for the UE when the load is too heavy, the battery is insufficient, or the UE desires to reduce power for various reasons. In the embodiments of the present application, there is no restriction on the conditions or timing for triggering the network device to configure SRS resources for the UE.
- the UE may actively request the network device (such as the base station 200) to configure SRS resources for the UE when the remaining power (such as the remaining power is 30%) is lower than a preset threshold (such as the preset threshold is 35%).
- the mobile phone 100 may request the base station 200 to reduce the number of MIMO layers/the number of antenna ports of the mobile phone 100, so as to reduce the subsequent power of the mobile phone 100 during transmission and reception and save power.
- FIG. 1A only uses the user equipment as the mobile phone 100 and the network equipment as the base station 200 as an example to introduce the usage scenarios of the embodiments of this application, and does not limit the specific forms of the user equipment and the network equipment.
- the user equipment and the network equipment may Any of the above listed.
- SRS antenna conversion capability SRS transmission port conversion pattern that the UE can support. If the SRS antenna conversion capability indicated by the UE is xTyR, it means that the UE can transmit SRS on x antenna ports through y antennas. y corresponds to all or a subset of the receiving antennas of the UE.
- Back-off SRS antenna conversion capability The SRS transmission port conversion pattern that can be supported by the UE back-off. If the SRS antenna conversion capability indicated by the UE is xTyR, it means that the UE can transmit SRS on x antenna ports through y antennas. y corresponds to all or a subset of the receiving antennas of the UE.
- Maximum number of MIMO layers The maximum number of space division multiplexing layers that the UE can support.
- Maximum number of antenna ports the maximum number of antenna ports that the UE can support.
- SRS resources time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources used to send SRS.
- the mobile phone 100 is taken as an example of the aforementioned user equipment UE to introduce the hardware structure of the UE.
- the mobile phone 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, and a battery 142, Antenna 1, antenna 2, mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone interface 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, A display screen 194, and a subscriber identification module (SIM) card interface 195, etc.
- SIM subscriber identification module
- the sensor module 180 may include pressure sensor 180A, gyroscope sensor 180B, air pressure sensor 180C, magnetic sensor 180D, acceleration sensor 180E, distance sensor 180F, proximity light sensor 180G, fingerprint sensor 180H, temperature sensor 180J, touch sensor 180K, ambient light Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
- the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention does not constitute a specific limitation on the mobile phone 100.
- the mobile phone 100 may include more or fewer components than shown, or combine certain components, or split certain components, or arrange different components.
- the illustrated components can be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
- the processor 110 may include one or more processing units.
- the processor 110 may include an application processor (AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor, ISP), controller, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU), etc.
- AP application processor
- modem processor modem processor
- GPU graphics processing unit
- image signal processor image signal processor
- ISP image signal processor
- controller video codec
- digital signal processor digital signal processor
- DSP digital signal processor
- NPU neural-network processing unit
- the different processing units may be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
- the controller can generate operation control signals according to the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
- a memory may also be provided in the processor 110 to store instructions and data.
- the memory in the processor 110 is a cache memory.
- the memory can store instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be directly called from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided, the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, and the efficiency of the system is improved.
- the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
- the interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, and a universal asynchronous transmitter (universal asynchronous transmitter) interface.
- I2C integrated circuit
- I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
- PCM pulse code modulation
- PCM pulse code modulation
- UART universal asynchronous transmitter
- MIPI mobile industry processor interface
- GPIO general-purpose input/output
- SIM subscriber identity module
- USB Universal Serial Bus
- the I2C interface is a two-way synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (SDA) and a serial clock line (SCL).
- the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses.
- the processor 110 may respectively couple the touch sensor 180K, charger, flash, camera 193, etc. through different I2C bus interfaces.
- the camera 193 is at least one, which may include a front camera or a rear camera.
- the processor 110 may couple the touch sensor 180K through an I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through the I2C bus interface to realize the touch function of the mobile phone 100.
- the I2S interface can be used for audio communication.
- the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses.
- the processor 110 may be coupled with the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to realize communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170.
- the audio module 170 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through an I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through a Bluetooth headset.
- the PCM interface can also be used for audio communication to sample, quantize and encode analog signals.
- the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface.
- the audio module 170 may also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
- the UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication.
- the bus can be a two-way communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication.
- the UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 110 and the wireless communication module 160.
- the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to implement the Bluetooth function.
- the audio module 170 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through a UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through a Bluetooth headset.
- the MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the display screen 194, the camera 193 and other peripheral devices.
- the MIPI interface includes camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), display serial interface (display serial interface, DSI), etc.
- the processor 110 and the camera 193 communicate through a CSI interface to implement the shooting function of the mobile phone 100.
- the processor 110 and the display screen 194 communicate through a DSI interface to realize the display function of the mobile phone 100.
- the GPIO interface can be configured through software.
- the GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal.
- the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193, the display screen 194, the wireless communication module 160, the audio module 170, the sensor module 180, and so on.
- GPIO interface can also be configured as I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
- the USB interface 130 is an interface that complies with the USB standard specification, and specifically may be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and so on.
- the USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the mobile phone 100, and can also be used to transfer data between the mobile phone 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones and play audio through the headphones. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
- the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention is merely a schematic description, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the mobile phone 100.
- the mobile phone 100 may also adopt different interface connection modes in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection modes.
- the charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger.
- the charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
- the charging management module 140 may receive the charging input of the wired charger through the USB interface 130.
- the charging management module 140 may receive the wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the mobile phone 100. While the charging management module 140 charges the battery 142, it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 141.
- the power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110.
- the power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the display screen 194, the camera 193, and the wireless communication module 160.
- the power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance).
- the power management module 141 may also be provided in the processor 110.
- the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be provided in the same device.
- the wireless communication function of the mobile phone 100 can be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor, and the baseband processor.
- the antenna 1 and the antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
- Each antenna in the mobile phone 100 can be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization.
- antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network.
- the antenna can be used in combination with a tuning switch.
- the mobile communication module 150 may provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G and the like applied on the mobile phone 100.
- the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), etc.
- the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves by the antenna 1, and perform processing such as filtering, amplifying and transmitting the received electromagnetic waves to the modem processor for demodulation.
- the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor, and convert it into electromagnetic wave radiation via the antenna 1.
- at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110.
- at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
- the modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
- the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal.
- the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
- the low-frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor and then passed to the application processor.
- the application processor outputs a sound signal through an audio device (not limited to the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, etc.), or displays an image or video through the display screen 194.
- the modem processor may be an independent device.
- the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110 and be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
- the wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the mobile phone 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), Bluetooth (BT), and global navigation satellite systems. (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions.
- WLAN wireless local area networks
- BT Bluetooth
- GNSS global navigation satellite system
- frequency modulation frequency modulation, FM
- NFC near field communication technology
- infrared technology infrared, IR
- the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
- the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2, frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110.
- the wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110, perform frequency modulation, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic wave radiation via the antenna 2.
- the antenna 1 of the mobile phone 100 is coupled with the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled with the wireless communication module 160, so that the mobile phone 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
- the wireless communication technologies may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc.
- the GNSS may include global positioning system (GPS), global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite-based augmentation systems (SBAS).
- GPS global positioning system
- GLONASS global navigation satellite system
- BDS Beidou navigation satellite system
- QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
- SBAS satellite-based augmentation systems
- the mobile phone 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, and an application processor.
- the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, connected to the display 194 and the application processor.
- the GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
- the processor 110 may include one or more GPUs, which execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
- the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, etc.
- the display screen 194 includes a display panel.
- the display panel can adopt liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (OLED), active-matrix organic light-emitting diode or active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light-emitting diode).
- LCD liquid crystal display
- OLED organic light-emitting diode
- active-matrix organic light-emitting diode active-matrix organic light-emitting diode
- AMOLED flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (QLED), etc.
- the mobile phone 100 may include one or N display screens 194, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
- the mobile phone 100 can realize a shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, and an application processor.
- the ISP is used to process the data fed back from the camera 193. For example, when taking a picture, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transfers the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, which is converted into an image visible to the naked eye.
- ISP can also optimize the image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene.
- the ISP may be provided in the camera 193.
- the camera 193 is used to capture still images or videos.
- the object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element.
- the photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
- CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
- the photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
- ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing.
- DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats.
- the mobile phone 100 may include one or N cameras 193, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
- Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the mobile phone 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
- Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
- the mobile phone 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the mobile phone 100 can play or record videos in a variety of encoding formats, such as: moving picture experts group (MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, etc.
- MPEG moving picture experts group
- MPEG2 MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, etc.
- NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor.
- NN neural-network
- applications such as intelligent cognition of the mobile phone 100 can be realized, such as image recognition, face recognition, voice recognition, text understanding, etc.
- the external memory interface 120 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the mobile phone 100.
- the external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to realize the data storage function. For example, save music, video and other files in an external memory card.
- the internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, where the executable program code includes instructions.
- the internal memory 121 may include a storage program area and a storage data area.
- the storage program area can store an operating system, at least one application program (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) required by at least one function.
- the data storage area can store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the mobile phone 100.
- the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash storage (UFS), etc.
- the processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the mobile phone 100 by running instructions stored in the internal memory 121 and/or instructions stored in a memory provided in the processor.
- the mobile phone 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170, the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the earphone interface 170D, and the application processor. For example, music playback, recording, etc.
- the audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into an analog audio signal for output, and is also used to convert an analog audio input into a digital audio signal.
- the audio module 170 can also be used to encode and decode audio signals.
- the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110, or part of the functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110.
- the speaker 170A also called a “speaker” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
- the mobile phone 100 can listen to music through the speaker 170A, or listen to a hands-free call.
- the receiver 170B also called “earpiece” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
- the mobile phone 100 answers a call or a voice message, it can receive the voice by bringing the receiver 170B close to the human ear.
- the microphone 170C also called “microphone”, “microphone”, is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
- the user can approach the microphone 170C through the mouth to make a sound, and input the sound signal to the microphone 170C.
- the mobile phone 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C.
- the mobile phone 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which can implement noise reduction functions in addition to collecting sound signals.
- the mobile phone 100 can also be equipped with three, four or more microphones 170C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and realize directional recording functions.
- the earphone interface 170D is used to connect wired earphones.
- the earphone interface 170D may be a USB interface 130, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, and a cellular telecommunications industry association (cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA, CTIA) standard interface.
- OMTP open mobile terminal platform
- CTIA cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA, CTIA
- the pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and can convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal.
- the pressure sensor 180A may be provided on the display screen 194.
- the capacitive pressure sensor may include at least two parallel plates with conductive material. When a force is applied to the pressure sensor 180A, the capacitance between the electrodes changes.
- the mobile phone 100 determines the intensity of the pressure according to the change in capacitance.
- the mobile phone 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A.
- the mobile phone 100 may also calculate the touched position based on the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A.
- touch operations that act on the same touch location but have different touch operation strengths may correspond to different operation instructions. For example, when a touch operation whose intensity of the touch operation is less than the first pressure threshold is applied to the short message shortcut application icon, an instruction to view the short message is executed. When a touch operation with a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the short message shortcut application icon, an instruction to create a new short message is executed.
- the gyroscope sensor 180B can be used to determine the movement posture of the mobile phone 100.
- the angular velocity of the mobile phone 100 around three axes ie, x, y, and z axes
- the gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization.
- the gyroscope sensor 180B detects the shake angle of the mobile phone 100, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shake of the mobile phone 100 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake.
- the gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
- the air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure.
- the mobile phone 100 calculates the altitude based on the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.
- the magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor.
- the mobile phone 100 may use the magnetic sensor 180D to detect the opening and closing of the flip holster.
- the mobile phone 100 can detect the opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor 180D.
- features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
- the acceleration sensor 180E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the mobile phone 100 in various directions (generally three axes).
- the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected when the mobile phone 100 is stationary. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, etc.
- the mobile phone 100 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the mobile phone 100 may use the distance sensor 180F to measure the distance to achieve fast focusing.
- the proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector such as a photodiode.
- the light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode.
- the mobile phone 100 emits infrared light to the outside through the light emitting diode.
- the mobile phone 100 uses a photodiode to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the mobile phone 100. When insufficient reflected light is detected, the mobile phone 100 can determine that there is no object near the mobile phone 100.
- the mobile phone 100 may use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect that the user holds the mobile phone 100 close to the ear to talk, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power.
- the proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in leather case mode, and the pocket mode will automatically unlock and lock the screen.
- the ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense the brightness of the ambient light.
- the mobile phone 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display 194 according to the perceived brightness of the ambient light.
- the ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures.
- the ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the mobile phone 100 is in the pocket to prevent accidental touch.
- the fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints. Any type of sensing technology can be used, including but not limited to optical, capacitive, piezoelectric or ultrasonic sensing technology.
- the mobile phone 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to implement fingerprint unlocking, access application locks, fingerprint photographs, fingerprint answering calls, and so on.
- a fingerprint collection device including a fingerprint sensor 180H can be arranged on the back of the mobile phone 100 (for example, under the rear camera), or a fingerprint acquisition device can be arranged on the front of the mobile phone 100 (for example, under the touch screen).
- a fingerprint collection device can be configured in the touch screen to realize the fingerprint recognition function, that is, the fingerprint collection device can be integrated with the touch screen to realize the fingerprint recognition function of the mobile phone 100.
- the fingerprint collection device is configured in the touch screen, which may be a part of the touch screen, or may be configured in the touch screen in other ways.
- the temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature.
- the mobile phone 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to execute a temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds a threshold, the mobile phone 100 performs a reduction in the performance of the processor located near the temperature sensor 180J, so as to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection.
- the mobile phone 100 when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the mobile phone 100 heats the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the mobile phone 100 due to low temperature.
- the mobile phone 100 boosts the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
- Touch sensor 180K also called “touch device”.
- the touch sensor 180K (also called a touch panel) may be disposed on the display screen 194, and the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen, also called a “touch screen”.
- the touch sensor 180K is used to detect touch operations acting on or near it.
- the touch sensor can transmit the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event.
- the visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194.
- the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the mobile phone 100, which is different from the position of the display screen 194.
- the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals.
- the bone conduction sensor 180M can obtain the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice.
- the bone conduction sensor 180M can also contact the human pulse and receive the blood pressure pulse signal.
- the bone conduction sensor 180M may also be provided in the earphone, combined with the bone conduction earphone.
- the audio module 170 can parse the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vibrating bone block of the voice obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the voice function.
- the application processor may analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beat signal obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the heart rate detection function.
- the button 190 includes a power button, a volume button, and so on.
- the button 190 may be a mechanical button. It can also be a touch button.
- the mobile phone 100 can receive key input, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the mobile phone 100.
- the motor 191 can generate vibration prompts.
- the motor 191 can be used for incoming call vibration notification, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback.
- touch operations applied to different applications can correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
- Acting on touch operations in different areas of the display screen 194, the motor 191 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
- Different application scenarios for example: time reminding, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.
- the touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
- the indicator 192 may be an indicator light, which may be used to indicate the charging status, power change, or to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and so on.
- the SIM card interface 195 is used to connect to the SIM card.
- the SIM card can be connected to and separated from the mobile phone 100 by inserting into the SIM card interface 195 or pulling out from the SIM card interface 195.
- the mobile phone 100 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- the SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM cards, Micro SIM cards, SIM cards, etc.
- the same SIM card interface 195 can insert multiple cards at the same time. The types of the multiple cards can be the same or different.
- the SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards.
- the SIM card interface 195 may also be compatible with external memory cards.
- the mobile phone 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as call and data communication.
- the mobile phone 100 uses an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card.
- the eSIM card can be embedded in the mobile phone 100 and cannot be separated from the mobile phone 100.
- the following describes the method of reporting capabilities provided by the embodiments of this application in detail with reference to Figures 1A and 1B.
- the basic principle of the method is that the UE reports the backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities it supports to the network device so that the network device can When the number of MIMO layers or the number of antenna ports needs to be reconfigured for the UE, the SRS resources are correspondingly reconfigured for the UE.
- the following embodiments only take the user equipment as the mobile phone 100 and the network equipment as the base station 200 as an example. In fact, the same method can be used for any kind of user equipment UE, including the several UEs listed above. And method to report capability to network equipment.
- the embodiment of the present application provides a method for reporting capabilities.
- the method may include: the mobile phone 100 sends a first message to the base station 200.
- the first message includes the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100.
- the first message may also include the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the mobile phone 100.
- the mobile phone 100 reports to the base station 200 its supported SRS antenna conversion capabilities and backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities through the first message, so that when the base station 200 reconfigures the number of MIMO layers for the mobile phone 100, it can be based on the capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100.
- the backed-off SRS antenna conversion capability reconfigures the mobile phone 100 with SRS resources for antenna port conversion.
- the mobile phone 100 may send the first message to the base station 200 when the remaining power (30%) of the mobile phone 100 is lower than a preset threshold (the preset threshold is 35%), or when the mobile phone 100 is turned on for the first time.
- a preset threshold is 35%)
- the base station 200 when the base station 200 configures/reconfigures the number of MIMO layers for the mobile phone 100, it can refer to the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first message for the corresponding configuration of the mobile phone 100 for the antenna SRS resource for port conversion.
- the retractable SRS antenna switching capability is determined and reported by the mobile phone 100 according to its hardware implementation and/or current SRS resource configuration.
- the current SRS antenna conversion capability of the mobile phone 100 is configured as 2T4R, that is, the mobile phone 100 can transmit SRS on 2 antenna ports through 4 antennas;
- the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 can be 1T4R and /Or 1T2R, that is, the SRS antenna conversion capability of the mobile phone 100 is to transmit SRS on one antenna port through 4 antennas and/or the SRS antenna conversion capability of the mobile phone 100 is to transmit SRS on one antenna port through 2 antennas.
- the first message may also include the first number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100;
- the back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of second MIMO layers.
- the second MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the first MIMO layer number.
- the manner in which the first message carries the first number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 may include at least the following two implementation manners:
- Implementation manner (1) The first number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 is used to identify the maximum number of MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 can support.
- the first number of MIMO layers is not only the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100, but also the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100.
- the base station 200 can determine that the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 are both 8.
- the number of second MIMO layers may be less than or equal to the number of first MIMO layers, and the number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100.
- the second number of MIMO layers can be any of 1, 2, 4, and 8.
- the second MIMO layer number is applicable to uplink and downlink.
- the first number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 may include: the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100.
- the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 is 4, and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 is 8.
- the above-mentioned first number of MIMO layers may include the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 of 4 and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 of 8.
- the number of uplink second MIMO layers may be less than or equal to the number of uplink first MIMO layers, and the number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100.
- the number of uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 includes 1, 2, and 4; then the number of the second uplink MIMO layer can be 1, 2, or 4.
- the number of downlink second MIMO layers may be less than or equal to the number of downlink first MIMO layers and the number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100.
- the second number of downlink MIMO layers can be any of 1, 2, 4, or 8.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 corresponds to the second MIMO layer number, specifically: the fallback SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 corresponds to at least one second MIMO layer number.
- the mobile phone 100 can support at least one frequency band combination, and each frequency band combination includes multiple frequency bands.
- the mobile phone 100 can support frequency band combination 1, which is frequency band 1 (for example, frequency band 1 is 1800Mhz-1810Mhz) and frequency band 2 (for example, frequency band 2 is a combination of 1820Mhz-1830Mhz).
- Each frequency band includes multiple carriers.
- the mobile phone 100 may support some of the aforementioned multiple carriers.
- the first number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 may include: the maximum uplink MIMO layer supported by the mobile phone 100 on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100 And the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers.
- the second MIMO layer number may be: the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100.
- the mobile phone 100 differentiates between uplink and downlink and notifies the base station 200 of the first MIMO layer number as an example.
- Example 1 it is assumed that the mobile phone 100 supports two frequency band combinations: frequency band combination 1 (including frequency band 1 and frequency band 3) and frequency band combination 2 (including frequency band 2 and frequency band 4).
- frequency band 1 in frequency band combination 1 mobile phone 100 supports carrier 1 and carrier 2 on frequency band 1.
- the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on carrier 1 is 4, and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers is 8.
- the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on carrier 2 is 2, and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers is 4.
- the number of second MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on carrier 1 is the number of uplink MIMO layers 1, 2, and 4, and the number of downlink MIMO layers 1, 2, 4, and 8; the second MIMO supported by the mobile phone 100 on carrier 2
- the number of layers includes uplink MIMO layers 1 and 2, and downlink MIMO layers 2 and 4.
- the SRS antenna conversion capability and the first number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 may have different granularities.
- the SRS antenna conversion capability is the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in each frequency band.
- the SRS antenna port conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 may include: SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100;
- the capability includes the SRS antenna conversion capability that the mobile phone 100 supports on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100.
- the following five scenarios introduce the SRS antenna conversion capability that is supported by the mobile phone 100 and can be reversed.
- the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: at least one backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100.
- each SRS antenna conversion capability that can be backed out corresponds to a combination of an uplink MIMO layer number and a downlink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- the backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the mobile phone 100 supports each of the band 1, band 2, band 3, and band 4 (uplink MIMO layer number, downlink The SRS antenna conversion capability combined with the number of MIMO layers is applicable to all carriers in the corresponding frequency band.
- the backable SRS antenna conversion capability includes capability 1, capability 2, ..., capability 10, respectively corresponding to (
- the number of uplink MIMO layers, the number of downlink MIMO layers) are (1, 1), (1, 2), (1, 4), (1, 8), (2, 1), (2, 2), (2, 4), (2, 8), (4, 1) (4, 2), (4, 4), (4, 8) combination; among them, (1, 2), (1, 4), (2, 2), (2, 4)
- the corresponding SRS antenna conversion capability is applicable to both the first carrier in frequency band 1, and the second carrier in frequency band 1.
- the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100.
- the SRS antenna conversion capability that can be backed off corresponds to the number of all second MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- the backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 on frequency band 1, frequency band 2, frequency band 3, and frequency band 4, which are suitable for Corresponding to all carriers on the frequency band.
- the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on carrier 1 on band 1 (Including 1, 2 and 4) and the number of downlink MIMO layers (including 1, 2, 4, and 8), as well as the number of all uplink MIMO layers (including 1 and 2) and downlink that the mobile phone 100 supports on carrier 2 on band 1 The number of MIMO layers (including 2 and 4).
- the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: the first fallback SRS antenna conversion capability and the first fallback SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100 2. SRS antenna conversion capability that can be rolled back.
- the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the uplink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination
- the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability Corresponds to all the downlink MIMO layer numbers in the second MIMO layer numbers supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the phone 100 on band 1, band 2, band 3, and band 4, and The second backable SRS antenna switching capability.
- the first back-off SRS antenna conversion can correspond to all the uplink MIMO layers in the corresponding frequency band
- the second back-off SRS antenna conversion can correspond to all the downlink MIMO layers in the corresponding frequency band, and is suitable for the corresponding frequency band. All carriers.
- the SRS antenna conversion capability includes two backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities. One of them corresponds to all the uplink MIMO layers (including 1, 2 and 4) supported by mobile phone 100 on carrier 1 and all the uplink MIMO layers (including 1 and 2) supported by mobile phone 100 on carrier 2; the other corresponds to mobile phone 100 The number of all downlink MIMO layers (including 1, 2, 4, and 8) supported on carrier 1 and the number of all downlink MIMO layers (including 2 and 4) supported by mobile phone 100 on carrier 2.
- the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: at least one backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100.
- each SRS antenna conversion capability that can be backed out corresponds to a second MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: at least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the phone 100 on frequency band 1, frequency band 2, frequency band 3, and frequency band 4. It is applicable to all the carriers on the corresponding frequency band, as well as the uplink and downlink on the corresponding carrier.
- the backable SRS antenna conversion capability includes capability 1, capability 2, ..., capability 5. among them.
- Ability 1 corresponds to MIMO layer number 1
- Ability 2 corresponds to MIMO layer number 2
- Ability 3 corresponds to MIMO layer number 4
- Ability 4 corresponds to MIMO layer number 8.
- capability 1, capability 2, ..., capability 4 are applicable to both the corresponding uplink MIMO layers and the corresponding downlink MIMO layers supported on carrier 1 and carrier 2.
- Capability 1 is applicable to the number of uplink MIMO layers 1 and the number of downlink MIMO layers supported on carrier 1 and carrier 2.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100 And the second set of back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities.
- each of the backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities in the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to one uplink MIMO layer in the number of second MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- Each of the second set of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to one of the second MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. Number of layers.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 on band 1, band 2, band 3, and band 4, respectively
- the second set of SRS antenna switching capabilities that can be rolled back are applicable to all carriers in the corresponding frequency band.
- the backable SRS antenna conversion capability includes two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities.
- One group includes the capabilities corresponding to the number of uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on band 1 (including the capabilities corresponding to the number of uplink MIMO layers 1, 2, and 4 supported on carrier 1 and the uplink MIMO supported on carrier 2.
- the other group includes the capabilities corresponding to all the downlink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on band 1 (including the downlink MIMO layers 1, 2, 4, and 8 supported on carrier 1 Corresponding capabilities and the corresponding capabilities of the number of downlink MIMO layers 2 and 4 supported on carrier 2 respectively).
- the SRS antenna conversion capability and the first number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 may have the same granularity.
- the SRS antenna conversion capability is the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 on each carrier.
- the SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 on each carrier in each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100;
- the SRS antenna conversion capability includes: the backable SRS antenna conversion capability that the mobile phone 100 supports on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100.
- the following introduces the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in three situations.
- the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: the back-off SRS antenna conversion supported by the mobile phone 100 on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100 ability.
- the SRS antenna conversion capability that can be backed off corresponds to the number of second MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 on carrier 1 and carrier 2 on frequency band 1, and the mobile phone 100 SRS antenna switching capabilities that are supported on each carrier in Band 2, Band 3, and Band 4, respectively.
- the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on the carrier 1 (Including 1, 2 and 4) and the number of downlink MIMO layers (including 1, 2, 4 and 8).
- the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the first back-off SRS supported by the mobile phone 100 on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100 Antenna switching capability and second back-off SRS antenna switching capability.
- the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink MIMO layers in the second number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination
- the second back-off SRS The antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 on carrier 1 and carrier 2 on frequency band 1. 2.
- the SRS antenna conversion capability includes two backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities; one of which corresponds to The number of all uplink MIMO layers supported by mobile phone 100 on carrier 1 (1, including 2 and 4), one corresponds to the number of all downlink MIMO layers supported by mobile phone 100 on carrier 1 on band 1 (including 1, 2, 4 and 8) ).
- the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the first group of back-off-backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100 SRS antenna switching capability and the second set of back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities.
- each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of second MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on each carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination
- the number of uplink MIMO layers in the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the mobile phone 100 supports on each carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- One downlink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number is one downlink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number.
- the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 on carrier 1 and carrier 2 on frequency band 1, and The second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities, and the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 on all carriers in Band 2, Band 3 and Band 4, respectively SRS antenna conversion capability.
- the SRS antenna conversion capability includes two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities; one group includes the mobile phone 100 on carrier 1
- the number of uplink MIMO layers supported on 1 corresponds to the SRS antenna capabilities of 1, 2, 4 and 8
- the other group includes the SRS antennas corresponding to the number of downlink MIMO layers 1, 2, 4 and 8 supported by the mobile phone 100 on carrier 1. Conversion ability.
- the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 and the first MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 can be of the same granularity, that is, the first MIMO layer supported by the mobile phone 100 is the number of the first MIMO layer supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band.
- the first MIMO layer number, the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 is the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in each frequency band.
- the first number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 may include: the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100.
- the second MIMO layer number may be the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100.
- the mobile phone 100 differentiates between uplink and downlink and notifies the base station 200 of the first MIMO layer number as an example.
- Example 2 it is assumed that the mobile phone 100 supports two frequency band combinations: frequency band combination 1 (including frequency band 1 and frequency band 3) and frequency band combination 2 (including frequency band 2 and frequency band 4).
- frequency band combination 1 including frequency band 1 and frequency band 3
- frequency band combination 2 including frequency band 2 and frequency band 4
- frequency band 1 in frequency band combination 1 is 2
- the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers supported by mobile phone 100 on frequency band 1 is 2
- the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers is 8.
- the number of second MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on the frequency band 1 are the numbers of uplink MIMO layers 1 and 2, and the numbers of downlink MIMO layers 1, 2, 4, and 8.
- the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100. Specifically, the following introduces the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in three situations.
- the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100.
- the SRS antenna conversion capability that can be backed off corresponds to the number of second MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the phone 100 on band 1, band 2, band 3, and band 4, which are suitable for The number of all uplink MIMO layers and all the number of downlink MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 can support on the corresponding frequency band.
- the backable SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on Band 1 (including 1 and 2) and all downlink MIMO layer numbers (including 1, 2, 4, and 8), for example, the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed out is applicable to uplink MIMO layer number 1, and it is also applicable to downlink MIMO layer number 1.
- the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: the first backable SRS antenna conversion capability and the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100 2. SRS antenna conversion capability that can be rolled back.
- the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination
- the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to The number of downlink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 on band 1, band 2, band 3, and band 4, and The second backable SRS antenna switching capability.
- the backable SRS antenna conversion capability includes two backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities; one of which corresponds to the mobile phone 100 supports all the uplink MIMO layers (including 1 and 2) on band 1, and the other corresponds to all the downlink MIMO layers (including 1, 2, 4, and 8) supported by mobile phone 100 on band 1.
- the fallback SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the first set of fallback SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100 and The second set of back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities.
- each of the returnable SRS antenna conversion capabilities in the first set of backoff SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to one of the second MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- the number of layers, each of the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to one of the second MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. Number of MIMO layers.
- the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the phone 100 on frequency band 1, frequency band 2, frequency band 3, and frequency band 4, respectively And the second set of back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities.
- the backable SRS antenna conversion capability includes two sets of backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities; one group includes The number of uplink MIMO layers 1 and 2 supported by the mobile phone 100 on band 1 correspond to the SRS antenna capabilities, and the other group includes the SRS antennas corresponding to the number of downlink MIMO layers 1, 2, 4 and 8 supported by the mobile phone 100 on band 1 respectively Conversion ability.
- the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 is used by the base station 200 to reconfigure the mobile phone 100 with SRS resources used for antenna port conversion, which is triggered by the following event: the base station 200 receives a transmission from the mobile phone 100 The second news.
- the second message may include the number of MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the phone 100 or the maximum number of MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects to configure.
- the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- the mobile phone 100 when it is overheated, it may send an auxiliary information message to the base station 200, and the auxiliary information message may include auxiliary information related to the overheating for the base station 200 to reduce the antenna port configuration for it to solve the overheating problem.
- the first message is a user equipment capability message.
- the mobile phone 100 may report its radio capability to the base station 200 through a user equipment capability message.
- the difference from Embodiment 1 is that the number of MIMO layers in Embodiment 2 may be the number of antenna ports. That is, the first number of MIMO layers in Embodiment 1 is replaced with the first number of antenna ports. Correspondingly, replace the second MIMO layer number in Embodiment 1 with the second antenna port number.
- the number of second antenna ports is less than or equal to the number of first antenna ports.
- the backable SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of second antenna ports.
- the first antenna port number is used to identify the maximum number of antenna ports that the mobile phone 100 can support, including the maximum number of uplink antenna ports supported by the mobile phone 100 on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by it and Maximum number of downlink antenna ports.
- the second number of antenna ports includes the number of uplink antenna ports and the maximum number of antenna ports supported by the mobile phone 100 on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by it.
- the first number of antenna ports may further include: the maximum number of uplink antenna ports and the maximum number of downlink antenna ports that the mobile phone 100 supports on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100.
- the second number of antenna ports includes the number of uplink antenna ports and the maximum number of antenna ports supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by it.
- the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 please refer to the description in the first embodiment; for different numbers of first antenna ports, the number of SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 is For possible implementation manners, reference may also be made to the description in the first embodiment.
- first number of antenna ports can also be used to identify the number of antenna ports that the mobile phone 100 can support; or, the first number of MIMO layers can also be used to identify the number of MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 can support.
- first number of MIMO layers can also be used to identify the number of MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 can support.
- the method may include: the mobile phone 100 sends a second message to the base station 200, the second message includes a third MIMO layer number, and the third MIMO layer number is the desired base station of the mobile phone 100 200 is the maximum number of MIMO layers configured by the mobile phone 100.
- the second message also includes the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100; the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth MIMO layer number, where the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the third Number of MIMO layers.
- the base station 200 configures/reconfigures the number of MIMO layers for the mobile phone 100, it can refer to the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in the second message and the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to be the mobile phone 100.
- the configured maximum number of MIMO layers is the number of MIMO layers configured by the mobile phone 100 and the corresponding SRS resources configured for antenna port conversion.
- the mobile phone 100 reports to the base station 200 through the second message that it expects the maximum number of MIMO layers configured by the base station 200 for the mobile phone 100 and the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100, so that the base station 200 reconfigures the number of MIMO layers for the mobile phone 100 According to the maximum number of MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100 and the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100, the mobile phone 100 can be reconfigured with SRS resources for antenna port conversion.
- the mobile phone 100 may send the second message to the base station 200 when the popularity (70°) of the mobile phone 100 is higher than a preset threshold (the preset threshold is 50°).
- the manner in which the mobile phone 100 expects the maximum number of MIMO layers configured by the base station 200 for the mobile phone 100 in the second message may include at least the following two implementation manners:
- Implementation method (1) The maximum number of MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100 is the maximum number of MIMO layers suitable for uplink that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100, and the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to be the mobile phone 100 The configured maximum number of MIMO layers applicable to the downlink.
- the mobile phone 100 expects that the maximum number of MIMO layers (third MIMO layer) configured by the base station 200 for the mobile phone 100 is 4. Then the base station 200 can determine the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100 The number of MIMO layers is 4.
- the number of the fourth MIMO layer may be less than or equal to the number of the third MIMO layer, and the number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100. For example, if the number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 includes 1, 2 and 4; then the fourth number of MIMO layers can be any of 1, 2, and 4.
- the fourth MIMO layer number is applicable to uplink and downlink.
- Implementation mode (2) The mobile phone 100 expects the maximum number of MIMO layers configured by the base station 200 for the mobile phone 100 may include: the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure the maximum number of MIMO layers for the mobile phone 100 (for example: 2) and the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to be The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers configured by the mobile phone 100 (for example: 4).
- the number of uplink fourth MIMO layers may be less than or equal to the number of uplink third MIMO layers, and the number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100. For example, if it is expected that the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers configured by the base station 200 for the mobile phone 100 is 2; then the fourth number of uplink MIMO layers can be 1 or 2.
- the number of downlink fourth MIMO layers may be less than or equal to the number of downlink third MIMO layers and the number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100. For example, if it is expected that the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers configured by the base station 200 for the mobile phone 100 is 4; then the fourth number of uplink MIMO layers can be 1, 2 or 4.
- the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 corresponds to the second MIMO layer number, and specifically may be: the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the phone 100 corresponds to at least one fourth MIMO layer number.
- the third MIMO layer number may be applicable to all frequency points that the mobile phone 100 can use; or, it may be divided into N frequency ranges according to a certain division rule.
- N is an integer
- N ⁇ 2 the third MIMO layer number may include the maximum number of MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the i-th frequency range, where i is an integer and i ⁇ N.
- the division rule is: dividing the usable frequency band of the mobile phone 100 into two frequency ranges with 6 GHz as the boundary, including a first frequency range and a second frequency range.
- the mobile phone 100 distinguishes between uplink and downlink and notifies the base station 200 of the third MIMO layer number.
- Example 3 it is assumed that the mobile phone 100 supports the first frequency range and the second frequency range. Among them, the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on the first frequency range is 2, and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers is 4; the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on the second frequency range is 2, and the maximum downlink MIMO layers The number of layers is 4.
- the number of fourth MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range includes the number of uplink fourth MIMO layers 1 and 2, and the number of fourth MIMO layers in downlink 1, 2 and 4; the mobile phone 100 supports the second frequency range
- the fourth MIMO layer number includes the number 1 and 2 of the fourth MIMO layer in the uplink, and the number 1, 2 and 4 of the fourth MIMO layer in the downlink.
- the maximum number of MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100 may be the maximum number of MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100 in each frequency range.
- the third MIMO layer number may include: the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the first frequency range that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100.
- the fourth MIMO layer number is the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers that are less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range. and / or,
- the third MIMO layer number may include: the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the second frequency range that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100.
- the fourth MIMO layer number is the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers that are less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 in the second frequency range.
- the granularity of the fallback SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 may be the same as the granularity of the maximum MIMO layer number that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100, that is, the fallback SRS antenna supported by the mobile phone 100
- the conversion capability is the SRS antenna conversion capability of the mobile phone 100 in each frequency range. Specifically, the following five scenarios introduce the SRS antenna conversion capability that is supported by the mobile phone 100 and can be reversed.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: at least one fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range.
- each of the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to a combination of an uplink MIMO layer number and a downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range. and / or,
- the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: at least one backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in the second frequency range.
- each SRS antenna conversion capability that can be backed out corresponds to a combination of an uplink MIMO layer number and a downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 in the second frequency range.
- the backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the respective correspondences (the number of uplink MIMO layers, the number of downlink MIMO layers) supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range and the second frequency range. Combined SRS antenna switching capability with fallback.
- the backable SRS antenna conversion capability includes capability 1, capability 2, ..., capability 6, respectively corresponding to (uplink MIMO layer number ,
- the number of downlink MIMO layers) is a combination of (1,1), (1,2), (1,4), ((2,1), (2,2), (2,4), (.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: at least one fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range.
- each SRS antenna conversion capability that can be backed out corresponds to all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range. and / or,
- the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: at least one backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in the second frequency range.
- each SRS antenna conversion capability that can be backed out corresponds to all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in the second frequency range.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the fallback SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range and the second frequency range, which are suitable for uplink and Down.
- the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the MIMO layers supported by the phone 100 in the first frequency range, including the uplink MIMO layer. Number (including 1 and 2) and the number of downlink MIMO layers (including 1, 2 and 4).
- the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: at least one fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range.
- each of the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to a fourth MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range. and / or,
- the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: at least one backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in the second frequency range.
- each SRS antenna conversion capability that can be backed out corresponds to a fourth MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 in the second frequency range.
- the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: at least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range and the second frequency range.
- each SRS antenna conversion capability that can be backed out corresponds to a MIMO layer number in the first frequency range/the second frequency range.
- each fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to MIMO layer numbers 1, 2, and 4, which are suitable for uplink and downlink, for example .
- the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off corresponding to MIMO layer number 1 is applicable to uplink MIMO layer number 1 and downlink MIMO layer number 1.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: the first fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability and the second fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range.
- the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range
- the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the mobile phone 100 The number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported in the first frequency range. and / or,
- the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: the first backable SRS antenna conversion capability and the second backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in the second frequency range.
- the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in the second frequency range
- the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the mobile phone 100 The number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported in the second frequency range.
- the backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the mobile phone 100 supports the first backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities in the first frequency range and the second frequency range, respectively. SRS antenna switching capability for fallback.
- the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all uplink fourth MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range/second frequency range
- the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the mobile phone 100 The number of all downlink fourth MIMO layers supported in the first frequency range/second frequency range.
- the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth uplink MIMO layer numbers 1 and 2
- the second back-off SRS antenna The conversion capability corresponds to the number 1, 2 and 4 of the fourth downlink MIMO layer.
- the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range.
- each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one of the fourth MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range
- the second Each of the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities in the group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range. and / or,
- the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 in the second frequency range.
- each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one of the fourth MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in the second frequency range
- the second Each of the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities in the group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 in the second frequency range.
- the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the first set of SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range and the second frequency range, respectively
- Two groups of SRS antennas can switch back.
- the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities includes all the uplink fourth MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range/second frequency range, and the corresponding SRS antenna conversion capabilities.
- the second group can be back-off.
- the SRS antenna conversion capability of the mobile phone 100 includes the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponding to all the fourth downlink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range/the second frequency range.
- the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities includes SRS antennas corresponding to the fourth uplink MIMO layer number 1 and MIMO layer number 2 respectively. Conversion capability, the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to the fourth downlink MIMO layer numbers 1, and 4 respectively.
- the second message is sent to the base station 200 by the mobile phone 100 when it is overheated or when it is desired to reduce the power.
- the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- the mobile phone 100 when it is overheated, it may send an auxiliary information message to the base station 200.
- the auxiliary information message may include auxiliary information related to the overheating for the base station 200 to reduce the configuration and solve the overheating problem.
- the difference from the third embodiment is that the number of MIMO layers in the fourth embodiment may be the number of antenna ports. That is: the second message includes the third antenna port number. Correspondingly, the number of fourth antenna ports is less than or equal to the number of third antenna ports. The backable SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the fourth antenna port number.
- the third antenna port number is used to identify the maximum number of antenna ports that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for it, including the maximum number of uplink antenna ports and the maximum number of downlink antenna ports supported by the mobile phone 100 in each frequency range.
- the fourth antenna port number includes the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports supported by the mobile phone 100 in each frequency range.
- the difference from the third embodiment is that the third MIMO layer number in the fifth embodiment may be the number of MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100.
- the mobile phone 100 expects that the number of MIMO layers configured by the base station 200 for the mobile phone 100 is 4, which is suitable for uplink and downlink; another example: the mobile phone 100 expects that the number of MIMO layers configured by the base station 200 for the mobile phone 100 includes the number of uplink MIMO layers 4 and the number of downlink MIMO layers 4.
- the number of the fourth MIMO layer is less than or equal to the number of the third MIMO layer.
- the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 corresponds to the fourth MIMO layer number. That is, the mobile phone 100 may expect the base station 200 to configure the MIMO layer number 4 for it, but the base station 200 may configure any layer number less than or equal to the expected value according to the expected value, for example, 1, 2, or 4.
- the third MIMO layer number is used to identify the number of MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for it, including the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for each frequency range.
- the fourth MIMO layer number includes the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in each frequency range.
- the difference from the fourth embodiment is that the second message sent by the mobile phone 100 to the base station 200 in the sixth embodiment includes the number of antenna ports that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100.
- mobile phone 100 expects that the number of antenna ports configured by base station 200 for mobile phone 100 is 4, which is suitable for uplink and downlink; another example: mobile phone 100 expects that the number of antenna ports configured by base station 200 for mobile phone 100 includes the number of uplink antenna ports 4 and the number of downlink antenna ports 4.
- the number of the fourth antenna ports is less than or equal to the number of the third antenna ports, and the SRS antenna conversion capability that is supported by the mobile phone 100 corresponds to the number of the fourth antenna ports. That is, the mobile phone 100 may expect the base station 200 to configure the number of antenna ports 4 for it, but the base station 200 may configure any layer number less than or equal to the expected value according to the expected value, for example, 1, 2, 4.
- the third antenna port number is used to identify the number of antenna ports that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for it, including the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for each frequency range.
- the fourth number of antenna ports includes the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports supported by the mobile phone 100 in each frequency range.
- the difference from the third embodiment is that the second message sent by the mobile phone 100 to the base station 200 in the seventh embodiment includes the third number of antenna ports and the third number of MIMO layers.
- the third number of antenna ports is the maximum number of uplink antenna ports that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100
- the third MIMO layer number is the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100.
- the mobile phone 100 expects that the maximum number of uplink antenna ports configured by the base station 200 for the mobile phone 100 is 4, and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers is 6.
- the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 corresponds to the fourth antenna port number or the fourth MIMO layer number, the fourth antenna port number is less than or equal to the third antenna port number, and the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the third antenna port number. Number of MIMO layers.
- the third antenna port number is used to identify the maximum number of uplink antenna ports that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for it
- the third MIMO layer number is used to identify the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for it.
- the fourth antenna port number includes the number of uplink antenna ports supported by the mobile phone 100 in each frequency range
- the fourth MIMO layer number includes the number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in each frequency range.
- the difference from the third embodiment is that the second message sent by the mobile phone 100 to the base station 200 in the third embodiment includes the third number of antenna ports and the third number of MIMO layers.
- the third number of antenna ports is the number of uplink antenna ports that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100
- the third MIMO layer number is the number of downlink MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100.
- the mobile phone 100 expects that the number of uplink antenna ports configured by the base station 200 for the mobile phone 100 is 2, and the number of downlink MIMO layers is 4.
- the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 corresponds to the fourth antenna port number or the fourth MIMO layer number, the fourth antenna port number is less than or equal to the third antenna port number, and the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the third antenna port number. Number of MIMO layers.
- the third antenna port number is used to identify the number of uplink antenna ports that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure
- the third MIMO layer number is used to identify the number of downlink MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure.
- the fourth antenna port number includes the number of uplink antenna ports supported by the mobile phone 100 in each frequency range
- the fourth MIMO layer number includes the number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in each frequency range.
- the difference from the third embodiment is that in the ninth embodiment, the second message sent by the mobile phone 100 to the base station 200 includes the SRS antenna conversion capability that is supported by the mobile phone 100, which can be
- the backed-off SRS antenna conversion capability is at least one or at least one set of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range/second frequency range.
- the at least one or at least one set of SRS antenna conversion capabilities that can be rolled back corresponds to the fourth MIMO layer number, and the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number.
- the third MIMO layer number is used to identify the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for it (or the third MIMO layer number is used to identify the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure it.
- the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers; or, the third MIMO layer number is used to identify the maximum number of uplink antenna ports and the maximum number of downlink antenna ports that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for it; or, the third MIMO layer The number is used to identify the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure).
- the fourth MIMO layer number includes the number of uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in each frequency range and The number of downlink MIMO layers (or the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports).
- the mobile phone 100 includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to various functions.
- the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
- the embodiment of the present application may divide the mobile phone 100 into functional modules.
- each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
- the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
- the mobile phone 100 may include a determining module 410 and a sending module 420.
- the determining module 410 is used to determine the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100; the sending module 420 is used to send the first information or the second message to the terminal device 110 to implement the reporting capability described above.
- the aforementioned mobile phone 100 may also include a radio frequency circuit, which is used to complete the reception and transmission of wireless signals during the communication process.
- the radio frequency circuit of the mobile phone 100 may send uplink data to the base station 200.
- the radio frequency circuit includes but is not limited to an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, and the like.
- the radio frequency circuit can also communicate with other devices through wireless communication.
- the wireless communication can use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to global system for mobile communications, general packet radio service, code division multiple access, broadband code division multiple access, long-term evolution, email, short message service, etc.
- the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
- the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
- the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
- the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center.
- the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
- the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
- the steps of the method or algorithm described in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in a hardware manner, or may be implemented in a manner in which a processor executes software instructions.
- Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, which can be stored in RAM memory, flash memory, ROM memory, EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, mobile hard disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage known in the art Medium.
- An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor, so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and can write information to the storage medium.
- the storage medium may also be an integral part of the processor.
- the processor and the storage medium may be located in the ASIC.
- the ASIC may be located in the detection device.
- the processor and the storage medium may also exist as separate components in the detection device.
- the disclosed user equipment and method may be implemented in other ways.
- the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
- the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division.
- there may be other division methods for example, multiple units or components may be It can be combined or integrated into another device, or some features can be omitted or not implemented.
- the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
- the units described as separate parts may or may not be physically separate.
- the parts displayed as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple different places. . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
- each unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
- the above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
- the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium.
- the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions can be embodied in the form of software products, which are stored in a storage medium It includes several instructions to make a device (may be a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
- the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
The present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and provides a capability reporting method and user equipment, capable of solving the problem in the prior art that corresponding SRS resources for antenna port conversion cannot be configured for a network device when the network device configures the number of MIMO layers or the number of antenna ports for the user equipment due to the fact that the network device cannot obtain the rollback SRS antenna conversion capabilities of the user equipment. In the present application, the user equipment reports each supported rollback SRS antenna conversion capability to the network device, so that the network device knows each rollback SRS antenna conversion capability of the user equipment, and corresponding SRS resources can be configured for the network device when the number of MIMO layers is configured for the user equipment.
Description
本申请实施例涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种上报SRS天线转换能力的方法及用户设备。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a method and user equipment for reporting SRS antenna switching capabilities.
网络设备(例如:基站)在有需要时,例如,在用户设备(user equipment,UE)使用时间过长或者负载过大时,UE的热度会升高,UE发生过热问题(如UE的热度大于某一阈值),或者UE期望降低发送功率时,会为UE重配置多输入多输出系统(Multiple-Input Multiple-Output,MIMO)layer数,例如调低该UE的MIMO layer数,以降低该UE的发射功率,解决其过热问题。When network equipment (e.g., base station) needs it, for example, when user equipment (UE) is used for a long time or is overloaded, the heat of the UE will increase, and the UE will experience overheating problems (e.g., the heat of the UE is greater than Certain threshold), or when the UE expects to reduce the transmit power, it will reconfigure the number of multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) layers for the UE. For example, reduce the number of MIMO layers of the UE to reduce the UE The transmission power of this machine can solve its overheating problem.
在网络设备为UE调低MIMO layer数后,如果网络设备不相应的重配用于用户天线转换的探测参考信号(Sounding reference signals,SRS)资源,在进行天线端口转换时,会出现能力不匹配的问题。After the network device lowers the number of MIMO layers for the UE, if the network device does not reconfigure the sounding reference signal (SRS) resources for the user antenna conversion accordingly, a capability mismatch will occur during the antenna port conversion The problem.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种上报能力的方法,能够解决现有技术中网络设备由于不知道UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力,无法为UE备配置与天线端口数等资源对应的SRS资源的问题。The embodiment of the application provides a method for reporting capabilities, which can solve the problem that the network equipment in the prior art cannot configure the SRS resources corresponding to the number of antenna ports and other resources for the UE because it does not know the fallback SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE. The problem.
为达到上述目的,本申请实施例采用如下技术方案:In order to achieve the foregoing objectives, the following technical solutions are adopted in the embodiments of this application:
第一方面,提供一种上报能力的方法,应用于UE备,该方法可以包括:UE确定该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;UE向网络设备发送第一消息,该第一消息包括UE支持的SRS天线转换能力;其中,该第一消息还包括UE支持的可回退的SRS天线端口转换能力。In the first aspect, a method for reporting capabilities is provided, which is applied to a UE. The method may include: the UE determines the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; and the UE sends a first message to a network device. The first message It includes the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; where the first message also includes the SRS antenna port switching capability supported by the UE that can be backed off.
上述第一方面提供的技术方案,UE通过向网络设备上报其可以支持的每一种可回退的SRS天线转换能力,使得网络设备在需要为UE配置MIMO层数时,相应的为其配置对应的用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。In the technical solution provided by the above-mentioned first aspect, the UE reports to the network equipment every type of SRS antenna conversion capability that it can support, so that when the network equipment needs to configure the MIMO layer for the UE, the corresponding configuration is corresponding SRS resources used for antenna port conversion.
结合第一方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,第一消息还包括UE支持的第一MIMO层数;UE支持的可回退的SRS天线端口转换能力与第二MIMO层数对应;该第二MIMO层数小于或等于第一MIMO层数。UE通过向网络设备上报其可以支持的每一种可回退的MIMO层数对应的SRS天线转换能力,使得网络设备在需要为UE配置MIMO层数时,相应的为其配置对应的用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。With reference to the first aspect, in a first possible implementation manner, the first message further includes the first MIMO layer number supported by the UE; the back-off SRS antenna port switching capability supported by the UE corresponds to the second MIMO layer number; this The number of second MIMO layers is less than or equal to the number of first MIMO layers. The UE reports to the network equipment the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponding to each fallback MIMO layer number that it can support, so that when the network equipment needs to configure the MIMO layer number for the UE, it will configure the corresponding antenna for it accordingly. SRS resource for port conversion.
结合第一方面或第一方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的第一MIMO层数包括该UE在UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的最大上行MIMO层数和最大下行MIMO层数;该第二MIMO层数包括UE在UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。即MIMO层数的粒度可以为每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波。In combination with the first aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the second possible implementation manner, the number of first MIMO layers supported by the UE includes each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers supported on each carrier on the above; this second MIMO layer number includes the uplink supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The number of MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers. That is, the granularity of the number of MIMO layers can be each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
结合第一方面、第一方面第一种、或第一方面第二种任一种可能的实现方式,在第三种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的SRS天线转换能力包括该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的SRS天线转换能力;UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括该UE在UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。即SRS天线转换能力的粒度可以为每个频段组合中的每个频段。With reference to the first aspect, the first aspect of the first aspect, or any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect of the first aspect, in a third possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes that the UE is in the UE The SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported; the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes the available SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE. SRS antenna switching capability for fallback. That is, the granularity of the SRS antenna conversion capability can be each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
结合第一方面第三种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转 换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,每一个SRS天线端口转换能力对应该频段上支持的一个上行MIMO层数和下行MIMO层数的组合,不区分载波。With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE’s in each frequency band combination supported by the UE At least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported on the frequency band; where each fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to one of the second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination The combination of the number of uplink MIMO layers and one downlink MIMO layer. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna port conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers supported on the frequency band, without distinguishing carriers.
结合第一方面第三种可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的所有第二MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应一个SRS天线转换能力,该SRS天线转换能力对应该频段上所有载波上支持的所有MIMO层数,不区分上下行。With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the fifth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE’s in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported on the frequency band; where the backable SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to an SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the MIMO layers supported on all carriers on the frequency band, without distinguishing between uplink and downlink.
结合第一方面第三种可能的实现方式,在第六种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的所有上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的所有下行MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应两个SRS天线转换能力,其中一个对应该频段上所有载波上支持的所有上行MIMO层数,另一个对应该频段上所有载波上支持的所有下行MIMO层数。With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the sixth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE’s in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on the frequency band; where the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the corresponding frequency band of the UE in the corresponding frequency band combination The number of all uplink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported on the upper, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the downlink numbers in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination Number of MIMO layers. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to all the uplink MIMO layers supported on all carriers on the frequency band, and the other corresponds to all the downlink MIMO layers supported on all carriers on the frequency band number.
结合第一方面第三种可能的实现方式,在第七种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的一个第二MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,其中每一个SRS天线转换能力对应对应频段上支持的一个MIMO层数,不区分上下行。In combination with the third possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the seventh possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE’s in each frequency band combination supported by the UE At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on the frequency band; wherein each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported on the corresponding frequency band, and does not distinguish between uplink and downlink.
结合第一方面第三种可能的实现方式,在第八种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应两组SRS天线转换能力,其中一组包括对应该频段上支持的每一个上行MIMO层数的SRS天线转换能力,另一组包括对应该频段上支持的每一个下行MIMO层数的SRS天线转换能力。In combination with the third possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE’s in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported on the frequency band; among them, each back-off SRS antenna in the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The conversion capability corresponds to one uplink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities is a back-off SRS The antenna switching capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities. One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink MIMO layer supported on the frequency band, and the other group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported on the corresponding frequency band. SRS antenna conversion capability for each downlink MIMO layer number.
结合第一方面、第一方面第一种或第一方面第二种任一种可能的实现方式,在第九种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的SRS天线转换能力;UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括该UE在UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。即SRS天线转换能力的粒度与MIMO层数的粒度相同为每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波。With reference to the first aspect, the first aspect of the first aspect, or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect of the first aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: The SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each carrier on each frequency band in each supported frequency band combination; the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes each frequency band combination supported by the UE SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported on each carrier in the frequency band. That is, the granularity of the SRS antenna conversion capability and the granularity of the number of MIMO layers are the same as each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
结合第一方面第九种可能的实现方式,在第十种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的对应载波上支持的第二MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段上的每个载波对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,其中每一个SRS天线转换能力对应该频段上的该载波上支持的一个MIMO层数,适用于上下行。With reference to the ninth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the tenth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE’s in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each carrier in the frequency band; where the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the second MIMO supported by the UE on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination Number of layers. That is, each carrier on each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported on the carrier on the frequency band, and is suitable for uplink and downlink.
结合第一方面第九种可能的实现方式,在第十一种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的对应载波上支持的第二MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的对应载波上支持的第二MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段上的每个载波对应两个SRS天线转换能力,其中一个对应该频段上对应载波上支持的所有上行MIMO层数,另一个对应该频段上该载波上支持的所有下行MIMO层数。With reference to the ninth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each carrier on each frequency band; where the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE in the corresponding The number of uplink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the frequency band combination, and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE's corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination The number of downlink MIMO layers in the number of second MIMO layers supported on the carrier. That is, each carrier on each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink MIMO layers supported on the corresponding carrier on the frequency band, and the other corresponds to the support on the carrier on the frequency band The number of all downlink MIMO layers.
结合第一方面第九种可能的实现方式,在第十二种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的每个载波上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的每个载波上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段上的每个载波对应两组SRS天线转换能力,其中一组包括该频段上该载波上支持的每一个上行MIMO层数对应的SRS天线转换能力,另一组包括该频段上该载波上支持的每一个下行MIMO层数对应的SRS天线转换能力。With reference to the ninth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported on each carrier on each frequency band; where each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one of the second MIMO layers supported by the UE on each carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and the second group of back-off SRS antennas Each returnable SRS antenna conversion capability in the conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on each carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each carrier on each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink MIMO layer supported on the carrier on the frequency band, and the other The group includes the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponding to each downlink MIMO layer supported on the carrier on the frequency band.
结合第一方面或第一方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第十三种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的第一MIMO层数包括该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的最大上行MIMO层数和最大下行MIMO层数;第二MIMO层数包括该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。即MIMO层数的粒度为每个频段组合中的每个频段。With reference to the first aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a thirteenth possible implementation manner, the number of the first MIMO layer supported by the UE includes each frequency band combination supported by the UE. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers supported on each frequency band; the second MIMO layer number includes the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or downlink supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE Number of MIMO layers. That is, the granularity of the number of MIMO layers is each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
结合第一方面第十三种可能的实现方式,在第十四种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的SRS天线转换能力包括该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的SRS天线转换能力。即SRS天线转换能力的粒度与MIMO层数的粒度相同,为每个频段组合中的每个频段。With reference to the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the fourteenth possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes the UE's support on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE SRS antenna conversion capability. That is, the granularity of the SRS antenna conversion capability is the same as the granularity of the number of MIMO layers, which is each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
结合第一方面第十四种可能的实现方式,在第十五种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应一个SRS天线转换能力,该SRS天线转换能力对应该频段上支持的所有MIMO层数,适用于上下行。In combination with the fourteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the fifteenth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE's ability to switch between each frequency band supported by the UE The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each frequency band; wherein the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to an SRS antenna conversion capability, which corresponds to all the MIMO layers supported on the frequency band and is suitable for uplink and downlink.
结合第一方面第十四种可能的实现方式,在第十六种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应两个SRS天线转换能力,其中一个对应该频段上该频段上支持的所有上行MIMO层数对应的SRS天线转换能力,另一个对应该频段上该频段上支持的所有下行MIMO层数。With reference to the fourteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the sixteenth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE's ability to switch between each frequency band supported by the UE The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each frequency band; where the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s corresponding frequency band combination Corresponding to the number of uplink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported on the corresponding frequency band, the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the downlink in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination Number of MIMO layers. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the SRS antenna conversion capacity corresponding to all the uplink MIMO layers supported on the frequency band, and the other corresponds to the frequency band on the frequency band. The number of all downlink MIMO layers supported.
结合第一方面第十四种可能的实现方式,在第十七种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退 的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应两组SRS天线转换能力,其中一组包括该频段上该频段上支持的每一个上行MIMO层数对应的SRS天线转换能力,另一组包括该频段上该频段上支持的每一个下行MIMO层数对应的SRS天线转换能力。With reference to the fourteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the seventeenth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE's ability to switch in each frequency band supported by the UE Each frequency band supports the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities; among them, each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities can be back-off The SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink MIMO layer supported on that frequency band, and the other includes SRS antenna conversion capability corresponding to each downlink MIMO layer supported on this frequency band.
结合第一方面任一种可能的实现方式,在第十八种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备在为该UE重配置MIMO层数时,根据该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为该UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。UE上报其支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力可以在网络设备为其重配置SRS资源时参考该可回退的SRS天线转换能力。In combination with any possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the eighteenth possible implementation manner, the fallback SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used when the network device reconfigures the number of MIMO layers for the UE according to The fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE reconfigures the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion for the UE. The UE reporting the backable SRS antenna conversion capability it supports may refer to the backable SRS antenna conversion capability when the network device reconfigures its SRS resources.
结合第一方面任一种可能的实现方式,在第十九种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备为该UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源由以下事件触发:网络设备接收到该UE发送的第二消息;其中,第二消息包括该UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的MIMO层数或期望配置的最大MIMO层数。即网络设备为UE重配置MIMO层数可以是由UE请求的,具体配置成哪种MIMO层数配置网络设备可以参考UE的期望值。In combination with any of the possible implementations of the first aspect, in the nineteenth possible implementation, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used by the network device to reconfigure the SRS for antenna port switching for the UE The resource is triggered by the following event: the network device receives the second message sent by the UE; where the second message includes the number of MIMO layers or the maximum number of MIMO layers that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE. That is, the network device may be requested by the UE to reconfigure the number of MIMO layers for the UE, and the specific configuration for which MIMO layer number is configured for the network device may refer to the expected value of the UE.
结合第一方面第十九种实现方式,在第二十种可能的实现方式中,第二消息由UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给网络设备。With reference to the nineteenth implementation manner of the first aspect, in the twentieth possible implementation manner, the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it is expected to reduce power.
结合第一方面第二十种实现方式,在第二十一种可能的实现方式中,第二消息为辅助信息消息。With reference to the twentieth implementation manner of the first aspect, in the twenty-first possible implementation manner, the second message is an auxiliary information message.
结合第一方面任一种可能的实现方式,在第二十二种可能的实现方式中,第一消息为UE能力消息。即UE可以通过无线能力消息向网络设备上报SRS天线转换能力。With reference to any possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the twenty-second possible implementation manner, the first message is a UE capability message. That is, the UE can report the SRS antenna switching capability to the network device through the wireless capability message.
第二方面,提供一种上报能力的方法,应用于UE,该方法可以包括:UE确定该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;UE向网络设备发送第二消息,该第二消息包括第三MIMO层数,第三MIMO层数为该UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的最大MIMO层数;其中,该第二消息还包括该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;该可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四MIMO层数对应,其中,第四MIMO层数小于或等于第三MIMO层数。In a second aspect, a method for reporting capabilities is provided, which is applied to a UE. The method may include: the UE determines the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; and the UE sends a second message to the network device, the second message including The third MIMO layer number, the third MIMO layer number is the maximum number of MIMO layers that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; wherein, the second message also includes the SRS antenna conversion capability that the UE supports; The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth MIMO layer number, where the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number.
上述第二方面提供的技术方案,UE通过向网络设备发送回其期望网络设备为其配置的最大MIMO层数,以及向网络设备上报其可以支持的小于或等于该最大MIMO层数配置对应的SRS天线转换能力,使得网络设备在需要为UE配置MIMO层数时,参考该期望的最大MIMO层数为其配置MIMO层数以及对应的分配用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。In the technical solution provided by the second aspect, the UE sends back to the network device the maximum number of MIMO layers that it expects the network device to configure for it, and reports to the network device the SRS that it can support less than or equal to the maximum MIMO layer configuration. The antenna switching capability enables the network device to configure the MIMO layer number and correspondingly allocate SRS resources for antenna port conversion by referring to the expected maximum MIMO layer number when it needs to configure the number of MIMO layers for the UE.
结合第二方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,第三MIMO层数还可以包括:UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的最大上行MIMO层数和最大下行MIMO层数;第四MIMO层数为该UE在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。即MIMO层数的粒度可以为频率范围上的服务小区,具体的,可以包括第一频率范围上的服务小区的MIMO层数。With reference to the second aspect, in the first possible implementation manner, the third MIMO layer number may also include: the UE expects the network device to configure the UE for the UE’s maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the first frequency range. The number of downlink MIMO layers; the fourth MIMO layer number is the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers that are less than or equal to the number of the third MIMO layer supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, the granularity of the number of MIMO layers may be the serving cell in the frequency range, specifically, it may include the number of MIMO layers in the serving cell in the first frequency range.
结合第二方面,在第二种可能的实现方式中,第三MIMO层数包括:UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的最大上行MIMO层数和最大下行MIMO层数;第四MIMO层数为该UE在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。即MIMO层数的粒度可以为频率范围上的服务小区,具体的,可以包括第二频率范围上的服务小区的MIMO层数。With reference to the second aspect, in a second possible implementation manner, the number of third MIMO layers includes: the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO of the serving cell in the second frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE The number of layers; the fourth MIMO layer number is the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers that are less than or equal to the number of the third MIMO layer supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, the granularity of the number of MIMO layers may be the serving cell in the frequency range, and specifically, may include the number of MIMO layers in the serving cell in the second frequency range.
结合第二方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第三种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层 数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。即每个频率范围对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,每一个SRS天线转换能力对应该频率范围内支持的一个上行MIMO层数和下行MIMO层数的组合。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in the third possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; wherein each of the backed-back SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers in the fourth MIMO layer supported by the UE in the first frequency range combination. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
结合第二方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数。即每个频率范围对应一个SRS天线转换能力,该SRS天线转换能力对应该频率范围上支持的所有MIMO层数。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner, the back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: at least one back-off SRS supported by the UE in the first frequency range Antenna switching capability; where each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to one SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
结合第二方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的一个第四MIMO层数。即每个频率范围对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,其中每一个SRS天线转换能力对应对应频率范围支持的一个MIMO层数,不区分上下行。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in the fifth possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backed-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; wherein each of the backed-back SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to a fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported by the corresponding frequency range, without distinguishing between uplink and downlink.
结合第二方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第六种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。即每个频率范围对应两个SRS天线转换能力,其中一个对应频率范围上支持的所有上行MIMO层数,另一个对应该频率范围上支持的所有下行MIMO层数。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the first returnable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range The SRS antenna conversion capability that can be withdrawn and the second SRS antenna conversion capability that can be rolled back; where the first SRS antenna conversion capability that can be rolled back corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range The number of uplink MIMO layers, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range, and the other corresponds to the number of all downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
结合第二方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第七种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。即每个频率范围对应两组SRS天线转换能力,其中一组包括对应该频率范围上支持的每一个上行MIMO层数的SRS天线转换能力,另一组包括对应该频率范围上支持的每一个下行MIMO层数的SRS天线转换能力。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in the seventh possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capabilities that can be backed off supported by the UE include: the first group of backoffs supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability and the second set of backoff SRS antenna conversion capabilities; wherein, each backoff SRS antenna conversion capability in the first set of backoff SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the UE’s first frequency One uplink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the range, each of the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities in the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s support in the first frequency range A number of downlink MIMO layers in the fourth MIMO layer number. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities. One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink MIMO layer supported in the frequency range, and the other group includes each downlink support in the corresponding frequency range. SRS antenna conversion capability for MIMO layers.
结合第二方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第八种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围内支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。即每个频率范围对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,每一个SRS天线转换能力对应该频率范围内支持的一个上行MIMO层数和下行MIMO层数的组合。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; where each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of an uplink MIMO layer number and a downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
结合第二方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第九种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围支持的所有第四MIMO层数。即每个频率范围对应一个SRS天线转换能力,该SRS天线转换能力对应该频率范围上支持的所有MIMO层数。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in the ninth possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; where each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to one SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
结合第二方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第十种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围内支持的一个第四MIMO层数。即每个频率范围对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,其中每一个SRS天线转换能力对应对应频率范围支持的一个MIMO层数,不区分上下行。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; where each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported by the corresponding frequency range, without distinguishing between uplink and downlink.
结合第二方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第十一种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。即每个频率范围对应两个SRS天线转换能力,其中一个对应频率范围上支持的所有上行MIMO层数,另一个对应该频率范围上支持的所有下行MIMO层数。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the first backoff supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability; where the first fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the uplink of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range The number of MIMO layers, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range, and the other corresponds to the number of all downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
结合第二方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第十二种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。即每个频率范围对应两组SRS天线转换能力,其中一组包括对应该频率范围上支持的每一个上行MIMO层数的SRS天线转换能力,另一组包括对应该频率范围上支持的每一个下行MIMO层数的SRS天线转换能力。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the first group of backable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE in the second frequency range The SRS antenna switching capability of the second set of fallback and the SRS antenna switching capability of the second set of fallback; where each fallback SRS antenna switching capability of the first set of fallback SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s second set of SRS antenna switching capabilities. One of the uplink MIMO layers in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the frequency range, and each of the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities in the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s support in the second frequency range A number of downlink MIMO layers in the fourth MIMO layer number. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities. One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink MIMO layer supported in the frequency range, and the other group includes each downlink support in the corresponding frequency range. SRS antenna conversion capability for MIMO layers.
结合第二方面任一种可能的实现方式,在第十三种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备在为该UE重配置MIMO层数时,根据该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为该UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。网络设备可以根据UE上报的该可回退的SRS天线转换能力,在为UE重配置MIMO层数时,对应的重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。With reference to any possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in the thirteenth possible implementation manner, the fallback SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used when the network device reconfigures the number of MIMO layers for the UE according to The fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE reconfigures the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion for the UE. The network device may reconfigure the SRS resource used for antenna port conversion when reconfiguring the number of MIMO layers for the UE according to the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability reported by the UE.
结合第二方面第十三种可能的实现方式,在第十四种可能的实现方式中,第二消息由UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给网络设备。With reference to the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in the fourteenth possible implementation manner, the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it is expected to reduce power.
结合第二方面任一种可能的实现方式,在第十五种可能的实现方式中,第二消息为辅助信息消息。With reference to any possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in the fifteenth possible implementation manner, the second message is an auxiliary information message.
第三方面,提供一种上报能力的方法,应用于UE,该方法可以包括:UE确定该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;UE向网络设备发送第一消息,该第一消息包括UE支持的SRS天线转换能力;其中,该第一消息还包括UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。In a third aspect, a method for reporting capabilities is provided, which is applied to a UE. The method may include: the UE determines the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; and the UE sends a first message to the network device, and the first message includes The SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; wherein, the first message also includes the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE that can be backed off.
上述第三方面提供的技术方案,UE通过向网络设备上报其可以支持的每一种可回退的SRS天线转换能力,使得网络设备在需要为UE配置天线端口数时,相应的为其配置对应的用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。According to the technical solution provided by the above third aspect, the UE reports to the network device every type of SRS antenna conversion capability that it can support, so that the network device needs to configure the number of antenna ports for the UE accordingly. SRS resources used for antenna port conversion.
结合第三方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,第一消息还包括UE支持的第一MIMO层数;UE支持的可回退的SRS天线端口转换能力与第二MIMO层数对应;该第二MIMO层数小于或等于第一MIMO层数。UE通过向网络设备上报其可以支持的每一种可回退的天线端口数对应的SRS天线转换能力,使得网络设备在需要为UE配置天线端口数时,相应的为其配置对应的用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。With reference to the third aspect, in a first possible implementation manner, the first message further includes the first MIMO layer number supported by the UE; the back-off SRS antenna port switching capability supported by the UE corresponds to the second MIMO layer number; this The number of second MIMO layers is less than or equal to the number of first MIMO layers. The UE reports to the network equipment the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponding to the number of antenna ports that it can support, so that when the network equipment needs to configure the number of antenna ports for the UE, the corresponding antenna port is configured accordingly. SRS resource for port conversion.
结合第三方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的第一天线端口数包括该UE在UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的最大上行天线端口数和最大下行天线端口数;该第二天线端口数包括UE在UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的上行天线端口数和/或下行天线端口数。即MIMO层数的粒度可以为每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in the second possible implementation manner, the number of first antenna ports supported by the UE includes each number of antenna ports in each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE. The maximum number of uplink antenna ports and the maximum number of downlink antenna ports supported on the carrier; the second number of antenna ports includes the number of uplink antenna ports supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE and / Or the number of downlink antenna ports. That is, the granularity of the number of MIMO layers can be each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
结合第三方面、第三方面第一种、或第三方面第二种任一种可能的实现方式,在第三种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的SRS天线转换能力包括该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的SRS天线转换能力;UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括该UE在UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频 段上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。即SRS天线转换能力的粒度可以为每个频段组合中的每个频段。In combination with the third aspect, the first aspect of the third aspect, or any of the second possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in a third possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes the UE’s The SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported; the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes the available SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE. SRS antenna switching capability for fallback. That is, the granularity of the SRS antenna conversion capability can be each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
结合第三方面第三种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数和一个下行天线端口数的组合。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应至少一组SRS天线转换能力,每一组SRS天线转换能力对应该频段上支持的一个上行天线端口数和下行天线端口数的组合,不区分载波。With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE’s in each frequency band combination supported by the UE At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on the frequency band; where each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one of the number of second antenna ports supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination The combination of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of one downlink antenna port. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to at least one set of SRS antenna conversion capability, and each group of SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports supported on the frequency band, without distinguishing carriers.
结合第三方面第三种可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的所有第二天线端口数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应一个SRS天线转换能力,该SRS天线转换能力对应该频段上所有载波上支持的所有天线端口数,不区分上下行。With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in the fifth possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE’s in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported on the frequency band; where the backable SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all second antenna ports supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to an SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all antenna ports supported on all carriers in the frequency band, without distinguishing between uplink and downlink.
结合第三方面第三种可能的实现方式,在第六种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数中的所有上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数中的所有下行天线端口数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应两个SRS天线转换能力,其中一个对应该频段上所有载波上支持的所有上行天线端口数,另一个对应该频段上所有载波上支持的所有下行天线端口数。With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in the sixth possible implementation manner, the fallback SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on the frequency band; where the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the corresponding frequency band of the UE in the corresponding frequency band combination The number of all uplink antenna ports in the number of second antenna ports supported on the upper, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the number of downlink antenna ports in the second number of antenna ports supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination Number of antenna ports. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink antenna ports supported on all carriers on the frequency band, and the other corresponds to all the downlink antenna ports supported on all carriers on the frequency band number.
结合第三方面第三种可能的实现方式,在第七种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的一个第二天线端口数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,其中每一个SRS天线转换能力对应对应频段上支持的一个天线端口数,不区分上下行。With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in the seventh possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE’s in each frequency band combination supported by the UE At least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported on the frequency band; wherein each fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of second antenna ports supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of antenna ports supported on the corresponding frequency band, and does not distinguish between uplink and downlink.
结合第三方面第三种可能的实现方式,在第八种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数中的一个下行天线端口数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应两组SRS天线转换能力,其中一组包括对应该频段上支持的每一个上行天线端口数的SRS天线转换能力,另一组包括对应该频段上支持的每一个下行天线端口数的SRS天线转换能力。With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE’s in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported on the frequency band; among them, each back-off SRS antenna in the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink antenna ports among the number of second antenna ports supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and each of the second set of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities is a back-off SRS The antenna switching capability corresponds to one downlink antenna port number among the number of second antenna ports supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities. One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to the number of uplink antenna ports supported on the frequency band, and the other group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported on the corresponding frequency band. SRS antenna conversion capability per number of downlink antenna ports.
结合第三方面、第三方面第一种或第一方面第二种任一种可能的实现方式,在第九种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的SRS天线转换能力;UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括该UE在UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。即SRS天线转换能力的粒度与天线端口数的粒度相同为每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波。With reference to the third aspect, the first aspect of the third aspect, or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect of the first aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: The SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each carrier on each frequency band in each supported frequency band combination; the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes each frequency band combination supported by the UE SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported on each carrier in the frequency band. That is, the granularity of the SRS antenna conversion capability and the granularity of the number of antenna ports are the same as each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
结合第三方面第九种可能的实现方式十种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换 能力;其中,可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的对应载波上支持的第二天线端口数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段上的每个载波对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,其中每一个SRS天线转换能力对应该频段上的该载波上支持的一个天线端口数,适用于上下行。In combination with the ninth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, among ten possible implementation manners, the SRS antenna switching capability that the UE supports includes: the UE's ability to switch on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each carrier; wherein the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of second antenna ports supported by the UE on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each carrier on each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of antenna ports supported on the carrier on the frequency band, and is suitable for uplink and downlink.
结合第三方面第九种可能的实现方式,在第十一种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的对应载波上支持的第二天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的对应载波上支持的第二天线端口数中的下行天线端口数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段上的每个载波对应两个SRS天线转换能力,其中一个对应该频段上对应载波上支持的所有上行天线端口数,另一个对应该频段上该载波上支持的所有下行天线端口数。With reference to the ninth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each carrier on each frequency band; where the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE in the corresponding The number of uplink antenna ports in the number of second antenna ports supported on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the frequency band combination, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE's corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination The number of downlink antenna ports in the number of second antenna ports supported on the carrier. That is, each carrier on each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink antenna ports supported on the corresponding carrier on the frequency band, and the other corresponds to the frequency supported on the carrier on the frequency band. The number of all downlink antenna ports in the
结合第三方面第九种可能的实现方式,在第十二种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的每个载波上支持的第二天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的每个载波上支持的第二天线端口数中的一个下行天线端口数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段上的每个载波对应两组SRS天线转换能力,其中一组包括该频段上该载波上支持的每一个上行天线端口数对应的SRS天线转换能力,另一组包括该频段上该载波上支持的每一个下行天线端口数对应的SRS天线转换能力。With reference to the ninth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported on each carrier on each frequency band; where each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to one uplink antenna port number among the second antenna ports supported by the UE on each carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and the second group of back-off SRS antennas Each of the switchable SRS antenna conversion capabilities in the conversion capability corresponds to one downlink antenna port number among the second antenna port numbers supported by the UE on each carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each carrier on each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink antenna port number supported on the carrier on the frequency band, and the other The group includes the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponding to each number of downlink antenna ports supported on the carrier on the frequency band.
结合第三方面或第三方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第十三种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的第一天线端口数包括该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的最大上行天线端口数和最大下行天线端口数;第二天线端口数包括该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的上行天线端口数和/或下行天线端口数。即天线端口数的粒度为每个频段组合中的每个频段。With reference to the third aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a thirteenth possible implementation manner, the number of first antenna ports supported by the UE includes each number of antenna ports in each frequency band combination supported by the UE. The maximum number of uplink antenna ports and the maximum number of downlink antenna ports supported on each frequency band; the second number of antenna ports includes the number of uplink antenna ports and/or downlink antenna ports supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE Number of antenna ports. That is, the granularity of the number of antenna ports is each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
结合第三方面第三种可能的实现方式,在第十四种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的SRS天线转换能力包括该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的SRS天线转换能力。即SRS天线转换能力的粒度与天线端口数的粒度相同,为每个频段组合中的每个频段。In combination with the third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in the fourteenth possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE. SRS antenna conversion capability. That is, the granularity of the SRS antenna conversion capability is the same as the granularity of the number of antenna ports, which is each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
结合第三方面第十四种可能的实现方式,在第十五种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应一个SRS天线转换能力,该SRS天线转换能力对应该频段上支持的所有天线端口数,适用于上下行。In combination with the fourteenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in the fifteenth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE's ability to switch between each frequency band supported by the UE The backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each frequency band; where the backable SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of second antenna ports supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to an SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of antenna ports supported on the frequency band, and is suitable for uplink and downlink.
结合第三方面第十四种可能的实现方式,在第十六种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数中的下行天线端口数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应两个SRS天线转换能力,其中一个对应该频段上该频段上支持的所有上行天线端口数对应的SRS天线转换能力,另一个对应该频段上该频段上支持的所有下行天线端口数。With reference to the fourteenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in the sixteenth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE's ability to switch in each frequency band supported by the UE The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each frequency band; where the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s corresponding frequency band combination The number of uplink antenna ports in the number of second antenna ports supported on the corresponding frequency band, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of downlink antenna ports in the number of second antenna ports supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination Number of antenna ports. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the SRS antenna conversion capacity corresponding to the number of uplink antenna ports supported on the frequency band, and the other corresponds to the frequency band on the frequency band. The number of all downlink antenna ports supported.
结合第三方面第十四种可能的实现方式,在第十七种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数中的一个下行天线端口数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应两组SRS天线转换能力,其中一组包括该频段上该频段上支持的每一个上行天线端口数对应的SRS天线转换能力,另一组包括该频段上该频段上支持的每一个下行天线端口数对应的SRS天线转换能力。With reference to the fourteenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in the seventeenth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE's ability to switch between each frequency band supported by the UE Each frequency band supports the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities; among them, each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink antenna ports in the second antenna port number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities can be back-off The SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink antenna port number among the second antenna port numbers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each number of uplink antenna ports supported on the frequency band, and the other includes SRS antenna conversion capability corresponding to each number of downlink antenna ports supported on this frequency band.
结合第三方面任一种可能的实现方式,在第十八种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备在为该UE重配置天线端口数时,根据该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为该UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。UE上报其支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力可以在网络设备为其重配置SRS资源时参考该可回退的SRS天线转换能力。In combination with any of the possible implementations of the third aspect, in the eighteenth possible implementation, the SRS antenna switching capability that the UE supports is used when the network device reconfigures the number of antenna ports for the UE according to The fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE reconfigures the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion for the UE. The UE reporting the backable SRS antenna conversion capability it supports may refer to the backable SRS antenna conversion capability when the network device reconfigures its SRS resources.
结合第三方面任一种可能的实现方式,在第十九种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备为该UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源由以下事件触发:网络设备接收到该UE发送的第二消息;其中,第二消息包括该UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的天线端口数或期望配置的最大天线端口数。即网络设备为UE重配置天线端口数可以是由UE请求的,具体配置成哪种天线端口数网络设备可以参考UE的期望值。With reference to any possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in the nineteenth possible implementation manner, the fallback SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used by the network device to reconfigure the SRS for antenna port switching for the UE The resource is triggered by the following event: the network device receives the second message sent by the UE; where the second message includes the number of antenna ports or the maximum number of antenna ports that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE. That is, the network device may reconfigure the number of antenna ports for the UE as requested by the UE, and the network device may refer to the expected value of the UE for which number of antenna ports is specifically configured.
结合第三方面第十九种实现方式,在第二十种可能的实现方式中,第二消息由UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给网络设备。即UE可以在其过热或者由于其他原因导致的期望降低功率工作时,请求网络设备为其重配置天线端口数。With reference to the nineteenth implementation manner of the third aspect, in the twentieth possible implementation manner, the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it is expected to reduce power. That is, the UE may request the network device to reconfigure the number of antenna ports for it when it is overheated or when it is expected to work at a reduced power due to other reasons.
结合第三方面第二十种实现方式,在第二十一种可能的实现方式中,第二消息为辅助信息消息。即UE可以通过辅助消息请求网络设备为其重配置天线端口数。With reference to the twentieth implementation manner of the third aspect, in the twenty-first possible implementation manner, the second message is an auxiliary information message. That is, the UE can request the network device to reconfigure the number of antenna ports for it through an auxiliary message.
结合第三方面第二十一种实现方式,在第二十二种可能的实现方式中,第一消息为UE能力消息。即UE可以通过无线能力消息向网络设备上报SRS天线转换能力。With reference to the twenty-first implementation manner of the third aspect, in the twenty-second possible implementation manner, the first message is a UE capability message. That is, the UE can report the SRS antenna switching capability to the network device through the wireless capability message.
第四方面,提供一种上报能力的方法,应用于UE,该方法可以包括:UE确定该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;UE向网络设备发送第二消息,该第二消息包括第三天线端口数,第三天线端口数为该UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的最大天线端口数;其中,该第二消息还包括该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;该可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四天线端口数对应,其中,第四天线端口数小于或等于第三天线端口数。In a fourth aspect, a method for reporting capabilities is provided, which is applied to a UE. The method may include: the UE determines the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; and the UE sends a second message to the network device, the second message including The third number of antenna ports, the third number of antenna ports is the maximum number of antenna ports that the UE expects the network equipment to configure for the UE; wherein, the second message also includes the SRS antenna switching capability that the UE supports; The backed-out SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth antenna port number, where the fourth antenna port number is less than or equal to the third antenna port number.
上述第四方面提供的技术方案,UE通过向网络设备发送回其期望网络设备为其配置的最大天线端口数,以及向网络设备上报其可以支持的小于该最大天线端口数配置对应的SRS天线转换能力,使得网络设备在需要为UE配置天线端口数时,参考该期望的最大天线端口数为其配置天线端口数以及对应的配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。In the technical solution provided by the above-mentioned fourth aspect, the UE sends back to the network device the maximum number of antenna ports that it expects the network device to configure for it, and reports to the network device that it can support SRS antenna conversion corresponding to the configuration of less than the maximum number of antenna ports. Ability, so that when the network device needs to configure the number of antenna ports for the UE, it refers to the expected maximum number of antenna ports to configure the number of antenna ports and the corresponding configuration of SRS resources for antenna port conversion.
结合第四方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,第三天线端口数还可以包括:UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的最大上行天线端口数和最大下行天线端口数;第四天线端口数为该UE在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三天线端口数的上行天线端口数和/或下行天线端口数。即天线端口数的粒度可以为频率范围上的服务小区,具体的,可以包括第一频率范围上的服务小区的天线端口数。With reference to the fourth aspect, in the first possible implementation manner, the third antenna port number may further include: the maximum number of uplink antenna ports and the maximum number of uplink antenna ports of the serving cell in the first frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE Number of downlink antenna ports; the number of fourth antenna ports is the number of uplink antenna ports and/or the number of downlink antenna ports that are less than or equal to the number of third antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, the granularity of the number of antenna ports may be the serving cell in the frequency range, and specifically, may include the number of antenna ports in the serving cell in the first frequency range.
结合第四方面,在第二种可能的实现方式中,第三天线端口数包括:UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的最大上行天线端口数和最大下行天线端口数;第四天线端口数为该UE在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第三天线端口数的上行天线端口数和/或下行天线端口数。即天线端口数的粒度可以为频率范围上的服务小区,具体的,可以包括第二频率范围上的服务小区的天线端口数。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner, the third antenna port number includes: the maximum number of uplink antenna ports and the maximum downlink antenna number of the serving cell in the second frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE Number of ports; the number of fourth antenna ports is the number of uplink antenna ports and/or the number of downlink antenna ports that are less than or equal to the number of third antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, the granularity of the number of antenna ports may be the serving cell in the frequency range, and specifically, may include the antenna port number of the serving cell in the second frequency range.
结合第四方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第三种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数和一个下行天线端口数的组合。即每个频率范围对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,每一个SRS天线转换能力对应该频率范围内支持的一个上行天线端口数和下行天线端口数的组合。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the third possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backed-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; wherein each of the backed-out SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports among the fourth antenna port numbers supported by the UE in the first frequency range combination. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
结合第四方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数。即每个频率范围对应一个SRS天线转换能力,该SRS天线转换能力对应该频率范围上支持的所有天线端口数。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner, the back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: at least one back-off SRS supported by the UE in the first frequency range Antenna switching capability; wherein, each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to one SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
结合第四方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的一个第四天线端口数。即每个频率范围对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,其中每一个SRS天线转换能力对应对应频率范围支持的一个天线端口数,不区分上下行。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the fifth possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: at least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; wherein, each of the backable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to a fourth antenna port number supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of antenna ports supported by the corresponding frequency range, and does not distinguish between uplink and downlink.
结合第四方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第六种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的下行天线端口数。即每个频率范围对应两个SRS天线转换能力,其中一个对应频率范围上支持的所有上行天线端口数,另一个对应该频率范围上支持的所有下行天线端口数。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the first returnable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range The SRS antenna switching capability that can be withdrawn and the second SRS antenna switching capability that can be rolled back; where the first SRS antenna switching ability that can be rolled back corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range The number of uplink antenna ports, and the second fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of downlink antenna ports among all the fourth antenna port numbers supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other corresponds to the number of all downlink antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
结合第四方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第七种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个下行天线端口数。即每个频率范围对应两组SRS天线转换能力,其中一组包括对应该频率范围上支持的每一个上行天线端口数的SRS天线转换能力,另一组包括对应该频率范围上支持的每一个下行天线端口数的SRS天线转换能力。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the seventh possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: the first group of fallbackable SRS supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability and the second set of backoff SRS antenna conversion capabilities; wherein, each backoff SRS antenna conversion capability in the first set of backoff SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the UE’s first frequency One of the number of uplink antenna ports in the fourth antenna port number supported by the range, each of the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities in the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s support in the first frequency range One of the number of downlink antenna ports in the fourth number of antenna ports. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities. One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to the number of uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other group includes each downlink antenna support in the corresponding frequency range. SRS antenna conversion capability for the number of antenna ports.
结合第四方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第八种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围内支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数和一个下行天线端口数的组合。即每个频率范围对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,每一个SRS天线转换能力对应该频率范围内支持的一个上行天线端口数和下行天线端口数的组合。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: at least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; where each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to a combination of one uplink antenna port number and one downlink antenna port number among the fourth antenna port numbers supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
结合第四方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第九种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线 转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围支持的所有第四天线端口数。即每个频率范围对应一个SRS天线转换能力,该SRS天线转换能力对应该频率范围上支持的所有天线端口数。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; where each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to one SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
结合第四方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第十种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围内支持的一个第四天线端口数。即每个频率范围对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,其中每一个SRS天线转换能力对应对应频率范围支持的一个天线端口数,不区分上下行。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the tenth possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; where each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to a fourth antenna port number supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of antenna ports supported by the corresponding frequency range, and does not distinguish between uplink and downlink.
结合第四方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第十一种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的下行天线端口数。即每个频率范围对应两个SRS天线转换能力,其中一个对应频率范围上支持的所有上行天线端口数,另一个对应该频率范围上支持的所有下行天线端口数。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the first backoff supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna switching capability and the second fallback SRS antenna switching capability; where the first fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the uplink of all the fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range The number of antenna ports, and the second fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of downlink antenna ports among all the number of fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other corresponds to the number of all downlink antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
结合第四方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第十二种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个下行天线端口数。即每个频率范围对应两组SRS天线转换能力,其中一组包括对应该频率范围上支持的每一个上行天线端口数的SRS天线转换能力,另一组包括对应该频率范围上支持的每一个下行天线端口数的SRS天线转换能力。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: the first set of fallback capabilities supported by the UE in the second frequency range The SRS antenna switching capability of the second set of fallback and the SRS antenna switching capability of the second set of fallback; where each fallback SRS antenna switching capability of the first set of fallback SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s second set of SRS antenna switching capabilities. One of the number of uplink antenna ports in the fourth antenna port number supported by the frequency range, each of the second set of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities in the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the UE’s support in the second frequency range One of the number of downlink antenna ports in the fourth antenna port number. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities. One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to the number of uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other group includes each downlink antenna support in the corresponding frequency range. SRS antenna conversion capability for the number of antenna ports.
结合第四方面任一种可能的实现方式,在第十三种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备在为该UE重配置天线端口数时,根据该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为该UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。网络设备可以根据UE上报的该可回退的SRS天线转换能力,在为UE重配置天线端口数时,对应的重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。In combination with any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the thirteenth possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used for the network equipment to reconfigure the number of antenna ports for the UE according to The fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE reconfigures the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion for the UE. The network device may reconfigure the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion when reconfiguring the number of antenna ports for the UE according to the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability reported by the UE.
结合第四方面第十三种可能的实现方式,在第十四种可能的实现方式中,第二消息由UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给网络设备。With reference to the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the fourteenth possible implementation manner, the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when the UE is overheated or is expected to reduce power.
结合第四方面任一种可能的实现方式,在第十五种可能的实现方式中,第二消息为辅助信息消息。With reference to any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the fifteenth possible implementation manner, the second message is an auxiliary information message.
第五方面,提供一种上报能力的方法,应用于UE,该方法可以包括:UE确定该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;UE向网络设备发送第二消息,该第二消息包括第三MIMO层数,第三MIMO层数为该UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的MIMO层数;其中,该第二消息还包括该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;该可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四MIMO层数对应,其中,第四MIMO层数小于或等于第三MIMO层数。In a fifth aspect, a method for reporting capabilities is provided, which is applied to a UE. The method may include: the UE determines the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; and the UE sends a second message to the network device, the second message including The third MIMO layer number, the third MIMO layer number is the number of MIMO layers that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; wherein, the second message also includes the SRS antenna switching capability that the UE supports; The degraded SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth MIMO layer number, where the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number.
上述第五方面提供的技术方案,UE通过向网络设备发送回其期望网络设备为其配置的MIMO层数,以及向网络设备上报其可以支持的小于或等于该MIMO层数配置对应的SRS天线转换能力,使得网络设备在需要为UE配置MIMO层数时,参考该期望的MIMO层数为其配置MIMO层数以及对应的配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。In the technical solution provided by the above fifth aspect, the UE sends back to the network device the number of MIMO layers that it expects the network device to configure for it, and reports to the network device that it can support SRS antenna conversion that is less than or equal to the configuration of the MIMO layer number. Ability, so that when the network device needs to configure the number of MIMO layers for the UE, it refers to the expected number of MIMO layers to configure the number of MIMO layers and the corresponding configuration of SRS resources for antenna port conversion.
结合第五方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,第三MIMO层数还可以包括:UE期望网络设备为该UE 配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的上行MIMO层数和下行MIMO层数;第四MIMO层数为该UE在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。即MIMO层数的粒度可以为频率范围上的服务小区,具体的,可以包括第一频率范围上的服务小区的MIMO层数。With reference to the fifth aspect, in the first possible implementation manner, the third MIMO layer number may further include: the number of uplink MIMO layers and downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the first frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE The number of layers; the fourth MIMO layer number is the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers that are less than or equal to the number of the third MIMO layer supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, the granularity of the number of MIMO layers may be the serving cell in the frequency range, specifically, it may include the number of MIMO layers in the serving cell in the first frequency range.
结合第五方面,在第二种可能的实现方式中,第三MIMO层数包括:UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的上行MIMO层数和下行MIMO层数;第四MIMO层数为该UE在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。即MIMO层数的粒度可以为频率范围上的服务小区,具体的,可以包括第二频率范围上的服务小区的MIMO层数。With reference to the fifth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner, the third MIMO layer number includes: the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the second frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE ; The fourth MIMO layer number is the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers that are less than or equal to the number of the third MIMO layer supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, the granularity of the number of MIMO layers may be the serving cell in the frequency range, and specifically, may include the number of MIMO layers in the serving cell in the second frequency range.
结合第五方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第三种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。即每个频率范围对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,每一个SRS天线转换能力对应该频率范围内支持的一个上行MIMO层数和下行MIMO层数的组合。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the third possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backed-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; wherein each of the backed-back SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers in the fourth MIMO layer supported by the UE in the first frequency range combination. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
结合第五方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数。即每个频率范围对应一个SRS天线转换能力,该SRS天线转换能力对应该频率范围上支持的所有MIMO层数。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner, the back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: at least one back-off SRS supported by the UE in the first frequency range Antenna switching capability; where each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to one SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
结合第五方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的一个第四MIMO层数。即每个频率范围对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,其中每一个SRS天线转换能力对应对应频率范围支持的一个MIMO层数,不区分上下行。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the fifth possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: at least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; wherein each of the backed-back SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to a fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported by the corresponding frequency range, without distinguishing between uplink and downlink.
结合第五方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第六种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。即每个频率范围对应两个SRS天线转换能力,其中一个对应频率范围上支持的所有上行MIMO层数,另一个对应该频率范围上支持的所有下行MIMO层数。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the sixth possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the first returnable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range The SRS antenna conversion capability that can be withdrawn and the second SRS antenna conversion capability that can be rolled back; where the first SRS antenna conversion capability that can be rolled back corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range The number of uplink MIMO layers, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range, and the other corresponds to the number of all downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
结合第五方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第七种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。即每个频率范围对应两组SRS天线转换能力,其中一组包括对应该频率范围上支持的每一个上行MIMO层数的SRS天线转换能力,另一组包括对应该频率范围上支持的每一个下行MIMO层数的SRS天线转换能力。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the seventh possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability and the second set of backoff SRS antenna conversion capabilities; wherein, each backoff SRS antenna conversion capability in the first set of backoff SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the UE’s first frequency One uplink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the range, each of the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities in the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s support in the first frequency range A number of downlink MIMO layers in the fourth MIMO layer number. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities. One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink MIMO layer supported in the frequency range, and the other group includes each downlink support in the corresponding frequency range. SRS antenna conversion capability for MIMO layers.
结合第五方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第八种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围内支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。即每个频率范围对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,每一个SRS天线转换能 力对应该频率范围内支持的一个上行MIMO层数和下行MIMO层数的组合。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner, the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: at least one back-off capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; where each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of an uplink MIMO layer number and a downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
结合第五方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第九种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围支持的所有第四MIMO层数。即每个频率范围对应一个SRS天线转换能力,该SRS天线转换能力对应该频率范围上支持的所有MIMO层数。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the ninth possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; where each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to one SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
结合第五方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第十种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围内支持的一个第四MIMO层数。即每个频率范围对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,其中每一个SRS天线转换能力对应对应频率范围支持的一个MIMO层数,不区分上下行。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the tenth possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; where each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported by the corresponding frequency range, without distinguishing between uplink and downlink.
结合第五方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第十一种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。即每个频率范围对应两个SRS天线转换能力,其中一个对应频率范围上支持的所有上行MIMO层数,另一个对应该频率范围上支持的所有下行MIMO层数。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the first backoff supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability; where the first fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the uplink of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range The number of MIMO layers, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range, and the other corresponds to the number of all downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
结合第五方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第十二种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。即每个频率范围对应两组SRS天线转换能力,其中一组包括对应该频率范围上支持的每一个上行MIMO层数的SRS天线转换能力,另一组包括对应该频率范围上支持的每一个下行MIMO层数的SRS天线转换能力。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation manner, the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: the first group back-back supported by the UE in the second frequency range The SRS antenna switching capability of the second set of fallback and the second group of SRS antenna switching capabilities that can be returned; wherein, each of the fallback SRS antenna switching capabilities of the first set of fallback SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s second set of SRS antenna switching capabilities. One of the uplink MIMO layers in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the frequency range, and each of the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities in the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s support in the second frequency range A number of downlink MIMO layers in the fourth MIMO layer number. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities. One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink MIMO layer supported in the frequency range, and the other group includes each downlink support in the corresponding frequency range. SRS antenna conversion capability for MIMO layers.
结合第五方面任一种可能的实现方式,在第十三种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备在为该UE重配置MIMO层数时,根据该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为该UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。网络设备可以根据UE上报的该可回退的SRS天线转换能力,在为UE重配置MIMO层数时,对应的重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。With reference to any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the thirteenth possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE is used when the network device reconfigures the number of MIMO layers for the UE according to The fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE reconfigures the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion for the UE. The network device may reconfigure the SRS resource used for antenna port conversion when reconfiguring the number of MIMO layers for the UE according to the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability reported by the UE.
结合第五方面第十三种可能的实现方式,在第十四种可能的实现方式中,第二消息由UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给网络设备。With reference to the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the fourteenth possible implementation manner, the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it is expected to reduce power.
结合第五方面任一种可能的实现方式,在第十五种可能的实现方式中,第二消息为辅助信息消息。With reference to any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the fifteenth possible implementation manner, the second message is an auxiliary information message.
第六方面,提供一种上报能力的方法,应用于UE,该方法可以包括:UE确定该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;UE向网络设备发送第二消息,该第二消息包括第三天线端口数,第三天线端口数为该UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的天线端口数;其中,该第二消息还包括该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;该可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四天线端口数对应,其中,第四天线端口数小于或等于第三天线端口数。In a sixth aspect, a method for reporting capabilities is provided, which is applied to a UE. The method may include: the UE determines the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; and the UE sends a second message to the network device, the second message including The third number of antenna ports, the third number of antenna ports is the number of antenna ports that the UE expects the network equipment to configure for the UE; wherein, the second message also includes the SRS antenna switching capability that the UE supports; The retired SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of fourth antenna ports, where the number of fourth antenna ports is less than or equal to the number of third antenna ports.
上述第六方面提供的技术方案,UE通过向网络设备发送回其期望网络设备为其配置的天线端口数,以及向网络设备上报其可以支持的小于该天线端口数配置对应的SRS天线转换能力,使得网络设备在需要为UE配置天线端口数时,参考该期望的天线端口数为其配置天线端口数以及对应的配置用于天线端 口转换的SRS资源。In the technical solution provided by the above sixth aspect, the UE sends back to the network device the number of antenna ports that it expects the network device to configure for it, and reports to the network device the SRS antenna conversion capability that it can support less than the number of antenna port configurations corresponding to the configuration. When the network device needs to configure the number of antenna ports for the UE, it refers to the expected number of antenna ports to configure the number of antenna ports and the corresponding configuration of SRS resources for antenna port conversion.
结合第六方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,第三天线端口数还可以包括:UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的上行天线端口数和下行天线端口数;第四天线端口数为该UE在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三天线端口数的上行天线端口数和/或下行天线端口数。即天线端口数的粒度可以为频率范围上的服务小区,具体的,可以包括第一频率范围上的服务小区的天线端口数。With reference to the sixth aspect, in the first possible implementation manner, the third antenna port number may further include: the number of uplink antenna ports and downlink antennas of the serving cell in the first frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE Number of ports; the number of fourth antenna ports is the number of uplink antenna ports and/or the number of downlink antenna ports that are less than or equal to the number of third antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, the granularity of the number of antenna ports may be the serving cell in the frequency range, and specifically, may include the number of antenna ports in the serving cell in the first frequency range.
结合第六方面,在第二种可能的实现方式中,第三天线端口数包括:UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的上行天线端口数和下行天线端口数;第四天线端口数为该UE在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第三天线端口数的上行天线端口数和/或下行天线端口数。即天线端口数的粒度可以为频率范围上的服务小区,具体的,可以包括第二频率范围上的服务小区的天线端口数。With reference to the sixth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner, the third antenna port number includes: the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports of the serving cell in the second frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE ; The fourth antenna port number is the number of uplink antenna ports and/or the number of downlink antenna ports that are less than or equal to the third antenna port number supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, the granularity of the number of antenna ports may be the serving cell in the frequency range, and specifically, may include the antenna port number of the serving cell in the second frequency range.
结合第六方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第三种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数和一个下行天线端口数的组合。即每个频率范围对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,每一个SRS天线转换能力对应该频率范围内支持的一个上行天线端口数和下行天线端口数的组合。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the third possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backed-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; wherein each of the backed-out SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports among the fourth antenna port numbers supported by the UE in the first frequency range combination. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
结合第六方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数。即每个频率范围对应一个SRS天线转换能力,该SRS天线转换能力对应该频率范围上支持的所有天线端口数。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner, the back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: at least one back-off SRS supported by the UE in the first frequency range Antenna switching capability; wherein, each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to one SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
结合第六方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的一个第四天线端口数。即每个频率范围对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,其中每一个SRS天线转换能力对应对应频率范围支持的一个天线端口数,不区分上下行。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the fifth possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: at least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; wherein, each of the backable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to a fourth antenna port number supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of antenna ports supported by the corresponding frequency range, and does not distinguish between uplink and downlink.
结合第六方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第六种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的下行天线端口数。即每个频率范围对应两个SRS天线转换能力,其中一个对应频率范围上支持的所有上行天线端口数,另一个对应该频率范围上支持的所有下行天线端口数。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the sixth possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the first returnable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range The SRS antenna switching capability that can be withdrawn and the second SRS antenna switching capability that can be rolled back; where the first SRS antenna switching ability that can be rolled back corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range The number of uplink antenna ports, and the second fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of downlink antenna ports among all the fourth antenna port numbers supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other corresponds to the number of all downlink antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
结合第六方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第七种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个下行天线端口数。即每个频率范围对应两组SRS天线转换能力,其中一组包括对应该频率范围上支持的每一个上行天线端口数的SRS天线转换能力,另一组包括对应该频率范围上支持的每一个下行天线端口数的SRS天线转换能力。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the seventh possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability and the second set of backoff SRS antenna conversion capabilities; wherein, each backoff SRS antenna conversion capability in the first set of backoff SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the UE’s first frequency One of the number of uplink antenna ports in the fourth antenna port number supported by the range, each of the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities in the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s support in the first frequency range One of the number of downlink antenna ports in the fourth number of antenna ports. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities. One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to the number of uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other group includes each downlink antenna support in the corresponding frequency range. SRS antenna conversion capability for the number of antenna ports.
结合第六方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第八种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回 退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围内支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数和一个下行天线端口数的组合。即每个频率范围对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,每一个SRS天线转换能力对应该频率范围内支持的一个上行天线端口数和下行天线端口数的组合。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: at least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; where each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to a combination of one uplink antenna port number and one downlink antenna port number among the fourth antenna port numbers supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
结合第六方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第九种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围支持的所有第四天线端口数。即每个频率范围对应一个SRS天线转换能力,该SRS天线转换能力对应该频率范围上支持的所有天线端口数。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the ninth possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; where each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to one SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
结合第六方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第十种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围内支持的一个第四天线端口数。即每个频率范围对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,其中每一个SRS天线转换能力对应对应频率范围支持的一个天线端口数,不区分上下行。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the tenth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; where each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to a fourth antenna port number supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of antenna ports supported by the corresponding frequency range, and does not distinguish between uplink and downlink.
结合第六方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第十一种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的下行天线端口数。即每个频率范围对应两个SRS天线转换能力,其中一个对应频率范围上支持的所有上行天线端口数,另一个对应该频率范围上支持的所有下行天线端口数。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the first backoff supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna switching capability and the second fallback SRS antenna switching capability; where the first fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the uplink of all the fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range The number of antenna ports, and the second fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of downlink antenna ports among all the number of fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other corresponds to the number of all downlink antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
结合第六方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第十二种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个下行天线端口数。即每个频率范围对应两组SRS天线转换能力,其中一组包括对应该频率范围上支持的每一个上行天线端口数的SRS天线转换能力,另一组包括对应该频率范围上支持的每一个下行天线端口数的SRS天线转换能力。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation manner, the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: the first group back-back supported by the UE in the second frequency range The SRS antenna switching capability of the second set of fallback and the SRS antenna switching capability of the second set of fallback; where each fallback SRS antenna switching capability of the first set of fallback SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s second set of SRS antenna switching capabilities. One of the number of uplink antenna ports in the fourth antenna port number supported by the frequency range, each of the second set of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities in the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the UE’s support in the second frequency range One of the number of downlink antenna ports in the fourth antenna port number. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities. One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to the number of uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other group includes each downlink antenna support in the corresponding frequency range. SRS antenna conversion capability for the number of antenna ports.
结合第六方面任一种可能的实现方式,在第十三种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备在为该UE重配置天线端口数时,根据该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为该UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。网络设备可以根据UE上报的该可回退的SRS天线转换能力,在为UE重配置天线端口数时,对应的重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。In combination with any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the thirteenth possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used when the network device reconfigures the number of antenna ports for the UE according to The fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE reconfigures the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion for the UE. The network device may reconfigure the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion when reconfiguring the number of antenna ports for the UE according to the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability reported by the UE.
结合第六方面第十三种可能的实现方式,在第十四种可能的实现方式中,第二消息由UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给网络设备。With reference to the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the fourteenth possible implementation manner, the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when the UE is overheated or is expected to reduce power.
结合第六方面任一种可能的实现方式,在第十五种可能的实现方式中,第二消息为辅助信息消息。With reference to any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the fifteenth possible implementation manner, the second message is an auxiliary information message.
第七方面,提供一种上报能力的方法,应用于UE,该方法可以包括:UE确定该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;UE向网络设备发送第二消息,该第二消息包括第三天线端口数和第三MIMO层数,第三天线端口数为该UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的最大上行天线端口数,第三MIMO层数为该UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的最大下行MIMO层数;其中,该第二消息还包括该UE支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;该可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四天线端口数或第四MIMO层数对应,其中,第四MIMO层数小于或等于第三MIMO层数,第四天线端口数小于或等于第三天线端口数。In a seventh aspect, a method for reporting capabilities is provided, which is applied to a UE. The method may include: the UE determines the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; and the UE sends a second message to the network device, the second message including The third number of antenna ports and the third number of MIMO layers. The third number of antenna ports is the maximum number of uplink antenna ports that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE. The third number of MIMO layers is the number of the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE. The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers; wherein, the second message also includes at least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability and the fourth antenna port number or the fourth MIMO layer number Correspondingly, the number of the fourth MIMO layer is less than or equal to the number of the third MIMO layer, and the number of the fourth antenna port is less than or equal to the number of the third antenna port.
上述第七方面提供的技术方案,UE通过向网络设备发送回其期望网络设备为其配置的最大上行天线端口数和最大下行最大MIMO层数,以及向网络设备上报其可以支持的小于或等于该最大上行天线端口数或最大下行MIMO层数配置对应的SRS天线转换能力,使得网络设备在需要为UE配置上行天线端口数和下行MIMO层数时,参考该期望的最大上行天线端口数和最大下行MIMO层数为其配置上行天线端口数和下行MIMO层数以及对应的配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。In the technical solution provided by the seventh aspect, the UE sends back to the network device the maximum number of uplink antenna ports and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers that it expects the network device to configure for it, and reports to the network device that it can support less than or equal to this The maximum number of uplink antenna ports or the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers configure the corresponding SRS antenna conversion capability, so that when the network device needs to configure the number of uplink antenna ports and downlink MIMO layers for the UE, refer to the expected maximum number of uplink antenna ports and maximum downlink The number of MIMO layers is configured with the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink MIMO layers, as well as the corresponding configuration of SRS resources for antenna port conversion.
结合第七方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,第三天线端口数还可以包括:UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的最大上行天线端口数;第三MIMO层数还可以包括:UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的最大下行MIMO层数;第四天线端口数为该UE在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三天线端口数的下行天线端口数,第四MIMO层数为该UE在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的下行MIMO层数。即MIMO层数的天线端口数的粒度可以为频率范围上的服务小区,具体的,可以包括第一频率范围上的服务小区的MIMO层数。With reference to the seventh aspect, in the first possible implementation manner, the third number of antenna ports may further include: the maximum number of uplink antenna ports of the serving cell in the first frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; The number of three MIMO layers may also include: the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the first frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; the fourth antenna port number is less than or equal to the number of antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range The number of downlink antenna ports equal to the number of third antenna ports, and the fourth MIMO layer number is the number of downlink MIMO layers that the UE supports in the first frequency range and is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number. That is, the granularity of the number of antenna ports in the number of MIMO layers may be the serving cell in the frequency range, and specifically, may include the number of MIMO layers in the serving cell in the first frequency range.
结合第七方面,在第二种可能的实现方式中,第三天线端口数还可以包括:UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的最大上行天线端口数;第三MIMO层数还可以包括:UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的最大下行MIMO层数;第四天线端口数为该UE在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第四天线端口数的下行天线端口数,第四MIMO层数为该UE在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的下行MIMO层数。即MIMO层数的天线端口数的粒度可以为频率范围上的服务小区,具体的,可以包括第二频率范围上的服务小区的MIMO层数。With reference to the seventh aspect, in the second possible implementation manner, the third antenna port number may further include: the maximum number of uplink antenna ports of the serving cell in the second frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; The number of three MIMO layers may also include: the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the second frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; the fourth antenna port number is less than or The number of downlink antenna ports equal to the number of fourth antenna ports, and the fourth MIMO layer number is the number of downlink MIMO layers that the UE supports in the second frequency range and is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number. That is, the granularity of the number of antenna ports of the MIMO layer number may be the serving cell in the frequency range, and specifically, may include the MIMO layer number of the serving cell in the second frequency range.
结合第七方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第三种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数和第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数的组合。即每个频率范围对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,每一个SRS天线转换能力对应该频率范围内支持的一个上行天线端口数和下行MIMO层数的组合。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in a third possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backed-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; wherein each of the backed-back SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to one of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range. A combination of downlink MIMO layers. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
结合第七方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数和第四天线端口数。即每个频率范围对应一个SRS天线转换能力,该SRS天线转换能力对应该频率范围上支持的所有MIMO层数和天线端口数。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner, the back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: at least one back-off SRS supported by the UE in the first frequency range Antenna switching capability; where each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to all the fourth MIMO layers and the fourth antenna port numbers supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to one SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all MIMO layers and antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
结合第七方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的一个第四MIMO层数对应的第四天线端口数。即每个频率范围对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,其中每一个SRS天线转换能力对应对应频率范围支持的一个MIMO层数和对应的天线端口数。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in the fifth possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: at least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; wherein each of the backed-back SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to a fourth antenna port number corresponding to a fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers and a corresponding number of antenna ports supported by the corresponding frequency range.
结合第七方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第六种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。即每个频率范围对应两个SRS天线转换能力,其中一个对应频率范围上支持的所有上行天线端口数,另一个对应该频率范围上支持的所有下行MIMO层数。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the first returnable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range The SRS antenna switching capability that can be withdrawn and the second SRS antenna switching capability that can be rolled back; where the first SRS antenna switching ability that can be rolled back corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range The number of uplink antenna ports, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other corresponds to the number of all downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
结合第七方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第七种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线 转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。即每个频率范围对应两组SRS天线转换能力,其中一组包括对应该频率范围上支持的每一个上行天线端口数的SRS天线转换能力,另一组包括对应该频率范围上支持的每一个下行MIMO层数的SRS天线转换能力。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in the seventh possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability and the second set of backoff SRS antenna conversion capabilities; wherein, each backoff SRS antenna conversion capability in the first set of backoff SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the UE’s first frequency One of the number of uplink antenna ports in the fourth antenna port number supported by the range, each of the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities in the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s support in the first frequency range A number of downlink MIMO layers in the fourth MIMO layer number. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities. One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to the number of uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other group includes each downlink antenna support in the corresponding frequency range. SRS antenna conversion capability for MIMO layers.
结合第七方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第八种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围内支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行天线端口数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。即每个频率范围对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,每一个SRS天线转换能力对应该频率范围内支持的一个上行天线端口数和下行MIMO层数的组合。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: at least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; where each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of one uplink antenna port number and one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
结合第七方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第九种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围支持的所有第四MIMO层数和对应的第四天线端口数。即每个频率范围对应一个SRS天线转换能力,该SRS天线转换能力对应该频率范围上支持的所有MIMO层数和对应的天线端口数。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in the ninth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; where each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers and the corresponding number of fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to one SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all MIMO layers supported in the frequency range and the corresponding number of antenna ports.
结合第七方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第十种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围内支持的一个第四MIMO层数。即每个频率范围对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,其中每一个SRS天线转换能力对应对应频率范围支持的一个MIMO层数,不区分上下行。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in the tenth possible implementation manner, the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: at least one back-off capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; where each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported by the corresponding frequency range, without distinguishing between uplink and downlink.
结合第七方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第十一种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。即每个频率范围对应两个SRS天线转换能力,其中一个对应频率范围上支持的所有上行天线端口数,另一个对应该频率范围上支持的所有下行MIMO层数。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the first backoff supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna switching capability and the second fallback SRS antenna switching capability; where the first fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the uplink of all the fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range The number of antenna ports, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other corresponds to the number of all downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
结合第七方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第十二种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。即每个频率范围对应两组SRS天线转换能力,其中一组包括对应该频率范围上支持的每一个上行天线端口数的SRS天线转换能力,另一组包括对应该频率范围上支持的每一个下行MIMO层数的SRS天线转换能力。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: the first group of backable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE in the second frequency range The SRS antenna switching capability of the second set of fallback and the SRS antenna switching capability of the second set of fallback; where each fallback SRS antenna switching capability of the first set of fallback SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s second set of SRS antenna switching capabilities. One of the number of uplink antenna ports in the fourth antenna port number supported by the frequency range, each of the second set of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities in the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the UE’s support in the second frequency range A number of downlink MIMO layers in the fourth MIMO layer number. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities. One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to the number of uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other group includes each downlink antenna support in the corresponding frequency range. SRS antenna conversion capability for MIMO layers.
结合第七方面任一种可能的实现方式,在第十三种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备在为该UE重配置上行天线端口数和下行MIMO层数时,根据该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为该UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。网络设备可以根据UE上报的该可 回退的SRS天线转换能力,在为UE重配置上行天线端口数和下行MIMO层数时,对应的重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。In combination with any of the possible implementations of the seventh aspect, in the thirteenth possible implementation, the SRS antenna switching capability that can be rolled back supported by the UE is used by the network device to reconfigure the number of uplink antenna ports and downlink for the UE. In the case of the number of MIMO layers, the SRS resource used for antenna port conversion is reconfigured for the UE according to the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE. The network device can reconfigure the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink MIMO layers for the UE according to the reversible SRS antenna conversion capability reported by the UE, and correspondingly reconfigure the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion.
结合第七方面第十三种可能的实现方式,在第十四种可能的实现方式中,第二消息由UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给网络设备。With reference to the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in the fourteenth possible implementation manner, the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when the UE is overheated or is expected to reduce power.
结合第七方面任一种可能的实现方式,在第十五种可能的实现方式中,第二消息为辅助信息消息。With reference to any possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in the fifteenth possible implementation manner, the second message is an auxiliary information message.
第八方面,提供一种上报能力的方法,应用于UE,该方法可以包括:UE确定该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;UE向网络设备发送第二消息,该第二消息包括第三天线端口数和第三MIMO层数,第三天线端口数为该UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的上行天线端口数,第三MIMO层数为该UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的下行MIMO层数;其中,该第二消息还包括该UE支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;该可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四天线端口数或第四MIMO层数对应,其中,第四MIMO层数小于或等于第三MIMO层数,第四天线端口数小于或等于第三天线端口数。In an eighth aspect, a method for reporting capabilities is provided, which is applied to a UE. The method may include: the UE determines the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; and the UE sends a second message to the network device, the second message including The third antenna port number and the third MIMO layer number, the third antenna port number is the number of uplink antenna ports that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE, and the third MIMO layer number is the downlink that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE The number of MIMO layers; wherein, the second message also includes at least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the fourth antenna port number or the fourth MIMO layer number, Wherein, the number of fourth MIMO layers is less than or equal to the number of third MIMO layers, and the number of fourth antenna ports is less than or equal to the number of third antenna ports.
上述第八方面提供的技术方案,UE通过向网络设备发送回其期望网络设备为其配置的上行天线端口数和下行最大MIMO层数,以及向网络设备上报其可以支持的小于或等于该上行天线端口数或下行MIMO层数配置对应的SRS天线转换能力,使得网络设备在需要为UE配置上行天线端口数和下行MIMO层数时,参考该期望的上行天线端口数和下行MIMO层数,以及对应的配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。In the technical solution provided by the above eighth aspect, the UE sends back to the network device the number of uplink antenna ports it expects the network device to configure and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers, and reports to the network device that it can support less than or equal to the uplink antenna The number of ports or the number of downlink MIMO layers configures the corresponding SRS antenna conversion capability, so that when the network device needs to configure the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink MIMO layers for the UE, refer to the expected number of uplink antenna ports and downlink MIMO layers, and the corresponding The configuration of SRS resource used for antenna port conversion.
结合第八方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,第三天线端口数还可以包括:UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的上行天线端口数;第三MIMO层数还可以包括:UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的下行MIMO层数;第四天线端口数为该UE在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三天线端口数的下行天线端口数,第四MIMO层数为该UE在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的下行MIMO层数。即MIMO层数的天线端口数的粒度可以为频率范围上的服务小区,具体的,可以包括第一频率范围上的服务小区的MIMO层数。With reference to the eighth aspect, in the first possible implementation manner, the third antenna port number may further include: the number of uplink antenna ports of the serving cell in the first frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; third The number of MIMO layers may also include: the number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the first frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; the number of fourth antenna ports is less than or equal to the first frequency range supported by the UE in the first frequency range. The number of downlink antenna ports with three antenna ports, and the fourth MIMO layer number is the number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range that is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number. That is, the granularity of the number of antenna ports in the number of MIMO layers may be the serving cell in the frequency range, and specifically, may include the number of MIMO layers in the serving cell in the first frequency range.
结合第八方面,在第二种可能的实现方式中,第三天线端口数还可以包括:UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的上行天线端口数;第三MIMO层数还可以包括:UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的下行MIMO层数;第四天线端口数为该UE在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第四天线端口数的下行天线端口数,第四MIMO层数为该UE在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的下行MIMO层数。即MIMO层数的天线端口数的粒度可以为频率范围上的服务小区,具体的,可以包括第二频率范围上的服务小区的MIMO层数。With reference to the eighth aspect, in the second possible implementation manner, the third antenna port number may further include: the number of uplink antenna ports of the serving cell in the second frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; third The number of MIMO layers may also include: the number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the second frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; the fourth antenna port number is the number of antenna ports that the UE supports in the second frequency range and is less than or equal to the first The number of downlink antenna ports with four antenna ports, and the fourth MIMO layer number is the number of downlink MIMO layers that the UE supports in the second frequency range and is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number. That is, the granularity of the number of antenna ports of the MIMO layer number may be the serving cell in the frequency range, and specifically, may include the MIMO layer number of the serving cell in the second frequency range.
结合第八方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第三种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数和第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数的组合。即每个频率范围对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,每一个SRS天线转换能力对应该频率范围内支持的一个上行天线端口数和下行MIMO层数的组合。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; wherein each of the backed-back SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to one of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range. A combination of downlink MIMO layers. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
结合第八方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数和第四天线端口数。即每个频率范围对应一个SRS天线转换能力,该SRS天线转换能力对应该频率范围上支持的所有MIMO层数和天线端口数。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner, the back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: at least one back-off SRS supported by the UE in the first frequency range Antenna switching capability; where each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to all the fourth MIMO layers and the fourth antenna port numbers supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to one SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all MIMO layers and antenna ports supported in the frequency range.
结合第八方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线 转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围内支持的一个第四MIMO层数对应的第四天线端口数。即每个频率范围对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,其中每一个SRS天线转换能力对应对应频率范围支持的一个MIMO层数和对应的天线端口数。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in the fifth possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: at least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; wherein each of the backed-back SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to a fourth antenna port number corresponding to a fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers and a corresponding number of antenna ports supported by the corresponding frequency range.
结合第八方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第六种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。即每个频率范围对应两个SRS天线转换能力,其中一个对应频率范围上支持的所有上行天线端口数,另一个对应该频率范围上支持的所有下行MIMO层数。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in the sixth possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the first returnable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range The SRS antenna switching capability that can be withdrawn and the second SRS antenna switching capability that can be rolled back; where the first SRS antenna switching ability that can be rolled back corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range The number of uplink antenna ports, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other corresponds to the number of all downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
结合第八方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第七种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。即每个频率范围对应两组SRS天线转换能力,其中一组包括对应该频率范围上支持的每一个上行天线端口数的SRS天线转换能力,另一组包括对应该频率范围上支持的每一个下行MIMO层数的SRS天线转换能力。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in the seventh possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability and the second set of backoff SRS antenna conversion capabilities; wherein, each backoff SRS antenna conversion capability in the first set of backoff SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the UE’s first frequency One of the number of uplink antenna ports in the fourth antenna port number supported by the range, each of the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities in the second group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s support in the first frequency range A number of downlink MIMO layers in the fourth MIMO layer number. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities. One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to the number of uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other group includes each downlink antenna support in the corresponding frequency range. SRS antenna conversion capability for MIMO layers.
结合第八方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第八种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围内支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行天线端口数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。即每个频率范围对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,每一个SRS天线转换能力对应该频率范围内支持的一个上行天线端口数和下行MIMO层数的组合。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: at least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; where each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of one uplink antenna port number and one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
结合第八方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第九种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围支持的所有第四MIMO层数和对应的第四天线端口数。即每个频率范围对应一个SRS天线转换能力,该SRS天线转换能力对应该频率范围上支持的所有MIMO层数和对应的天线端口数。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in the ninth possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE includes: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna switching capability; where each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers and the corresponding number of fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to one SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all MIMO layers supported in the frequency range and the corresponding number of antenna ports.
结合第八方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第十种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围内支持的一个第四MIMO层数。即每个频率范围对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,其中每一个SRS天线转换能力对应对应频率范围支持的一个MIMO层数,不区分上下行。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in the tenth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: at least one backoffable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range SRS antenna conversion capability; where each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported by the corresponding frequency range, without distinguishing between uplink and downlink.
结合第八方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第十一种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。即每个频率范围对应两个SRS天线转换能力,其中一个对应频率范围上支持的所有上行天线端口数,另一个对应该频率范围上支持的所有下行MIMO层数。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the first backoff supported by the UE in the second frequency range SRS antenna switching capability and the second fallback SRS antenna switching capability; where the first fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the uplink of all the fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range The number of antenna ports, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other corresponds to the number of all downlink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range.
结合第八方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第十二种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。即每个频率范围对应两组SRS天线转换能力,其中一组包括对应该频率范围上支持的每一个上行天线端口数的SRS天线转换能力,另一组包括对应该频率范围上支持的每一个下行MIMO层数的SRS天线转换能力。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: the first set of returnable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE in the second frequency range The SRS antenna switching capability of the second set of fallback and the SRS antenna switching capability of the second set of fallback; where each fallback SRS antenna switching capability of the first set of fallback SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s second set of SRS antenna switching capabilities. One of the number of uplink antenna ports in the fourth antenna port number supported by the frequency range, each of the second set of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities in the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the UE’s support in the second frequency range A number of downlink MIMO layers in the fourth MIMO layer number. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities. One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to the number of uplink antenna ports supported in the frequency range, and the other group includes each downlink antenna support in the corresponding frequency range. SRS antenna conversion capability for MIMO layers.
结合第八方面任一种可能的实现方式,在第十三种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备在为该UE重配置上行天线端口数和下行MIMO层数时,根据该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为该UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。网络设备可以根据UE上报的该可回退的SRS天线转换能力,在为UE重配置上行天线端口数和下行MIMO层数时,对应的重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。In combination with any possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in the thirteenth possible implementation manner, the fallback SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used by the network device to reconfigure the number of uplink antenna ports and downlink for the UE. In the case of the number of MIMO layers, the SRS resource used for antenna port conversion is reconfigured for the UE according to the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE. The network device can reconfigure the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink MIMO layers for the UE according to the backable SRS antenna conversion capability reported by the UE, and correspondingly reconfigure the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion.
结合第八方面第十三种可能的实现方式,在第十四种可能的实现方式中,第二消息由UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给网络设备。With reference to the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in the fourteenth possible implementation manner, the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when the UE is overheated or is expected to reduce power.
结合第八方面任一种可能的实现方式,在第十五种可能的实现方式中,第二消息为辅助信息消息。With reference to any possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in the fifteenth possible implementation manner, the second message is an auxiliary information message.
第九方面,提供一种上报能力的方法,应用于UE,该方法可以包括:UE确定该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;UE向网络设备发送第二消息,该第二消息包括第三MIMO层数,第三MIMO层数为该UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的最大MIMO层数;其中,该第二消息还包括该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;该可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四MIMO层数对应,其中,第四MIMO层数小于或等于第三MIMO层数。In a ninth aspect, a method for reporting capabilities is provided, which is applied to a UE. The method may include: the UE determines the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; and the UE sends a second message to the network device, the second message including The third MIMO layer number, the third MIMO layer number is the maximum number of MIMO layers that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; wherein, the second message also includes the SRS antenna conversion capability that the UE supports; The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth MIMO layer number, where the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number.
上述第九方面提供的技术方案,UE通过向网络设备发送回其期望网络设备为其配置的最大MIMO层数,以及向网络设备上报其可以支持的小于或等于该最大MIMO层数配置对应的SRS天线转换能力,使得网络设备在需要为UE配置MIMO层数时,参考该期望的最大MIMO层数为其配置MIMO层数以及对应的分配用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。In the technical solution provided by the above ninth aspect, the UE sends back to the network device the maximum number of MIMO layers that it expects the network device to configure for it, and reports to the network device the SRS that it can support is less than or equal to the maximum MIMO layer configuration. The antenna switching capability enables the network device to configure the MIMO layer number and correspondingly allocate SRS resources for antenna port conversion by referring to the expected maximum MIMO layer number when it needs to configure the number of MIMO layers for the UE.
结合第九方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,第三MIMO层数还可以包括:UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的最大上行MIMO层数和最大下行MIMO层数;第四MIMO层数为该UE在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。即MIMO层数的粒度可以为频率范围上的服务小区,具体的,可以包括第一频率范围上的服务小区的MIMO层数。With reference to the ninth aspect, in the first possible implementation manner, the third MIMO layer number may also include: the UE expects the network device to configure the UE for the UE’s maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the first frequency range. The number of downlink MIMO layers; the fourth MIMO layer number is the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers that are less than or equal to the number of the third MIMO layer supported by the UE in the first frequency range. That is, the granularity of the number of MIMO layers may be the serving cell in the frequency range, specifically, it may include the number of MIMO layers in the serving cell in the first frequency range.
结合第九方面,在第二种可能的实现方式中,第三MIMO层数包括:UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的最大上行MIMO层数和最大下行MIMO层数;第四MIMO层数为该UE在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。即MIMO层数的粒度可以为频率范围上的服务小区,具体的,可以包括第二频率范围上的服务小区的MIMO层数。With reference to the ninth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner, the number of third MIMO layers includes: the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO of the serving cell in the second frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE The number of layers; the fourth MIMO layer number is the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers that are less than or equal to the number of the third MIMO layer supported by the UE in the second frequency range. That is, the granularity of the number of MIMO layers may be the serving cell in the frequency range, and specifically, may include the number of MIMO layers in the serving cell in the second frequency range.
结合第九方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第三种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。即每个频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,每一个SRS天线转换能力对应该频率范围的对应频段组合下的对应频段上支持的一个上行MIMO层数和下行MIMO层数的组合。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in the third possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each frequency band combination of the UE in the first frequency range At least one SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported on two frequency bands; wherein, each of the SRS antenna switching capabilities that can be backed off corresponds to the UE’s on each frequency band under each combination of frequency bands in the first frequency range. A combination of an uplink MIMO layer number and a downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported. That is, each frequency band in each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability on each frequency band, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink MIMO layers supported on the corresponding frequency band under the corresponding frequency band combination in the frequency range. Combination with the number of downlink MIMO layers.
结合第九方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的所有第四MIMO层数。即每个频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上对应一个SRS天线转换能力,该SRS天线转换能力对应该频率范围的对应频段组合下的对应频段上支持的所有MIMO层数。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: each of the UE’s combinations of frequency bands in the first frequency range At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on the frequency band; where each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all of the UE’s support on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range The fourth MIMO layer number. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination of each frequency range corresponds to one SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capacity corresponds to the number of all MIMO layers supported on the corresponding frequency band under the corresponding frequency band combination of the frequency range.
结合第九方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的一个第四MIMO层数。即每个频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,其中每一个SRS天线转换能力对应对应频率范围的对应频段组合下的对应频段上支持的一个MIMO层数,不区分上下行。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in the fifth possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: every frequency band combination of the UE in the first frequency range At least one SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported on two frequency bands; wherein, each of the SRS antenna switching capabilities that can be backed off corresponds to the UE’s on each frequency band under each combination of frequency bands in the first frequency range. The number of a fourth MIMO layer supported. That is, at least one SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to each frequency band under each frequency band combination of each frequency range, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported on the corresponding frequency band under the corresponding frequency band combination of the corresponding frequency range , Does not distinguish between upstream and downstream.
结合第九方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第六种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。即每个频率范围对应两个SRS天线转换能力,其中一个对应频率范围上支持的所有上行MIMO层数,另一个对应该频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的所有下行MIMO层数。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE operates under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each frequency band; wherein, the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE in the first frequency range The number of uplink MIMO layers in all the fourth MIMO layers supported on each frequency band under each frequency band combination. The second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to each frequency band combination of the UE in the first frequency range The number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported on each frequency band below. That is, each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink MIMO layers supported in the frequency range, and the other corresponds to all the downlink MIMO layers supported on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the frequency range number.
结合第九方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第七种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。即每个频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上对应两组SRS天线转换能力,其中一组包括对应该频率范围的对应频段组合下的对应频段上支持的每一个上行MIMO层数的SRS天线转换能力,另一组包括对应该频率范围的对应频段组合下的对应频段上支持的每一个下行MIMO层数的SRS天线转换能力。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in the seventh possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: every frequency band combination of the UE in the first frequency range The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported on two frequency bands; among them, each back-off SRS in the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The antenna switching capability corresponds to one of the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range, and the second group of SRS antenna switching capabilities with fallback Each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range. That is, there are two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each frequency band under each frequency band combination of each frequency range, and one group includes the number of uplink MIMO layers supported on the corresponding frequency band under the corresponding frequency range combination. The SRS antenna conversion capability, and the other group includes the SRS antenna conversion capability of each downlink MIMO layer supported on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination corresponding to the frequency range.
结合第九方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第八种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。即每个频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,每一个SRS天线转换能力对应该频率范围的对应频段组合下的对应频段上支持的一个上行MIMO层数和下行MIMO层数的组合。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: every frequency band combination of the UE in the second frequency range At least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported on two frequency bands; wherein, each fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the UE’s support on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range A combination of an uplink MIMO layer number and a downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number. That is, each frequency band in each frequency range corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability on each frequency band, and each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink MIMO layers supported on the corresponding frequency band under the corresponding frequency band combination in the frequency range. Combination with the number of downlink MIMO layers.
结合第九方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第九种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的所有第四MIMO层数。即每个频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上对应一个SRS 天线转换能力,该SRS天线转换能力对应该频率范围上的对应频段组合下的对应频段上支持的所有MIMO层数。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in the ninth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: every frequency band combination of the UE in the second frequency range At least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported on two frequency bands; wherein, each fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the UE’s support on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range The number of all fourth MIMO layers. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination in each frequency range corresponds to an SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capacity corresponds to all the MIMO layers supported on the corresponding frequency band under the corresponding frequency band combination in the frequency range.
结合第九方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第十种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的一个第四MIMO层数。即每个频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,其中每一个SRS天线转换能力对应对应频率范围的对应频段组合下的对应频段上支持的一个MIMO层数,不区分上下行。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in the tenth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: every frequency band combination of the UE in the second frequency range At least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported on two frequency bands; wherein, each fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the UE’s support on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range A fourth MIMO layer number. That is, at least one SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to each frequency band under each frequency band combination of each frequency range, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported on the corresponding frequency band under the corresponding frequency band combination of the corresponding frequency range , Does not distinguish between upstream and downstream.
结合第九方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第十一种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。即每个频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上对应两个SRS天线转换能力,其中一个对应频率范围上的对应频段组合下的对应频段上支持的所有上行MIMO层数,另一个对应该频率范围的对应频段组合下的对应频段上支持的所有下行MIMO层数。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE’s ability to switch between each frequency band in the second frequency range The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each frequency band; where the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE's second frequency range The number of uplink MIMO layers in all the fourth MIMO layers supported on each frequency band under each frequency band combination, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE in each frequency band combination in the second frequency range The number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported on each frequency band. That is, each frequency band in each frequency range corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities on each frequency band, one of which corresponds to all the uplink MIMO layers supported on the corresponding frequency band under the corresponding frequency band combination in the frequency range, and the other The number of all downlink MIMO layers supported on the corresponding frequency band under the corresponding frequency band combination of the frequency range.
结合第九方面第二种可能的实现方式,在第十二种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。即每个频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上对应两组SRS天线转换能力,其中一组包括对应该频率范围上的每对应频段组合下的对应频段上支持的每一个上行MIMO层数的SRS天线转换能力,另一组包括对应该频率范围的对应频段组合下的对应频段上支持的每一个下行MIMO层数的SRS天线转换能力。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE’s ability to switch between each frequency band in the second frequency range Each frequency band supports the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities; among them, each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one of the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range, and the second set of SRS antenna conversion capabilities that can be rolled back Each of the SRS antenna switching capabilities that can be backed out corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range. That is, there are two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each frequency band under each frequency band combination in each frequency range, one of which includes each uplink MIMO layer supported on the corresponding frequency band under each corresponding frequency band combination in the corresponding frequency range There are several SRS antenna conversion capabilities, and the other group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities of each downlink MIMO layer supported on the corresponding frequency band under the corresponding frequency band combination corresponding to the frequency range.
结合第九方面任一种可能的实现方式,在第十三种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备在为该UE重配置MIMO层数时,根据该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为该UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。网络设备可以根据UE上报的该可回退的SRS天线转换能力,在为UE重配置MIMO层数时,对应的重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。In combination with any possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in the thirteenth possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported by the UE is used when the network device reconfigures the number of MIMO layers for the UE according to The fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE reconfigures the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion for the UE. The network device may reconfigure the SRS resource used for antenna port conversion when reconfiguring the number of MIMO layers for the UE according to the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability reported by the UE.
结合第九方面第十三种可能的实现方式,在第十四种可能的实现方式中,第二消息由UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给网络设备。With reference to the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in the fourteenth possible implementation manner, the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when the UE is overheated or is expected to reduce power.
结合第九方面任一种可能的实现方式,在第十五种可能的实现方式中,第二消息为辅助信息消息。With reference to any possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in the fifteenth possible implementation manner, the second message is an auxiliary information message.
第十方面,提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置可以是UE或者可以设置在UE上或者也可以是所述UE的一部分,所述UE可以包括用于执行前述各方面或各实现方式的装置、单元或模块。例如该通信装置,可以是UE,该UE包括:确定模块,用于确定该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;发送模块,用于向网络设备发送第一消息,该第一消息包括UE支持的SRS天线转换能力;其中,该第一消息还包括UE支持的可回退的SRS天线端口转换能力。In a tenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be a UE or may be set on the UE or may be a part of the UE. The UE may include a device for performing the foregoing aspects or implementations. , Unit or module. For example, the communication device may be a UE, and the UE includes: a determining module, configured to determine the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; and a transmitting module, configured to send a first message to a network device, the first message including The SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; wherein, the first message also includes the fallbackable SRS antenna port switching capability supported by the UE.
上述第十方面提供的技术方案,UE通过向网络设备上报其可以支持的每一种可回退的SRS天线转 换能力,使得网络设备在需要为UE配置MIMO层数时,相应的为其配置对应的用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。According to the technical solution provided by the above tenth aspect, the UE reports to the network equipment each of the SRS antenna conversion capabilities that it can support, so that when the network equipment needs to configure the MIMO layer number for the UE, the corresponding configuration corresponds to it. SRS resources used for antenna port conversion.
结合第十方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,第一消息还包括UE支持的第一MIMO层数;UE支持的可回退的SRS天线端口转换能力与第二MIMO层数对应;该第二MIMO层数小于或等于第一MIMO层数。UE通过向网络设备上报其可以支持的每一种可回退的MIMO层数对应的SRS天线转换能力,使得网络设备在需要为UE配置MIMO层数时,相应的为其配置对应的用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。With reference to the tenth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner, the first message further includes the number of the first MIMO layer supported by the UE; the backable SRS antenna port switching capability supported by the UE corresponds to the number of the second MIMO layer; this The number of second MIMO layers is less than or equal to the number of first MIMO layers. The UE reports to the network equipment the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponding to each fallback MIMO layer number that it can support, so that when the network equipment needs to configure the MIMO layer number for the UE, it will configure the corresponding antenna for it accordingly. SRS resource for port conversion.
结合第十方面或第十方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的第一MIMO层数包括该UE在UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的最大上行MIMO层数和最大下行MIMO层数;该第二MIMO层数包括UE在UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。即MIMO层数的粒度可以为每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波。With reference to the tenth aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in the second possible implementation manner, the number of first MIMO layers supported by the UE includes each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers supported on each carrier on the above; this second MIMO layer number includes the uplink supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The number of MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers. That is, the granularity of the number of MIMO layers can be each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
结合第十方面、第十方面第一种、或第一方面第二种任一种可能的实现方式,在第三种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的SRS天线转换能力包括该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的SRS天线转换能力;UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括该UE在UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。即SRS天线转换能力的粒度可以为每个频段组合中的每个频段。With reference to the tenth aspect, the first aspect of the tenth aspect, or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect of the first aspect, in a third possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes the UE’s The SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported; the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes the available SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE. SRS antenna switching capability for fallback. That is, the granularity of the SRS antenna conversion capability can be each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
结合第十方面第三种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,每一个SRS天线端口转换能力对应该频段上支持的一个上行MIMO层数和下行MIMO层数的组合,不区分载波。With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE's combinations of frequency bands supported by the UE At least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported on the frequency band; where each fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to one of the second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination The combination of the number of uplink MIMO layers and one downlink MIMO layer. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna port conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers supported on the frequency band, without distinguishing carriers.
结合第十方面第三种可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的所有第二MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应一个SRS天线转换能力,该SRS天线转换能力对应该频段上所有载波上支持的所有MIMO层数,不区分上下行。With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in the fifth possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE’s in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported on the frequency band; where the backable SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to an SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the MIMO layers supported on all carriers on the frequency band, without distinguishing between uplink and downlink.
结合第十方面第三种可能的实现方式,在第六种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的所有上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的所有下行MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应两个SRS天线转换能力,其中一个对应该频段上所有载波上支持的所有上行MIMO层数,另一个对应该频段上所有载波上支持的所有下行MIMO层数。With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in the sixth possible implementation manner, the fallback SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE’s in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on the frequency band; where the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the corresponding frequency band of the UE in the corresponding frequency band combination The number of all uplink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported on the upper, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the downlink numbers in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination Number of MIMO layers. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to all the uplink MIMO layers supported on all carriers on the frequency band, and the other corresponds to all the downlink MIMO layers supported on all carriers on the frequency band number.
结合第十方面第三种可能的实现方式,在第七种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的一个第二MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,其中每一个SRS天线转换能力对应对应频段上支持的一个MIMO层数,不区分上下行。With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in the seventh possible implementation manner, the fallback SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE's combinations of frequency bands supported by the UE At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on the frequency band; wherein each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported on the corresponding frequency band, and does not distinguish between uplink and downlink.
结合第十方面第三种可能的实现方式,在第八种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线 转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应两组SRS天线转换能力,其中一组包括对应该频段上支持的每一个上行MIMO层数的SRS天线转换能力,另一组包括对应该频段上支持的每一个下行MIMO层数的SRS天线转换能力。With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE’s in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported on the frequency band; among them, each back-off SRS antenna in the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The conversion capability corresponds to one uplink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities is a back-off SRS The antenna switching capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities. One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink MIMO layer supported on the frequency band, and the other group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported on the corresponding frequency band. SRS antenna conversion capability for each downlink MIMO layer number.
结合第十方面、第一方面第一种或第一方面第二种任一种可能的实现方式,在第九种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的SRS天线转换能力;UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括该UE在UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。即SRS天线转换能力的粒度与MIMO层数的粒度相同为每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波。With reference to the tenth aspect, the first aspect of the first aspect, or any one of the second possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: The SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each carrier on each frequency band in each supported frequency band combination; the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes each frequency band combination supported by the UE SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off supported on each carrier in the frequency band. That is, the granularity of the SRS antenna conversion capability and the granularity of the number of MIMO layers are the same as each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
结合第十方面第九种可能的实现方式,在第十种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的对应载波上支持的第二MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段上的每个载波对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,其中每一个SRS天线转换能力对应该频段上的该载波上支持的一个MIMO层数,适用于上下行。With reference to the ninth possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in the tenth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: each of the UE's combinations of frequency bands supported by the UE The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each carrier in the frequency band; where the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the second MIMO supported by the UE on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination Number of layers. That is, each carrier on each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported on the carrier on the frequency band, and is suitable for uplink and downlink.
结合第十方面第九种可能的实现方式,在第十一种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的对应载波上支持的第二MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的对应载波上支持的第二MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段上的每个载波对应两个SRS天线转换能力,其中一个对应该频段上对应载波上支持的所有上行MIMO层数,另一个对应该频段上该载波上支持的所有下行MIMO层数。With reference to the ninth possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each carrier on each frequency band; where the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE in the corresponding The number of uplink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the frequency band combination, and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE's corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination The number of downlink MIMO layers in the number of second MIMO layers supported on the carrier. That is, each carrier on each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink MIMO layers supported on the corresponding carrier on the frequency band, and the other corresponds to the support on the carrier on the frequency band The number of all downlink MIMO layers.
结合第十方面第九种可能的实现方式,在第十二种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的每个载波上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的每个载波上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段上的每个载波对应两组SRS天线转换能力,其中一组包括该频段上该载波上支持的每一个上行MIMO层数对应的SRS天线转换能力,另一组包括该频段上该载波上支持的每一个下行MIMO层数对应的SRS天线转换能力。With reference to the ninth possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported on each carrier on each frequency band; where each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one of the second MIMO layers supported by the UE on each carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and the second group of back-off SRS antennas Each returnable SRS antenna conversion capability in the conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on each carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each carrier on each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink MIMO layer supported on the carrier on the frequency band, and the other The group includes the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponding to each downlink MIMO layer supported on the carrier on the frequency band.
结合第十方面或第十方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第十三种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的第一MIMO层数包括该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的最大上行MIMO层数和最大下行MIMO层数;第二MIMO层数包括该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。即MIMO层数的粒度为每个频段组合中的每个频段。With reference to the tenth aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in a thirteenth possible implementation manner, the number of the first MIMO layer supported by the UE includes every frequency band combination supported by the UE. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers supported on each frequency band; the second MIMO layer number includes the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or downlink supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE Number of MIMO layers. That is, the granularity of the number of MIMO layers is each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
结合第十方面第十三种可能的实现方式,在第十四种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的SRS天线转换 能力包括该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的SRS天线转换能力。即SRS天线转换能力的粒度与MIMO层数的粒度相同,为每个频段组合中的每个频段。With reference to the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in the fourteenth possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes the UE's support on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE SRS antenna conversion capability. That is, the granularity of the SRS antenna conversion capability is the same as the granularity of the number of MIMO layers, which is each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
结合第十方面第十四种可能的实现方式,在第十五种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应一个SRS天线转换能力,该SRS天线转换能力对应该频段上支持的所有MIMO层数,适用于上下行。With reference to the fourteenth possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in the fifteenth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE's ability to switch between each frequency band supported by the UE The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each frequency band; wherein the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to an SRS antenna conversion capability, which corresponds to all the MIMO layers supported on the frequency band and is suitable for uplink and downlink.
结合第十方面第十四种可能的实现方式,在第十六种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应两个SRS天线转换能力,其中一个对应该频段上该频段上支持的所有上行MIMO层数对应的SRS天线转换能力,另一个对应该频段上该频段上支持的所有下行MIMO层数。With reference to the fourteenth possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in the sixteenth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE's ability to switch between each frequency band supported by the UE The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each frequency band; where the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s corresponding frequency band combination Corresponding to the number of uplink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported on the corresponding frequency band, the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the downlink in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination Number of MIMO layers. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the SRS antenna conversion capacity corresponding to all the uplink MIMO layers supported on the frequency band, and the other corresponds to the frequency band on the frequency band. The number of all downlink MIMO layers supported.
结合第十方面第十四种可能的实现方式,在第十七种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应两组SRS天线转换能力,其中一组包括该频段上该频段上支持的每一个上行MIMO层数对应的SRS天线转换能力,另一组包括该频段上该频段上支持的每一个下行MIMO层数对应的SRS天线转换能力。With reference to the fourteenth possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in the seventeenth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE's ability to switch between each frequency band supported by the UE Each frequency band supports the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities; among them, each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities can be back-off The SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink MIMO layer supported on that frequency band, and the other includes SRS antenna conversion capability corresponding to each downlink MIMO layer supported on this frequency band.
结合第十方面任一种可能的实现方式,在第十八种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备在为该UE重配置MIMO层数时,根据该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为该UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。UE上报其支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力可以在网络设备为其重配置SRS资源时参考该可回退的SRS天线转换能力。With reference to any possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in the eighteenth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used when the network device reconfigures the number of MIMO layers for the UE according to The fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE reconfigures the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion for the UE. The UE reporting the backable SRS antenna conversion capability it supports may refer to the backable SRS antenna conversion capability when the network device reconfigures its SRS resources.
结合第十方面任一种可能的实现方式,在第十九种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备为该UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源由以下事件触发:网络设备接收到该UE发送的第二消息;其中,第二消息包括该UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的MIMO层数或期望配置的最大MIMO层数。即网络设备为UE重配置MIMO层数可以是由UE请求的,具体配置成哪种MIMO层数配置网络设备可以参考UE的期望值。With reference to any possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in the nineteenth possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used by the network device to reconfigure the SRS for antenna port switching for the UE The resource is triggered by the following event: the network device receives the second message sent by the UE; where the second message includes the number of MIMO layers or the maximum number of MIMO layers that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE. That is, the network device may be requested by the UE to reconfigure the number of MIMO layers for the UE, and the specific configuration for which MIMO layer number is configured for the network device may refer to the expected value of the UE.
结合第十方面第十九种实现方式,在第二十种可能的实现方式中,第二消息由UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给网络设备。With reference to the nineteenth implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in the twentieth possible implementation manner, the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when the UE is overheated or is expected to reduce power.
结合第十方面第二十种实现方式,在第二十一种可能的实现方式中,第二消息为辅助信息消息。With reference to the twentieth implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in the twenty-first possible implementation manner, the second message is an auxiliary information message.
结合第十方面任一种可能的实现方式,在第二十二种可能的实现方式中,第一消息为UE能力消息。即UE可以通过无线能力消息向网络设备上报SRS天线转换能力。With reference to any possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in the twenty-second possible implementation manner, the first message is a UE capability message. That is, the UE can report the SRS antenna switching capability to the network device through the wireless capability message.
本申请提供的用户设备,还可以具有实现上述第一方面、第二方面、第三方面、第四方面、第五方面、第六方面、第七方面、第八方面或第九方面任一种可能的实现方式中的所述的方法和功能。The user equipment provided in this application may also implement any of the above-mentioned first, second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth or ninth aspects. The methods and functions described in possible implementations.
第十一方面,本申请提供一种用户设备UE,该UE可以包括:存储器,用于存储计算机执行指令; 射频电路,用于进行无线信号的发送和接收;处理器,用于执行计算机执行指令确定该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;以及,通过射频电路向网络设备发送第一消息;其中,该第一消息包括该UE支持的SRS天线转换能力和该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。In an eleventh aspect, the present application provides a user equipment UE. The UE may include: a memory for storing computer-executed instructions; a radio frequency circuit for transmitting and receiving wireless signals; and a processor for executing computer-executed instructions Determine the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE; and send a first message to the network device through the radio frequency circuit; wherein, the first message includes the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE and the backoff supported by the UE SRS antenna conversion capability.
上述第十一方面提供的技术方案,UE通过向网络设备上报其可以支持的每一种可回退的SRS天线转换能力,使得网络设备在需要为UE配置MIMO层数时,相应的为其配置对应的用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。According to the technical solution provided by the eleventh aspect, the UE reports to the network equipment each of the SRS antenna conversion capabilities that it can support, so that the network equipment needs to configure the number of MIMO layers for the UE accordingly. The corresponding SRS resource used for antenna port conversion.
结合第十一方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,第一消息还包括UE支持的第一MIMO层数;UE支持的可回退的SRS天线端口转换能力与第二MIMO层数对应;该第二MIMO层数小于或等于第一MIMO层数。UE通过向网络设备上报其可以支持的每一种可回退的MIMO层数对应的SRS天线转换能力,使得网络设备在需要为UE配置MIMO层数时,相应的为其配置对应的用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。With reference to the eleventh aspect, in the first possible implementation manner, the first message further includes the number of the first MIMO layer supported by the UE; the backable SRS antenna port switching capability supported by the UE corresponds to the number of the second MIMO layer; The second MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the first MIMO layer number. The UE reports to the network equipment the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponding to each fallback MIMO layer number that it can support, so that when the network equipment needs to configure the MIMO layer number for the UE, it will configure the corresponding antenna for it accordingly. SRS resource for port conversion.
结合第十一方面或第十一方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的第一MIMO层数包括该UE在UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的最大上行MIMO层数和最大下行MIMO层数;该第二MIMO层数包括UE在UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。即MIMO层数的粒度可以为每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波。With reference to the eleventh aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, in the second possible implementation manner, the number of first MIMO layers supported by the UE includes each frequency band combination supported by the UE. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers supported on each carrier on each frequency band; the second MIMO layer number includes the UE’s support on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers. That is, the granularity of the number of MIMO layers can be each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
结合第十一方面、第十一方面第一种、或第一方面第二种任一种可能的实现方式,在第三种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的SRS天线转换能力包括该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的SRS天线转换能力;UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括该UE在UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。即SRS天线转换能力的粒度可以为每个频段组合中的每个频段。With reference to the eleventh aspect, the first aspect of the eleventh aspect, or any one of the second aspect of the first aspect, in a third possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes the UE’s The SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; the fallback SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes the UE's support on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE SRS antenna switching capability that can be reversed. That is, the granularity of the SRS antenna conversion capability can be each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
结合第十一方面第三种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,每一个SRS天线端口转换能力对应该频段上支持的一个上行MIMO层数和下行MIMO层数的组合,不区分载波。With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE in each frequency band combination supported by the UE At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on two frequency bands; wherein, each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination A combination of an uplink MIMO layer number and a downlink MIMO layer number. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, and each SRS antenna port conversion capability corresponds to a combination of the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers supported on the frequency band, without distinguishing carriers.
结合第十一方面第三种可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的所有第二MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应一个SRS天线转换能力,该SRS天线转换能力对应该频段上所有载波上支持的所有MIMO层数,不区分上下行。With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, in the fifth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported on two frequency bands; where the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to an SRS antenna conversion capability, and the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the MIMO layers supported on all carriers on the frequency band, without distinguishing between uplink and downlink.
结合第十一方面第三种可能的实现方式,在第六种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的所有上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的所有下行MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应两个SRS天线转换能力,其中一个对应该频段上所有载波上支持的所有上行MIMO层数,另一个对应该频段上所有载波上支持的所有下行MIMO层数。In combination with the third possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, in the sixth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on two frequency bands; where the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s corresponding frequency band combination All uplink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported on the frequency band, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination Number of downlink MIMO layers. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to all the uplink MIMO layers supported on all carriers on the frequency band, and the other corresponds to all the downlink MIMO layers supported on all carriers on the frequency band number.
结合第十一方面第三种可能的实现方式,在第七种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天 线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的一个第二MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,其中每一个SRS天线转换能力对应对应频段上支持的一个MIMO层数,不区分上下行。With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, in the seventh possible implementation manner, the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE in each frequency band combination supported by the UE At least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported on two frequency bands; wherein, each fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to a second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported on the corresponding frequency band, and does not distinguish between uplink and downlink.
结合第十一方面第三种可能的实现方式,在第八种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应两组SRS天线转换能力,其中一组包括对应该频段上支持的每一个上行MIMO层数的SRS天线转换能力,另一组包括对应该频段上支持的每一个下行MIMO层数的SRS天线转换能力。With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported on two frequency bands; among them, each back-off SRS in the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The antenna switching capability corresponds to one uplink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and each of the second set of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities can be back-off. The SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities. One group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink MIMO layer supported on the frequency band, and the other group includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported on the corresponding frequency band. SRS antenna conversion capability for each downlink MIMO layer number.
结合第十一方面、第一方面第一种或第一方面第二种任一种可能的实现方式,在第九种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的SRS天线转换能力;UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括该UE在UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。即SRS天线转换能力的粒度与MIMO层数的粒度相同为每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波。With reference to the eleventh aspect, the first aspect of the first aspect, or any one of the second aspect of the first aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: The SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; the backed-out SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes each frequency band combination supported by the UE. SRS antenna switching capability that is supported on each carrier on each frequency band. That is, the granularity of the SRS antenna conversion capability and the granularity of the number of MIMO layers are the same as each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
结合第十一方面第九种可能的实现方式,在第十种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的对应载波上支持的第二MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段上的每个载波对应至少一个SRS天线转换能力,其中每一个SRS天线转换能力对应该频段上的该载波上支持的一个MIMO层数,适用于上下行。With reference to the ninth possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, in the tenth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each carrier on each frequency band; where the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the second supported by the UE on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination Number of MIMO layers. That is, each carrier on each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to at least one SRS antenna conversion capability, where each SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a number of MIMO layers supported on the carrier on the frequency band, and is suitable for uplink and downlink.
结合第十一方面第九种可能的实现方式,在第十一种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的对应载波上支持的第二MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的对应载波上支持的第二MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段上的每个载波对应两个SRS天线转换能力,其中一个对应该频段上对应载波上支持的所有上行MIMO层数,另一个对应该频段上该载波上支持的所有下行MIMO层数。With reference to the ninth possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE's ability to switch between each frequency band supported by the UE The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each carrier in each frequency band; where the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of uplink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE's corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination Corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers in the number of second MIMO layers supported on the carrier. That is, each carrier on each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the number of all uplink MIMO layers supported on the corresponding carrier on the frequency band, and the other corresponds to the support on the carrier on the frequency band The number of all downlink MIMO layers.
结合第十一方面第九种可能的实现方式,在第十二种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的每个载波上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的每个载波上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段上的每个载波对应两组SRS天线转换能力,其中一组包括该频段上该载波上支持的每一个上行MIMO层数对应的SRS天线转换能力,另一组包括该频段上该载波上支持的每一个下行MIMO层数对应的SRS天线转换能力。With reference to the ninth possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE's ability to switch between each frequency band supported by the UE The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported on each carrier on each frequency band; among them, each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed out corresponds to one of the second MIMO layers supported by the UE on each carrier in the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and the second group of back-off SRS Each back-off SRS antenna switching capability in the antenna switching capabilities corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number of the second MIMO layer numbers supported by the UE on each carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each carrier on each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink MIMO layer supported on the carrier on the frequency band, and the other The group includes the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponding to each downlink MIMO layer supported on the carrier on the frequency band.
结合第十一方面或第十一方面第一种可能的实现方式,在第十三种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的第一MIMO层数包括该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的最大上行MIMO层数和最大下行MIMO层数;第二MIMO层数包括该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。即MIMO层数的粒度为每个频段组合中的每个频段。In combination with the eleventh aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, in a thirteenth possible implementation manner, the number of first MIMO layers supported by the UE includes the combination of each frequency band supported by the UE The maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers supported on each frequency band; the second MIMO layer number includes the number of uplink MIMO layers supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE and/ Or the number of downlink MIMO layers. That is, the granularity of the number of MIMO layers is each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
结合第十一方面第十三种可能的实现方式,在第十四种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的SRS天线转换能力包括该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的SRS天线转换能力。即SRS天线转换能力的粒度与MIMO层数的粒度相同,为每个频段组合中的每个频段。In combination with the eleventh aspect and the thirteenth possible implementation manner, in the fourteenth possible implementation manner, the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes the UE's operation on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE Supported SRS antenna conversion capability. That is, the granularity of the SRS antenna conversion capability is the same as the granularity of the number of MIMO layers, which is each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
结合第十一方面第十四种可能的实现方式,在第十五种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应一个SRS天线转换能力,该SRS天线转换能力对应该频段上支持的所有MIMO层数,适用于上下行。In combination with the fourteenth possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, in the fifteenth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE is in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported on each frequency band; wherein, the backable SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to an SRS antenna conversion capability, which corresponds to all the MIMO layers supported on the frequency band and is suitable for uplink and downlink.
结合第十一方面第十四种可能的实现方式,在第十六种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应两个SRS天线转换能力,其中一个对应该频段上该频段上支持的所有上行MIMO层数对应的SRS天线转换能力,另一个对应该频段上该频段上支持的所有下行MIMO层数。In combination with the fourteenth possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, in the sixteenth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE is in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability and the second fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported on each frequency band; wherein, the first fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the UE’s combination of the corresponding frequency bands The number of uplink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported on the corresponding frequency band, and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination Number of downlink MIMO layers. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which corresponds to the SRS antenna conversion capacity corresponding to all the uplink MIMO layers supported on the frequency band, and the other corresponds to the frequency band on the frequency band. The number of all downlink MIMO layers supported.
结合第十一方面第十四种可能的实现方式,在第十七种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:该UE在该UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于该UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。即每个频段组合下的每个频段对应两组SRS天线转换能力,其中一组包括该频段上该频段上支持的每一个上行MIMO层数对应的SRS天线转换能力,另一组包括该频段上该频段上支持的每一个下行MIMO层数对应的SRS天线转换能力。With reference to the fourteenth possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, in the seventeenth possible implementation manner, the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes: the UE is in each frequency band combination supported by the UE The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported on each frequency band; where each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities can be back-off The SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one of the uplink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and each of the second set of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities is returnable The deactivated SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. That is, each frequency band under each frequency band combination corresponds to two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities, one of which includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to each uplink MIMO layer supported on that frequency band, and the other includes SRS antenna conversion capability corresponding to each downlink MIMO layer supported on this frequency band.
结合第十一方面任一种可能的实现方式,在第十八种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备在为该UE重配置MIMO层数时,根据该UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为该UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。UE上报其支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力可以在网络设备为其重配置SRS资源时参考该可回退的SRS天线转换能力。In combination with any possible implementation of the eleventh aspect, in the eighteenth possible implementation, the SRS antenna switching capability that the UE supports is used when the network device reconfigures the number of MIMO layers for the UE, The SRS resource used for antenna port conversion is reconfigured for the UE according to the SRS antenna conversion capability that is supported by the UE. The UE reporting the backable SRS antenna conversion capability it supports may refer to the backable SRS antenna conversion capability when the network device reconfigures its SRS resources.
结合第十一方面任一种可能的实现方式,在第十九种可能的实现方式中,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备为该UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源由以下事件触发:网络设备接收到该UE发送的第二消息;其中,第二消息包括该UE期望网络设备为该UE配置的MIMO层数或期望配置的最大MIMO层数。即网络设备为UE重配置MIMO层数可以是由UE请求的,具体配置成哪种MIMO层数配置网络设备可以参考UE的期望值。In combination with any possible implementation of the eleventh aspect, in the nineteenth possible implementation, the fallback SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used by the network device to reconfigure the UE for antenna port switching. The SRS resource is triggered by the following event: the network device receives the second message sent by the UE; where the second message includes the number of MIMO layers or the maximum number of MIMO layers that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE. That is, the network device may be requested by the UE to reconfigure the number of MIMO layers for the UE, and the specific configuration for which MIMO layer number is configured for the network device may refer to the expected value of the UE.
结合第十一方面第十九种实现方式,在第二十种可能的实现方式中,第二消息由UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给网络设备。In combination with the eleventh aspect and the nineteenth implementation manner, in the twentieth possible implementation manner, the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it is expected to reduce power.
结合第十一方面第二十种实现方式,在第二十一种可能的实现方式中,第二消息为辅助信息消息。With reference to the eleventh aspect and the twentieth implementation manner, in the twenty-first possible implementation manner, the second message is an auxiliary information message.
结合第十一方面任一种可能的实现方式,在第二十二种可能的实现方式中,第一消息为UE能力消息。即UE可以通过无线能力消息向网络设备上报SRS天线转换能力。With reference to any possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, in the twenty-second possible implementation manner, the first message is a UE capability message. That is, the UE can report the SRS antenna switching capability to the network device through the wireless capability message.
本申请提供的用户设备,还可以具有实现上述第一方面、第二方面、第三方面、第四方面、第五方面、第六方面、第七方面、第八方面或第九方面任一种可能的实现方式中的所述的方法和功能。The user equipment provided in this application may also implement any of the above-mentioned first, second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth or ninth aspects. The methods and functions described in possible implementations.
第十二方面,本申请提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括:用户设备UE,用于确定UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;以及,向网络设备发送第一消息;其中,该第一消息为上述第一方面、第二方面、第三方面、第四方面、第五方面、第六方面、第七方面、第八方面或第九方面任一种可能的实现方式中的第一消息;网络设备,用于接收UE发送的第一消息;以及,根据该第一消息为该UE配置SRS资源。In a twelfth aspect, the present application provides a communication system. The communication system includes: user equipment UE, configured to determine the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; and sending a first message to the network device; wherein, the The first message is the first aspect of any possible implementation of the first aspect, the second aspect, the third aspect, the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, the sixth aspect, the seventh aspect, the eighth aspect, or the ninth aspect. A message; a network device for receiving a first message sent by a UE; and, according to the first message, configuring SRS resources for the UE.
第十三方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,该计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机执行指令,该计算机执行指令被处理器执行时实现如第一方面、第二方面、第三方面、第四方面、第五方面、第六方面、第七方面、第八方面或第九方面任一种可能的实现方式中的上报能力的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer-executable instruction is stored on the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-executable instruction is executed by a processor, the first aspect and the second Aspect, the third aspect, the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, the sixth aspect, the seventh aspect, the eighth aspect, or the ninth aspect in any possible implementation manner.
第十四方面,本申请提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器、存储器,存储器中存储有指令;所述指令被所述处理器执行时,实现如第一方面、第二方面、第三方面、第四方面、第五方面、第六方面、第七方面、第八方面或第九方面任一种可能的实现方式中的上报能力的方法。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In a fourteenth aspect, the present application provides a chip system, which includes a processor and a memory, and instructions are stored in the memory; when the instructions are executed by the processor, the first aspect, the second aspect, and the The method of reporting capabilities in any one of the possible implementation manners of the third, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth or ninth aspects. The chip system can be composed of chips, or can include chips and other discrete devices.
图1A为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的应用场景示意图;FIG. 1A is a schematic diagram of a possible application scenario provided by an embodiment of this application;
图1B为本申请实施例提供的一种用户设备硬件结构图示例;FIG. 1B is an example of a hardware structure diagram of a user equipment provided by an embodiment of this application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种上报能力的流程图一;FIG. 2 is a first flowchart of a reporting capability provided by an embodiment of the application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种上报能力的流程图二;Figure 3 is a second flowchart of a reporting capability provided by an embodiment of the application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种用户设备接收示意图。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of receiving by user equipment according to an embodiment of the application.
本申请实施例提供一种上报能力的方法,该方法用于网络设备为用户设备UE配置SRS资源的过程中。具体的,应用于网络设备为UE配置MIMO layer数或天线端口数时,配置对应的SRS资源的过程中。由于网络设备在为UE配置MIMO layer数或天线端口数时,并不知道配置后的MIMO layer数或天线端口数可以支持的与其能力对应的SRS天线转换能力,因此,并不会为UE配置支持对应SRS天线转换能力的SRS资源。The embodiment of the present application provides a method for reporting capabilities, which is used in a process in which a network device configures SRS resources for a user equipment UE. Specifically, it is applied to the process of configuring the corresponding SRS resource when the network device configures the number of MIMO layers or the number of antenna ports for the UE. When the network device configures the number of MIMO layers or antenna ports for the UE, it does not know the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to the capabilities that the configured MIMO layers or antenna ports can support. Therefore, it will not configure support for the UE. SRS resources corresponding to the SRS antenna switching capability.
例如:UE在其发生过热问题时,请求网络设备调低UE的MIMO layer数来缓解过热问题。在网络设备为UE调低MIMO layer之后,UE可能会关闭相应的射频链路;例如:若网络设备调低UE的上行最大MIMO layer数,UE会关闭相应的射频发送链路;若网络设备调低UE的下行最大MIMO layer数,UE会关闭相应的射频接收链路。但是如果网络设备不相应的重配用于用户天线端口转换的SRS资源,在UE关闭相应的射频发送链路后,UE可能无法支持正常能力下的天线轮发,从而导致某些SRS资源的浪费;在UE关闭相应的射频接收链路后,UE如果仍然按照正常能力下的天线轮发SRS,那么会导致网络设备根据SRS估计的信道质量与网络设备调度PDSCH传输的信道质量不一致。For example, when the UE has an overheating problem, it requests the network device to lower the number of MIMO layers of the UE to alleviate the overheating problem. After the network device lowers the MIMO layer for the UE, the UE may close the corresponding radio link; for example: if the network device lowers the UE’s maximum uplink MIMO layer number, the UE will close the corresponding radio transmission link; if the network device adjusts If the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of the UE is low, the UE will close the corresponding radio frequency receiving link. However, if the network equipment does not reconfigure the SRS resources for user antenna port conversion accordingly, after the UE closes the corresponding radio transmission link, the UE may not be able to support antenna rotation under normal capabilities, resulting in a waste of some SRS resources ; After the UE closes the corresponding radio frequency receiving link, if the UE still sends SRS in turn according to the antenna under normal capability, the channel quality estimated by the network device according to the SRS will be inconsistent with the channel quality of the PDSCH transmission scheduled by the network device.
本申请旨在将UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力上报给网络设备,以便网络设备可以根据UE上报的可回退的SRS天线转换能力配置对应的SRS资源。The purpose of this application is to report the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE to the network device so that the network device can configure the corresponding SRS resource according to the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability reported by the UE.
本申请实施例的方法可以应用于第三代(3rd-Generation,3G)移动通信网络,第四代(4th-Generation,3G)移动通信网络长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)网络,第五代(5th-Generation,5G)移动通信系统新无线(New Radio,NR)网络中。上述方法还可以应用于下一代蜂窝移动通信系统中,以及后续的其他移动通信系统中,本申请对此不作限定。The method of the embodiments of this application can be applied to the third-generation (3rd-Generation, 3G) mobile communication network, the fourth-generation (4th-Generation, 3G) mobile communication network Long Term Evolution (LTE) network, and the fifth-generation (5th-Generation, 5G) mobile communication system New Radio (NR) network. The above method can also be applied to the next-generation cellular mobile communication system and other subsequent mobile communication systems, which is not limited in this application.
本申请实施例的方法中的网络设备可以是基站。例如,宏基站、微基站或者分散单元-控制单元(distribute unit-control unit,DU-CU)等。其中,DU-CU是一种部署在无线接入网中能够和用户设备进行无线通信的设备。基站可用于为UE配置MIMO layer数或天线端口数,或者为UE配置用于SRS天线端口转换的SRS资源。The network device in the method in the embodiment of the present application may be a base station. For example, a macro base station, a micro base station, or a distributed unit-control unit (DU-CU). Among them, the DU-CU is a device that is deployed in a wireless access network and can communicate with user equipment wirelessly. The base station can be used to configure the number of MIMO layers or antenna ports for the UE, or configure SRS resources for SRS antenna port conversion for the UE.
其中,上述基站可以是LTE中的演进型基站(evolutional Node B,eNB或e-NodeB,),也可以是NR中的gNB等。基站还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)网络中的网络设备等,本申请实施例并不限定。Wherein, the above-mentioned base station may be an evolved base station (evolutional Node B, eNB or e-NodeB) in LTE, or a gNB in NR. The base station can also be a wireless controller in the cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or it can be a relay station, access point, in-vehicle device, wearable device, or a public land mobile network that will evolve in the future (public land mobile network). The mobile network, PLMN) network equipment, etc., are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例的方法中的UE从形态来看可以为智能手机、平板电脑、智能电视盒,还可以为其他桌面型、膝上型、手持型设备,例如超级移动个人计算机(Ultra-mobile Personal Computer,UMPC)、上网本、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、便携式多媒体播放器(Portable Multimedia Player,PMP)、专用媒体播放器、消费类电子设备、可穿戴设备、AR(增强现实)/VR(虚拟现实)设备等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。The UE in the method of the embodiment of the present application can be a smart phone, a tablet computer, a smart TV box, or other desktop, laptop, and handheld devices, such as an Ultra-mobile Personal Computer (Ultra-mobile Personal Computer). Computer, UMPC), netbook, personal digital assistant (PDA), portable multimedia player (Portable Multimedia Player, PMP), dedicated media player, consumer electronics, wearable devices, AR (augmented reality)/ VR (virtual reality) equipment, etc., this embodiment of the application does not limit this.
例如,本申请实施例的方法可以应用于网络设备主动为UE配置SRS资源的过程中。其中,UE首次接入网络设备后,网络设备可以主动为UE配置用于SRS天线端口转换的SRS资源。又例如,本申请实施例的方法可以应用于网络设备响应于UE的请求,为UE配置SRS资源的过程中。其中,UE在负载过大、电量不足,或者UE因为各种原因期望降低功率等情况下,可以请求网络设备为UE重配置MIMO layer数或天线端口数以及对应的重配置SRS资源。本申请实施例中,对触发网络设备为UE配置SRS资源的条件或者时机不作限制。For example, the method in the embodiment of the present application can be applied to a process in which a network device actively configures SRS resources for the UE. Among them, after the UE accesses the network device for the first time, the network device can actively configure the SRS resource for SRS antenna port conversion for the UE. For another example, the method of the embodiment of the present application may be applied to a process in which a network device responds to a request of the UE to configure SRS resources for the UE. Among them, the UE can request the network device to reconfigure the number of MIMO layers or antenna ports and the corresponding reconfiguration SRS resources for the UE when the load is too heavy, the battery is insufficient, or the UE desires to reduce power for various reasons. In the embodiments of the present application, there is no restriction on the conditions or timing for triggering the network device to configure SRS resources for the UE.
如图1A所示,为本申请提供的一种可能的应用场景示意图。UE(如手机100)可以在剩余电量(如剩余电量为30%)低于预设门限(如预设门限为35%)时,主动请求网络设备(如基站200)为UE配置SRS资源。具体的,手机100可以请求基站200降低手机100的MIMO layer数/天线端口数,来降低手机100后续在发送和接收时的功率,节省电量。As shown in FIG. 1A, a schematic diagram of a possible application scenario provided by this application. The UE (such as the mobile phone 100) may actively request the network device (such as the base station 200) to configure SRS resources for the UE when the remaining power (such as the remaining power is 30%) is lower than a preset threshold (such as the preset threshold is 35%). Specifically, the mobile phone 100 may request the base station 200 to reduce the number of MIMO layers/the number of antenna ports of the mobile phone 100, so as to reduce the subsequent power of the mobile phone 100 during transmission and reception and save power.
需要说明的是,图1A仅以用户设备为手机100,网络设备为基站200作为示例介绍本申请实施例的使用场景,并不对用户设备和网络设备的具体形态作限定,用户设备和网络设备可以为上文中列举的任一种。It should be noted that FIG. 1A only uses the user equipment as the mobile phone 100 and the network equipment as the base station 200 as an example to introduce the usage scenarios of the embodiments of this application, and does not limit the specific forms of the user equipment and the network equipment. The user equipment and the network equipment may Any of the above listed.
以下,对本申请实施例可能出现的术语进行解释。Hereinafter, the terms that may appear in the embodiments of the present application are explained.
SRS天线转换能力:UE可以支持的SRS传输端口转换图案。如果UE指示的SRS天线转换能力为xTyR,则表示UE能够通过y个天线在x个天线端口上传输SRS。y对应UE的全部接收天线或者接收天线的子集。SRS antenna conversion capability: SRS transmission port conversion pattern that the UE can support. If the SRS antenna conversion capability indicated by the UE is xTyR, it means that the UE can transmit SRS on x antenna ports through y antennas. y corresponds to all or a subset of the receiving antennas of the UE.
可回退的SRS天线转换能力:UE回退可以支持的SRS传输端口转换图案。如果UE指示的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为xTyR,则表示UE能够通过y个天线在x个天线端口上传输SRS。y对应UE的全部接收天线或者接收天线的子集。Back-off SRS antenna conversion capability: The SRS transmission port conversion pattern that can be supported by the UE back-off. If the SRS antenna conversion capability indicated by the UE is xTyR, it means that the UE can transmit SRS on x antenna ports through y antennas. y corresponds to all or a subset of the receiving antennas of the UE.
最大MIMO层数:UE可以支持的最大的空分复用层数。Maximum number of MIMO layers: The maximum number of space division multiplexing layers that the UE can support.
最大天线端口数:UE可以支持的最大的天线端口的数目。Maximum number of antenna ports: the maximum number of antenna ports that the UE can support.
SRS资源:用于发送SRS的时域资源和/或频域资源。SRS resources: time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources used to send SRS.
如图1B所示,以手机100作为上述用户设备UE举例,介绍UE的硬件结构。如图1B所示,手机100可以包括处理器110,外部存储器接口120,内部存储器121,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口130,充电管理模块140,电源管理模块141,电池142,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,传感器模块180,按键190,马达191,指示器192,摄像头193,显示屏194,以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A,陀螺仪传感器180B,气压传感器180C,磁传感器180D,加速度传感器180E,距离传感器180F,接近光传感器180G,指纹传感器180H,温度传感器180J,触摸传感器180K,环境光传感器180L,骨传导传感器180M等。As shown in FIG. 1B, the mobile phone 100 is taken as an example of the aforementioned user equipment UE to introduce the hardware structure of the UE. As shown in FIG. 1B, the mobile phone 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, and a battery 142, Antenna 1, antenna 2, mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone interface 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, A display screen 194, and a subscriber identification module (SIM) card interface 195, etc. The sensor module 180 may include pressure sensor 180A, gyroscope sensor 180B, air pressure sensor 180C, magnetic sensor 180D, acceleration sensor 180E, distance sensor 180F, proximity light sensor 180G, fingerprint sensor 180H, temperature sensor 180J, touch sensor 180K, ambient light Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
可以理解的是,本发明实施例示意的结构并不构成对手机100的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,手机100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention does not constitute a specific limitation on the mobile phone 100. In other embodiments of the present application, the mobile phone 100 may include more or fewer components than shown, or combine certain components, or split certain components, or arrange different components. The illustrated components can be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The processor 110 may include one or more processing units. For example, the processor 110 may include an application processor (AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor, ISP), controller, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU), etc. Among them, the different processing units may be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。The controller can generate operation control signals according to the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
处理器110中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器110的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。A memory may also be provided in the processor 110 to store instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in the processor 110 is a cache memory. The memory can store instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be directly called from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided, the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, and the efficiency of the system is improved.
在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I2S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口,用户标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。In some embodiments, the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces. The interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, and a universal asynchronous transmitter (universal asynchronous transmitter) interface. receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and / Or Universal Serial Bus (USB) interface, etc.
I2C接口是一种双向同步串行总线,包括一根串行数据线(serial data line,SDA)和一根串行时钟线(derail clock line,SCL)。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2C总线。处理器110可以通过不同的I2C总线接口分别耦合触摸传感器180K,充电器,闪光灯,摄像头193等,其中,摄像头193为至少一个,可以包括前置摄像头或者后置摄像头。例如:处理器110可以通过I2C接口耦合触摸传感器180K,使处理器110与触摸传感器180K通过I2C总线接口通信,实现手机100的触摸功能。The I2C interface is a two-way synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (SDA) and a serial clock line (SCL). In some embodiments, the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses. The processor 110 may respectively couple the touch sensor 180K, charger, flash, camera 193, etc. through different I2C bus interfaces. Among them, the camera 193 is at least one, which may include a front camera or a rear camera. For example, the processor 110 may couple the touch sensor 180K through an I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through the I2C bus interface to realize the touch function of the mobile phone 100.
I2S接口可以用于音频通信。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2S总线。处理器110可以通过I2S总线与音频模块170耦合,实现处理器110与音频模块170之间的通信。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过I2S接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。The I2S interface can be used for audio communication. In some embodiments, the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses. The processor 110 may be coupled with the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to realize communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through an I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through a Bluetooth headset.
PCM接口也可以用于音频通信,将模拟信号抽样,量化和编码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170与无线通信模块160可以通过PCM总线接口耦合。在一些实施例中,音频模块170也可以通过PCM接口向 无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。所述I2S接口和所述PCM接口都可以用于音频通信。The PCM interface can also be used for audio communication to sample, quantize and encode analog signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
UART接口是一种通用串行数据总线,用于异步通信。该总线可以为双向通信总线。它将要传输的数据在串行通信与并行通信之间转换。在一些实施例中,UART接口通常被用于连接处理器110与无线通信模块160。例如:处理器110通过UART接口与无线通信模块160中的蓝牙模块通信,实现蓝牙功能。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过UART接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机播放音乐的功能。The UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication. The bus can be a two-way communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication. In some embodiments, the UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 110 and the wireless communication module 160. For example, the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to implement the Bluetooth function. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through a UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through a Bluetooth headset.
MIPI接口可以被用于连接处理器110与显示屏194,摄像头193等外围器件。MIPI接口包括摄像头串行接口(camera serial interface,CSI),显示屏串行接口(display serial interface,DSI)等。在一些实施例中,处理器110和摄像头193通过CSI接口通信,实现手机100的拍摄功能。处理器110和显示屏194通过DSI接口通信,实现手机100的显示功能。The MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the display screen 194, the camera 193 and other peripheral devices. The MIPI interface includes camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), display serial interface (display serial interface, DSI), etc. In some embodiments, the processor 110 and the camera 193 communicate through a CSI interface to implement the shooting function of the mobile phone 100. The processor 110 and the display screen 194 communicate through a DSI interface to realize the display function of the mobile phone 100.
GPIO接口可以通过软件配置。GPIO接口可以被配置为控制信号,也可被配置为数据信号。在一些实施例中,GPIO接口可以用于连接处理器110与摄像头193,显示屏194,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,传感器模块180等。GPIO接口还可以被配置为I2C接口,I2S接口,UART接口,MIPI接口等。The GPIO interface can be configured through software. The GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal. In some embodiments, the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193, the display screen 194, the wireless communication module 160, the audio module 170, the sensor module 180, and so on. GPIO interface can also be configured as I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
USB接口130是符合USB标准规范的接口,具体可以是Mini USB接口,Micro USB接口,USB Type C接口等。USB接口130可以用于连接充电器为手机100充电,也可以用于手机100与外围设备之间传输数据。也可以用于连接耳机,通过耳机播放音频。该接口还可以用于连接其他电子设备,例如AR设备等。The USB interface 130 is an interface that complies with the USB standard specification, and specifically may be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and so on. The USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the mobile phone 100, and can also be used to transfer data between the mobile phone 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones and play audio through the headphones. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
可以理解的是,本发明实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系,只是示意性说明,并不构成对手机100的结构限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,手机100也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式,或多种接口连接方式的组合。It can be understood that the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention is merely a schematic description, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the mobile phone 100. In other embodiments of the present application, the mobile phone 100 may also adopt different interface connection modes in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection modes.
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中,充电器可以是无线充电器,也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过USB接口130接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过手机100的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块140为电池142充电的同时,还可以通过电源管理模块141为电子设备供电。The charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger. Among them, the charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger. In some wired charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive the charging input of the wired charger through the USB interface 130. In some wireless charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive the wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the mobile phone 100. While the charging management module 140 charges the battery 142, it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 141.
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142,充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入,为处理器110,内部存储器121,显示屏194,摄像头193,和无线通信模块160等供电。电源管理模块141还可以用于监测电池容量,电池循环次数,电池健康状态(漏电,阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中,电源管理模块141也可以设置于处理器110中。在另一些实施例中,电源管理模块141和充电管理模块140也可以设置于同一个器件中。The power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110. The power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the display screen 194, the camera 193, and the wireless communication module 160. The power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance). In some other embodiments, the power management module 141 may also be provided in the processor 110. In other embodiments, the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be provided in the same device.
手机100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the mobile phone 100 can be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor, and the baseband processor.
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。手机100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频段。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。The antenna 1 and the antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in the mobile phone 100 can be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization. For example, antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network. In other embodiments, the antenna can be used in combination with a tuning switch.
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在手机100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1 转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 150 may provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G and the like applied on the mobile phone 100. The mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), etc. The mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves by the antenna 1, and perform processing such as filtering, amplifying and transmitting the received electromagnetic waves to the modem processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor, and convert it into electromagnetic wave radiation via the antenna 1. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中,调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后,被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A,受话器170B等)输出声音信号,或通过显示屏194显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110,与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。The modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator. Among them, the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal. The demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing. The low-frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor and then passed to the application processor. The application processor outputs a sound signal through an audio device (not limited to the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, etc.), or displays an image or video through the display screen 194. In some embodiments, the modem processor may be an independent device. In other embodiments, the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110 and be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在手机100上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the mobile phone 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), Bluetooth (BT), and global navigation satellite systems. (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions. The wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2, frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110. The wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110, perform frequency modulation, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic wave radiation via the antenna 2.
在一些实施例中,手机100的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合,天线2和无线通信模块160耦合,使得手机100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications,GSM),通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS),码分多址接入(code division multiple access,CDMA),宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA),时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access,TD-SCDMA),长期演进(long term evolution,LTE),BT,GNSS,WLAN,NFC,FM,和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system,GPS),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GLONASS),北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigation satellite system,BDS),准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellite system,QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems,SBAS)。In some embodiments, the antenna 1 of the mobile phone 100 is coupled with the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled with the wireless communication module 160, so that the mobile phone 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology. The wireless communication technologies may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc. The GNSS may include global positioning system (GPS), global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite-based augmentation systems (SBAS).
手机100通过GPU,显示屏194,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The mobile phone 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, and an application processor. The GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, connected to the display 194 and the application processor. The GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering. The processor 110 may include one or more GPUs, which execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
显示屏194用于显示图像,视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD),有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED),有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode的,AMOLED),柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode,FLED),Miniled,MicroLed,Micro-oLed,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes,QLED)等。在一些实施例中,手机100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194,N为大于1的正整数。The display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, etc. The display screen 194 includes a display panel. The display panel can adopt liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (OLED), active-matrix organic light-emitting diode or active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light-emitting diode). AMOLED, flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (QLED), etc. In some embodiments, the mobile phone 100 may include one or N display screens 194, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
手机100可以通过ISP,摄像头193,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。The mobile phone 100 can realize a shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, and an application processor.
ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。例如,拍照时,打开快门,光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上,光信号转换为电信号,摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理,转化为肉眼可见的图 像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点,亮度,肤色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光,色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中,ISP可以设置在摄像头193中。The ISP is used to process the data fed back from the camera 193. For example, when taking a picture, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transfers the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, which is converted into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can also optimize the image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be provided in the camera 193.
摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device,CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor,CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号,之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB,YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中,手机100可以包括1个或N个摄像头193,N为大于1的正整数。The camera 193 is used to capture still images or videos. The object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element. The photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. The photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal. ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing. DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats. In some embodiments, the mobile phone 100 may include one or N cameras 193, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号,除了可以处理数字图像信号,还可以处理其他数字信号。例如,当手机100在频点选择时,数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the mobile phone 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。手机100可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样,手机100可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频,例如:动态图像专家组(movingpicture experts group,MPEG)1,MPEG2,MPEG3,MPEG4等。Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video. The mobile phone 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the mobile phone 100 can play or record videos in a variety of encoding formats, such as: moving picture experts group (MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, etc.
NPU为神经网络(neural-network,NN)计算处理器,通过借鉴生物神经网络结构,例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式,对输入信息快速处理,还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现手机100的智能认知等应用,例如:图像识别,人脸识别,语音识别,文本理解等。NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor. By drawing on the structure of biological neural networks, for example, the transfer mode between human brain neurons, it can quickly process input information and can continuously learn by itself. Through the NPU, applications such as intelligent cognition of the mobile phone 100 can be realized, such as image recognition, face recognition, voice recognition, text understanding, etc.
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡,例如Micro SD卡,实现扩展手机100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信,实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐,视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。The external memory interface 120 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the mobile phone 100. The external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to realize the data storage function. For example, save music, video and other files in an external memory card.
内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,所述可执行程序代码包括指令。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统,至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能,图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储手机100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据,电话本等)等。此外,内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage,UFS)等。处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令,和/或存储在设置于处理器中的存储器的指令,执行手机100的各种功能应用以及数据处理。The internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, where the executable program code includes instructions. The internal memory 121 may include a storage program area and a storage data area. Among them, the storage program area can store an operating system, at least one application program (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) required by at least one function. The data storage area can store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the mobile phone 100. In addition, the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash storage (UFS), etc. The processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the mobile phone 100 by running instructions stored in the internal memory 121 and/or instructions stored in a memory provided in the processor.
手机100可以通过音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放,录音等。The mobile phone 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170, the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the earphone interface 170D, and the application processor. For example, music playback, recording, etc.
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中,或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。The audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into an analog audio signal for output, and is also used to convert an analog audio input into a digital audio signal. The audio module 170 can also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110, or part of the functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110.
扬声器170A,也称“喇叭”,用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。手机100可以通过扬声器170A收听音乐,或收听免提通话。The speaker 170A, also called a "speaker", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. The mobile phone 100 can listen to music through the speaker 170A, or listen to a hands-free call.
受话器170B,也称“听筒”,用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当手机100接听电话或语音信息时,可以通过将受话器170B靠近人耳接听语音。The receiver 170B, also called "earpiece", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. When the mobile phone 100 answers a call or a voice message, it can receive the voice by bringing the receiver 170B close to the human ear.
麦克风170C,也称“话筒”,“传声器”,用于将声音信号转换为电信号。当拨打电话或发送语音信息时,用户可以通过人嘴靠近麦克风170C发声,将声音信号输入到麦克风170C。手机100可以设置至少一个麦克风170C。在另一些实施例中,手机100可以设置两个麦克风170C,除了采集声音信号,还可以实现降噪功能。在另一些实施例中,手机100还可以设置三个,四个或更多麦克风170C,实现采 集声音信号,降噪,还可以识别声音来源,实现定向录音功能等。The microphone 170C, also called "microphone", "microphone", is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a call or sending a voice message, the user can approach the microphone 170C through the mouth to make a sound, and input the sound signal to the microphone 170C. The mobile phone 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C. In other embodiments, the mobile phone 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which can implement noise reduction functions in addition to collecting sound signals. In other embodiments, the mobile phone 100 can also be equipped with three, four or more microphones 170C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and realize directional recording functions.
耳机接口170D用于连接有线耳机。耳机接口170D可以是USB接口130,也可以是3.5mm的开放移动电子设备平台(open mobile terminal platform,OMTP)标准接口,美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of theUSA,CTIA)标准接口。The earphone interface 170D is used to connect wired earphones. The earphone interface 170D may be a USB interface 130, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, and a cellular telecommunications industry association (cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA, CTIA) standard interface.
压力传感器180A用于感受压力信号,可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中,压力传感器180A可以设置于显示屏194。压力传感器180A的种类很多,如电阻式压力传感器,电感式压力传感器,电容式压力传感器等。电容式压力传感器可以是包括至少两个具有导电材料的平行板。当有力作用于压力传感器180A,电极之间的电容改变。手机100根据电容的变化确定压力的强度。当有触摸操作作用于显示屏194,手机100根据压力传感器180A检测所述触摸操作强度。手机100也可以根据压力传感器180A的检测信号计算触摸的位置。在一些实施例中,作用于相同触摸位置,但不同触摸操作强度的触摸操作,可以对应不同的操作指令。例如:当有触摸操作强度小于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息快捷应用图标时,执行查看短消息的指令。当有触摸操作强度大于或等于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息快捷应用图标时,执行新建短消息的指令。The pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and can convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal. In some embodiments, the pressure sensor 180A may be provided on the display screen 194. There are many types of pressure sensors 180A, such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, capacitive pressure sensors and so on. The capacitive pressure sensor may include at least two parallel plates with conductive material. When a force is applied to the pressure sensor 180A, the capacitance between the electrodes changes. The mobile phone 100 determines the intensity of the pressure according to the change in capacitance. When a touch operation acts on the display screen 194, the mobile phone 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A. The mobile phone 100 may also calculate the touched position based on the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A. In some embodiments, touch operations that act on the same touch location but have different touch operation strengths may correspond to different operation instructions. For example, when a touch operation whose intensity of the touch operation is less than the first pressure threshold is applied to the short message shortcut application icon, an instruction to view the short message is executed. When a touch operation with a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the short message shortcut application icon, an instruction to create a new short message is executed.
陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于确定手机100的运动姿态。在一些实施例中,可以通过陀螺仪传感器180B确定手机100围绕三个轴(即,x,y和z轴)的角速度。陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于拍摄防抖。示例性的,当按下快门,陀螺仪传感器180B检测手机100抖动的角度,根据角度计算出镜头模组需要补偿的距离,让镜头通过反向运动抵消手机100的抖动,实现防抖。陀螺仪传感器180B还可以用于导航,体感游戏场景。The gyroscope sensor 180B can be used to determine the movement posture of the mobile phone 100. In some embodiments, the angular velocity of the mobile phone 100 around three axes (ie, x, y, and z axes) can be determined by the gyroscope sensor 180B. The gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization. Exemplarily, when the shutter is pressed, the gyroscope sensor 180B detects the shake angle of the mobile phone 100, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shake of the mobile phone 100 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake. The gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
气压传感器180C用于测量气压。在一些实施例中,手机100通过气压传感器180C测得的气压值计算海拔高度,辅助定位和导航。The air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure. In some embodiments, the mobile phone 100 calculates the altitude based on the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.
磁传感器180D包括霍尔传感器。手机100可以利用磁传感器180D检测翻盖皮套的开合。在一些实施例中,当手机100是翻盖机时,手机100可以根据磁传感器180D检测翻盖的开合。进而根据检测到的皮套的开合状态或翻盖的开合状态,设置翻盖自动解锁等特性。The magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor. The mobile phone 100 may use the magnetic sensor 180D to detect the opening and closing of the flip holster. In some embodiments, when the mobile phone 100 is a flip phone, the mobile phone 100 can detect the opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor 180D. Furthermore, according to the detected opening and closing state of the leather case or the opening and closing state of the flip cover, features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
加速度传感器180E可检测手机100在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。当手机100静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向。还可以用于识别电子设备姿态,应用于横竖屏切换,计步器等应用。The acceleration sensor 180E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the mobile phone 100 in various directions (generally three axes). The magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected when the mobile phone 100 is stationary. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, etc.
距离传感器180F,用于测量距离。手机100可以通过红外或激光测量距离。在一些实施例中,拍摄场景,手机100可以利用距离传感器180F测距以实现快速对焦。 Distance sensor 180F, used to measure distance. The mobile phone 100 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the mobile phone 100 may use the distance sensor 180F to measure the distance to achieve fast focusing.
接近光传感器180G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器,例如光电二极管。发光二极管可以是红外发光二极管。手机100通过发光二极管向外发射红外光。手机100使用光电二极管检测来自附近物体的红外反射光。当检测到充分的反射光时,可以确定手机100附近有物体。当检测到不充分的反射光时,手机100可以确定手机100附近没有物体。手机100可以利用接近光传感器180G检测用户手持手机100贴近耳朵通话,以便自动熄灭屏幕达到省电的目的。接近光传感器180G也可用于皮套模式,口袋模式自动解锁与锁屏。The proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector such as a photodiode. The light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode. The mobile phone 100 emits infrared light to the outside through the light emitting diode. The mobile phone 100 uses a photodiode to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the mobile phone 100. When insufficient reflected light is detected, the mobile phone 100 can determine that there is no object near the mobile phone 100. The mobile phone 100 may use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect that the user holds the mobile phone 100 close to the ear to talk, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power. The proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in leather case mode, and the pocket mode will automatically unlock and lock the screen.
环境光传感器180L用于感知环境光亮度。手机100可以根据感知的环境光亮度自适应调节显示屏194亮度。环境光传感器180L也可用于拍照时自动调节白平衡。环境光传感器180L还可以与接近光传感器180G配合,检测手机100是否在口袋里,以防误触。The ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense the brightness of the ambient light. The mobile phone 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display 194 according to the perceived brightness of the ambient light. The ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures. The ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the mobile phone 100 is in the pocket to prevent accidental touch.
指纹传感器180H用于采集指纹。可以采用任何类型的感测技术,包括但不限于光学式、电容式、压电式或超声波传感技术等。手机100可以利用采集的指纹特性实现指纹解锁,访问应用锁,指纹拍照,指纹接听来电等。可以在手机100的背面(例如后置摄像头的下方)配置包括有指纹传感器180H的指 纹采集器件,或者在手机100的正面(例如触摸屏的下方)配置指纹采集器件。又例如,可以在触摸屏中配置指纹采集器件来实现指纹识别功能,即指纹采集器件可以与触摸屏集成在一起来实现手机100的指纹识别功能。在这种情况下,该指纹采集器件配置在触摸屏中,可以是触摸屏的一部分,也可以以其他方式配置在触摸屏中。The fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints. Any type of sensing technology can be used, including but not limited to optical, capacitive, piezoelectric or ultrasonic sensing technology. The mobile phone 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to implement fingerprint unlocking, access application locks, fingerprint photographs, fingerprint answering calls, and so on. A fingerprint collection device including a fingerprint sensor 180H can be arranged on the back of the mobile phone 100 (for example, under the rear camera), or a fingerprint acquisition device can be arranged on the front of the mobile phone 100 (for example, under the touch screen). For another example, a fingerprint collection device can be configured in the touch screen to realize the fingerprint recognition function, that is, the fingerprint collection device can be integrated with the touch screen to realize the fingerprint recognition function of the mobile phone 100. In this case, the fingerprint collection device is configured in the touch screen, which may be a part of the touch screen, or may be configured in the touch screen in other ways.
温度传感器180J用于检测温度。在一些实施例中,手机100利用温度传感器180J检测的温度,执行温度处理策略。例如,当温度传感器180J上报的温度超过阈值,手机100执行降低位于温度传感器180J附近的处理器的性能,以便降低功耗实施热保护。在另一些实施例中,当温度低于另一阈值时,手机100对电池142加热,以避免低温导致手机100异常关机。在其他一些实施例中,当温度低于又一阈值时,手机100对电池142的输出电压执行升压,以避免低温导致的异常关机。The temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature. In some embodiments, the mobile phone 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to execute a temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds a threshold, the mobile phone 100 performs a reduction in the performance of the processor located near the temperature sensor 180J, so as to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection. In other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the mobile phone 100 heats the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the mobile phone 100 due to low temperature. In some other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the mobile phone 100 boosts the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
触摸传感器180K,也称“触控器件”。触摸传感器180K(也称为触控面板)可以设置于显示屏194,由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏,也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器180K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器,以确定触控事件类型。可以通过显示屏194提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中,触摸传感器180K也可以设置于手机100的表面,与显示屏194所处的位置不同。Touch sensor 180K, also called "touch device". The touch sensor 180K (also called a touch panel) may be disposed on the display screen 194, and the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen, also called a “touch screen”. The touch sensor 180K is used to detect touch operations acting on or near it. The touch sensor can transmit the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event. The visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194. In other embodiments, the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the mobile phone 100, which is different from the position of the display screen 194.
骨传导传感器180M可以获取振动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器180M可以获取人体声部振动骨块的振动信号。骨传导传感器180M也可以接触人体脉搏,接收血压跳动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器180M也可以设置于耳机中,结合成骨传导耳机。音频模块170可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的声部振动骨块的振动信号,解析出语音信号,实现语音功能。应用处理器可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的血压跳动信号解析心率信息,实现心率检测功能。The bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M can obtain the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice. The bone conduction sensor 180M can also contact the human pulse and receive the blood pressure pulse signal. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M may also be provided in the earphone, combined with the bone conduction earphone. The audio module 170 can parse the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vibrating bone block of the voice obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the voice function. The application processor may analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beat signal obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the heart rate detection function.
按键190包括开机键,音量键等。按键190可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。手机100可以接收按键输入,产生与手机100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。The button 190 includes a power button, a volume button, and so on. The button 190 may be a mechanical button. It can also be a touch button. The mobile phone 100 can receive key input, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the mobile phone 100.
马达191可以产生振动提示。马达191可以用于来电振动提示,也可以用于触摸振动反馈。例如,作用于不同应用(例如拍照,音频播放等)的触摸操作,可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。作用于显示屏194不同区域的触摸操作,马达191也可对应不同的振动反馈效果。不同的应用场景(例如:时间提醒,接收信息,闹钟,游戏等)也可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。触摸振动反馈效果还可以支持自定义。The motor 191 can generate vibration prompts. The motor 191 can be used for incoming call vibration notification, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback. For example, touch operations applied to different applications (such as photographing, audio playback, etc.) can correspond to different vibration feedback effects. Acting on touch operations in different areas of the display screen 194, the motor 191 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. Different application scenarios (for example: time reminding, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.) can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
指示器192可以是指示灯,可以用于指示充电状态,电量变化,也可以用于指示消息,未接来电,通知等。The indicator 192 may be an indicator light, which may be used to indicate the charging status, power change, or to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and so on.
SIM卡接口195用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过插入SIM卡接口195,或从SIM卡接口195拔出,实现和手机100的接触和分离。手机100可以支持1个或N个SIM卡接口,N为大于1的正整数。SIM卡接口195可以支持Nano SIM卡,Micro SIM卡,SIM卡等。同一个SIM卡接口195可以同时插入多张卡。所述多张卡的类型可以相同,也可以不同。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容不同类型的SIM卡。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容外部存储卡。手机100通过SIM卡和网络交互,实现通话以及数据通信等功能。在一些实施例中,手机100采用eSIM,即:嵌入式SIM卡。eSIM卡可以嵌在手机100中,不能和手机100分离。The SIM card interface 195 is used to connect to the SIM card. The SIM card can be connected to and separated from the mobile phone 100 by inserting into the SIM card interface 195 or pulling out from the SIM card interface 195. The mobile phone 100 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, and N is a positive integer greater than 1. The SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM cards, Micro SIM cards, SIM cards, etc. The same SIM card interface 195 can insert multiple cards at the same time. The types of the multiple cards can be the same or different. The SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards. The SIM card interface 195 may also be compatible with external memory cards. The mobile phone 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as call and data communication. In some embodiments, the mobile phone 100 uses an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card. The eSIM card can be embedded in the mobile phone 100 and cannot be separated from the mobile phone 100.
以下结合图1A和图1B对本申请实施例提供的上报能力的方法进行具体介绍,该方法的基本原理是:UE将其支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力上报给网络设备,以便网络设备在需要为UE重配置MIMO层数或者天线端口数时,对应的为UE重配置SRS资源。The following describes the method of reporting capabilities provided by the embodiments of this application in detail with reference to Figures 1A and 1B. The basic principle of the method is that the UE reports the backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities it supports to the network device so that the network device can When the number of MIMO layers or the number of antenna ports needs to be reconfigured for the UE, the SRS resources are correspondingly reconfigured for the UE.
需要说明的是,以下实施例仅以用户设备为手机100,网络设备为基站200作为示例,事实上,对于任何一种用户设备UE,包括上文中列举的几种UE,均可采用同样的方式和方法向网络设备上报能力。It should be noted that the following embodiments only take the user equipment as the mobile phone 100 and the network equipment as the base station 200 as an example. In fact, the same method can be used for any kind of user equipment UE, including the several UEs listed above. And method to report capability to network equipment.
本申请实施例提供一种上报能力的方法。The embodiment of the present application provides a method for reporting capabilities.
在第一种实施例中,如图2所示,该方法可以包括:手机100向基站200发送第一消息。该第一消息包括手机100支持的SRS天线转换能力。In the first embodiment, as shown in FIG. 2, the method may include: the mobile phone 100 sends a first message to the base station 200. The first message includes the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100.
其中,该第一消息还可以包括手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。Wherein, the first message may also include the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the mobile phone 100.
手机100通过第一消息向基站200上报其支持的SRS天线转换能力和支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力,使得基站200在为手机100重配置MIMO层数时,可以根据手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为手机100重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。The mobile phone 100 reports to the base station 200 its supported SRS antenna conversion capabilities and backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities through the first message, so that when the base station 200 reconfigures the number of MIMO layers for the mobile phone 100, it can be based on the capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100. The backed-off SRS antenna conversion capability reconfigures the mobile phone 100 with SRS resources for antenna port conversion.
示例性的,手机100可以在手机100的剩余电量(30%)低于预设门限(预设门限为35%),或者手机100首次开机时,可以向基站200发送第一消息。Exemplarily, the mobile phone 100 may send the first message to the base station 200 when the remaining power (30%) of the mobile phone 100 is lower than a preset threshold (the preset threshold is 35%), or when the mobile phone 100 is turned on for the first time.
如图2所示,基站200在为手机100配置/重配置MIMO层数时,可以参考该第一消息中的手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为手机100对应的配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。As shown in FIG. 2, when the base station 200 configures/reconfigures the number of MIMO layers for the mobile phone 100, it can refer to the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first message for the corresponding configuration of the mobile phone 100 for the antenna SRS resource for port conversion.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该可回退的SRS天线转换能力由手机100根据其硬件实现和/或当前SRS资源配置情况确定上报。例如,手机100当前的SRS天线转换能力配置为2T4R,即手机100能够通过4个天线在2个天线端口上传输SRS;相应的,手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力可以为1T4R和/或1T2R,即手机100的SRS天线转换能力为通过4个天线在1个天线端口上传输SRS和/或手机100的SRS天线转换能力为通过2个天线在1个天线端口上传输SRS。In a possible implementation manner, the retractable SRS antenna switching capability is determined and reported by the mobile phone 100 according to its hardware implementation and/or current SRS resource configuration. For example, the current SRS antenna conversion capability of the mobile phone 100 is configured as 2T4R, that is, the mobile phone 100 can transmit SRS on 2 antenna ports through 4 antennas; correspondingly, the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 can be 1T4R and /Or 1T2R, that is, the SRS antenna conversion capability of the mobile phone 100 is to transmit SRS on one antenna port through 4 antennas and/or the SRS antenna conversion capability of the mobile phone 100 is to transmit SRS on one antenna port through 2 antennas.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,第一消息还可以包括手机100支持的第一MIMO层数;In another possible implementation manner, the first message may also include the first number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100;
该可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第二MIMO层数对应。该第二MIMO层数小于或等于第一MIMO层数。The back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of second MIMO layers. The second MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the first MIMO layer number.
本申请实施例中,上述第一消息中携带手机100支持的第一MIMO层数的方式至少可以包括以下两种实现方式:In the embodiment of the present application, the manner in which the first message carries the first number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 may include at least the following two implementation manners:
实现方式(1):手机100支持的第一MIMO层数用于标识手机100可支持的最大MIMO层数。该第一MIMO层数既是手机100支持的上行最大MIMO层数,又是手机100支持的下行最大MIMO层数。Implementation manner (1): The first number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 is used to identify the maximum number of MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 can support. The first number of MIMO layers is not only the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100, but also the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100.
例如,假设上述第一MIMO层数为8,那么基站200可以确定该手机100支持的上行最大MIMO层数和下行最大MIMO层数均为8。For example, assuming that the number of first MIMO layers is 8, the base station 200 can determine that the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 are both 8.
在实现方式(1)中,结合上述实例,第二MIMO层数可以为小于或等于第一MIMO层数,且手机100支持的MIMO层数。例如,如果手机100支持的MIMO层数包括1,2,4,,8;那么第二MIMO层数可以为1,2,4,8中的任一MIMO层数。该第二MIMO层数适用于上行和下行。In the implementation manner (1), in combination with the foregoing example, the number of second MIMO layers may be less than or equal to the number of first MIMO layers, and the number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100. For example, if the number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 includes 1, 2, 4, and 8, then the second number of MIMO layers can be any of 1, 2, 4, and 8. The second MIMO layer number is applicable to uplink and downlink.
实现方式(2):手机100支持的第一MIMO层数可以包括:手机100支持的上行最大MIMO层数和手机100支持的下行最大MIMO层数。Implementation manner (2): The first number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 may include: the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100.
例如:手机100支持的上行最大MIMO层数为4,手机100支持的下行最大MIMO层数为8。那么,上述第一MIMO层数可以包括:手机100支持的上行最大MIMO层数4和手机100支持的下行最大MIMO层数8。For example, the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 is 4, and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 is 8. Then, the above-mentioned first number of MIMO layers may include the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 of 4 and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 of 8.
在实现方式(2)中,结合上述实例,上行的第二MIMO层数可以为小于或等于上行的第一MIMO层数,且手机100支持的MIMO层数。例如,如果手机100支持的上行MIMO层数包括1,2,4;那么上行的第二MIMO层数可以为1,2或者4。下行的第二MIMO层数可以为小于或等于下行的第一MIMO层数、且手机100支持的MIMO层数。例如,如果手机100支持的下行MIMO层数包括1,2,4,8;那么下行的第二MIMO层数可以为1,2,4或8中的任一MIMO层数。In implementation (2), in combination with the foregoing example, the number of uplink second MIMO layers may be less than or equal to the number of uplink first MIMO layers, and the number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100. For example, if the number of uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 includes 1, 2, and 4; then the number of the second uplink MIMO layer can be 1, 2, or 4. The number of downlink second MIMO layers may be less than or equal to the number of downlink first MIMO layers and the number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100. For example, if the number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 includes 1, 2, 4, and 8, then the second number of downlink MIMO layers can be any of 1, 2, 4, or 8.
其中,手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第二MIMO层数对应,具体可以为:手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力与至少一个第二MIMO层数对应。Wherein, the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 corresponds to the second MIMO layer number, specifically: the fallback SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 corresponds to at least one second MIMO layer number.
手机100可以支持至少一个频段组合,每一个频带组合包括多个频段,例如,手机100可以支持频段组合1,该频段组合1为频段1(例如频段1为1800Mhz~1810Mhz)和频段2(例如频段2为1820Mhz~1830Mhz)的组合。每个频段包括多个载波。手机100可以支持上述多个载波中的部分载波。The mobile phone 100 can support at least one frequency band combination, and each frequency band combination includes multiple frequency bands. For example, the mobile phone 100 can support frequency band combination 1, which is frequency band 1 (for example, frequency band 1 is 1800Mhz-1810Mhz) and frequency band 2 (for example, frequency band 2 is a combination of 1820Mhz-1830Mhz). Each frequency band includes multiple carriers. The mobile phone 100 may support some of the aforementioned multiple carriers.
基于此,在第一种场景中,手机100支持的第一MIMO层数可以包括:手机100在手机100支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的最大上行MIMO层数和最大下行MIMO层数。Based on this, in the first scenario, the first number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 may include: the maximum uplink MIMO layer supported by the mobile phone 100 on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100 And the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers.
相应的,该第二MIMO层数可以为:手机100在手机100支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。Correspondingly, the second MIMO layer number may be: the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100.
以上述实现方式(2)中,手机100区分上下行向基站200通知第一MIMO层数为例。在实例1中,假设手机100支持两种频段组合:频段组合1(包括频段1和频段3)和频段组合2(包括频段2和频段4)。以频段组合1中的频段1为例,手机100在频段1上支持载波1和载波2。手机100在载波1上支持的最大上行MIMO层数为4,最大下行MIMO层数为8。手机100在载波2上支持的最大上行MIMO层数为2,最大下行MIMO层数为4。In the foregoing implementation (2), the mobile phone 100 differentiates between uplink and downlink and notifies the base station 200 of the first MIMO layer number as an example. In Example 1, it is assumed that the mobile phone 100 supports two frequency band combinations: frequency band combination 1 (including frequency band 1 and frequency band 3) and frequency band combination 2 (including frequency band 2 and frequency band 4). Taking frequency band 1 in frequency band combination 1 as an example, mobile phone 100 supports carrier 1 and carrier 2 on frequency band 1. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on carrier 1 is 4, and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers is 8. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on carrier 2 is 2, and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers is 4.
相应的,手机100在载波1上支持的第二MIMO层数为上行MIMO层数1,2和4,下行MIMO层数1,2,4和8;手机100在载波2上支持的第二MIMO层数包括上行MIMO层数1和2,下行MIMO层数2和4。Correspondingly, the number of second MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on carrier 1 is the number of uplink MIMO layers 1, 2, and 4, and the number of downlink MIMO layers 1, 2, 4, and 8; the second MIMO supported by the mobile phone 100 on carrier 2 The number of layers includes uplink MIMO layers 1 and 2, and downlink MIMO layers 2 and 4.
在第一种场景中,SRS天线转换能力与手机100支持的第一MIMO层数可以为不同粒度。例如,SRS天线转换能力为手机100在每个频段上支持的SRS天线转换能力。In the first scenario, the SRS antenna conversion capability and the first number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 may have different granularities. For example, the SRS antenna conversion capability is the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in each frequency band.
具体的,手机100支持的SRS天线端口转换能力可以包括:手机100在手机100支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的SRS天线转换能力;手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括该手机100在手机100支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。具体的,以下分五种情况介绍手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。Specifically, the SRS antenna port conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 may include: SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100; The capability includes the SRS antenna conversion capability that the mobile phone 100 supports on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100. Specifically, the following five scenarios introduce the SRS antenna conversion capability that is supported by the mobile phone 100 and can be reversed.
情况(1):手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在手机100支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力。Case (1): The backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: at least one backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100.
其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。Among them, each SRS antenna conversion capability that can be backed out corresponds to a combination of an uplink MIMO layer number and a downlink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
以上述实例1为例:手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在频段1、频段2、频段3和频段4上支持的分别对应每一种(上行MIMO层数,下行MIMO层数)组合的可回退的SRS天线转换能力,适用于对应频段上的所有载波。Take the above example 1 as an example: the backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the mobile phone 100 supports each of the band 1, band 2, band 3, and band 4 (uplink MIMO layer number, downlink The SRS antenna conversion capability combined with the number of MIMO layers is applicable to all carriers in the corresponding frequency band.
以手机100在频段组合1上的频段1上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为例,该可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括能力1,能力2,……,能力10,分别对应(上行MIMO层数,下行MIMO层数)为(1,1)、(1,2)、(1,4)、(1,8)、(2,1)、(2,2)、(2,4)、(2,8)、(4,1)(4,2)、(4,4)、(4,8)组合;其中,(1,2)、(1,4)、(2,2)、(2,4)对应的SRS天线转换能力既适用于频段1上的第一载波,又适用于频段1上的第二载波。Taking the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 on the frequency band 1 of the band combination 1 as an example, the backable SRS antenna conversion capability includes capability 1, capability 2, ..., capability 10, respectively corresponding to ( The number of uplink MIMO layers, the number of downlink MIMO layers) are (1, 1), (1, 2), (1, 4), (1, 8), (2, 1), (2, 2), (2, 4), (2, 8), (4, 1) (4, 2), (4, 4), (4, 8) combination; among them, (1, 2), (1, 4), (2, 2), (2, 4) The corresponding SRS antenna conversion capability is applicable to both the first carrier in frequency band 1, and the second carrier in frequency band 1.
情况(2):手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在手机100支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。Case (2): The backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100.
其中,可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的所有第二MIMO层数。Among them, the SRS antenna conversion capability that can be backed off corresponds to the number of all second MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
以上述实例1为例:手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在频段1、频段2、频段3和频段4上分别支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力,适用于对应频段上的所有载波。Take the above example 1 as an example: the backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 on frequency band 1, frequency band 2, frequency band 3, and frequency band 4, which are suitable for Corresponding to all carriers on the frequency band.
以手机100在频段组合1上的频段1上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为例,该SRS天线转换能 力对应的是手机100在频段1上的载波1上支持的所有上行MIMO层数(包括1,2和4)和下行MIMO层数(包括1,2,4和8),以及手机100在频段1上的载波2上支持的所有上行MIMO层数(包括1和2)和下行MIMO层数(包括2和4)。Take the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 on band 1 on band combination 1 as an example. The SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on carrier 1 on band 1 (Including 1, 2 and 4) and the number of downlink MIMO layers (including 1, 2, 4, and 8), as well as the number of all uplink MIMO layers (including 1 and 2) and downlink that the mobile phone 100 supports on carrier 2 on band 1 The number of MIMO layers (including 2 and 4).
情况(3):手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在手机100支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力。Case (3): The fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: the first fallback SRS antenna conversion capability and the first fallback SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100 2. SRS antenna conversion capability that can be rolled back.
其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的所有上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的所有下行MIMO层数。Among them, the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the uplink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability Corresponds to all the downlink MIMO layer numbers in the second MIMO layer numbers supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
以上述实例1为例:手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在频段1、频段2、频段3和频段4上分别支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力。其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能对应对应频段上的所有上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能对应对应频段上的所有下行MIMO层数,适用于对应频段上的所有载波。Taking the above example 1 as an example: the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the phone 100 on band 1, band 2, band 3, and band 4, and The second backable SRS antenna switching capability. Among them, the first back-off SRS antenna conversion can correspond to all the uplink MIMO layers in the corresponding frequency band, and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion can correspond to all the downlink MIMO layers in the corresponding frequency band, and is suitable for the corresponding frequency band. All carriers.
以手机100在频段组合1上的频段1上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为例,该SRS天线转换能力包括两个可回退的SRS天线转换能力。其中一个对应手机100在载波1上支持的所有上行MIMO层数(包括1,2和4)和手机100在载波2上支持的所有上行MIMO层数(包括1和2);另一个对应手机100在载波1上支持的所有下行MIMO层数(包括1,2,4和8)和手机100在载波2上支持的所有下行MIMO层数(包括2和4)。Taking the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 on the frequency band 1 of the frequency band combination 1 as an example, the SRS antenna conversion capability includes two backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities. One of them corresponds to all the uplink MIMO layers (including 1, 2 and 4) supported by mobile phone 100 on carrier 1 and all the uplink MIMO layers (including 1 and 2) supported by mobile phone 100 on carrier 2; the other corresponds to mobile phone 100 The number of all downlink MIMO layers (including 1, 2, 4, and 8) supported on carrier 1 and the number of all downlink MIMO layers (including 2 and 4) supported by mobile phone 100 on carrier 2.
情况(4):手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在手机100支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力。Case (4): the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: at least one backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100.
其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的一个第二MIMO层数。Among them, each SRS antenna conversion capability that can be backed out corresponds to a second MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
以上述实例1为例:手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在频段1、频段2、频段3和频段4上分别支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力,适用于对应频段上的所有载波,同时适用于对应载波上的上行与下行。Take the foregoing example 1 as an example: the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: at least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the phone 100 on frequency band 1, frequency band 2, frequency band 3, and frequency band 4. It is applicable to all the carriers on the corresponding frequency band, as well as the uplink and downlink on the corresponding carrier.
以手机100在频段组合1上的频段1上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为例,该可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括能力1,能力2,……,能力5。其中。能力1对应的是MIMO层数1,能力2对应的是MIMO层数2,能力3对应的是MIMO层数4,能力4对应的是MIMO层数8。其中,能力1,能力2,……,能力4同时适用于载波1和载波2上支持的对应上行MIMO层数和对应下行MIMO层数。例如:能力1适用于载波1和载波2上支持的上行MIMO层数1和下行MIMO层数1。Taking the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 on the frequency band 1 of the frequency band combination 1 as an example, the backable SRS antenna conversion capability includes capability 1, capability 2, ..., capability 5. among them. Ability 1 corresponds to MIMO layer number 1, Ability 2 corresponds to MIMO layer number 2, Ability 3 corresponds to MIMO layer number 4, and Ability 4 corresponds to MIMO layer number 8. Among them, capability 1, capability 2, ..., capability 4 are applicable to both the corresponding uplink MIMO layers and the corresponding downlink MIMO layers supported on carrier 1 and carrier 2. For example: Capability 1 is applicable to the number of uplink MIMO layers 1 and the number of downlink MIMO layers supported on carrier 1 and carrier 2.
情况(5):手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在该手机100支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力。Case (5): The fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100 And the second set of back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities.
其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。Among them, each of the backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities in the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to one uplink MIMO layer in the number of second MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. Each of the second set of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to one of the second MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. Number of layers.
以上述实例1为例:手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在频段1、频段2、频段3和频段4上分别支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力,适用于对应频段上的所有载波。Take the above example 1 as an example: the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 on band 1, band 2, band 3, and band 4, respectively And the second set of SRS antenna switching capabilities that can be rolled back are applicable to all carriers in the corresponding frequency band.
以手机100在频段组合1上的频段1上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为例,该可回退的SRS 天线转换能力包括两组SRS天线转换能力。其中一组包括手机100在频段1上支持的所有上行MIMO层数对应的能力(包括在载波1上支持的上行MIMO层数1,2和4分别对应的能力和在载波2上支持的上行MIMO层数1和2分别对应的能力),另一组包括手机100在频段1上支持的所有下行MIMO层数对应的能力(包括在载波1上支持的下行MIMO层数1,2,4和8分别对应的能力和在载波2上支持的下行MIMO层数2和4分别对应的能力)。Taking the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 on the frequency band 1 of the frequency band combination 1 as an example, the backable SRS antenna conversion capability includes two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities. One group includes the capabilities corresponding to the number of uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on band 1 (including the capabilities corresponding to the number of uplink MIMO layers 1, 2, and 4 supported on carrier 1 and the uplink MIMO supported on carrier 2. The capabilities corresponding to layer numbers 1 and 2 respectively), and the other group includes the capabilities corresponding to all the downlink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on band 1 (including the downlink MIMO layers 1, 2, 4, and 8 supported on carrier 1 Corresponding capabilities and the corresponding capabilities of the number of downlink MIMO layers 2 and 4 supported on carrier 2 respectively).
在第二种场景中,SRS天线转换能力与手机100支持的第一MIMO层数可以为相同粒度。例如,SRS天线转换能力为手机100在每个载波上支持的SRS天线转换能力。In the second scenario, the SRS antenna conversion capability and the first number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 may have the same granularity. For example, the SRS antenna conversion capability is the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 on each carrier.
具体的,手机100支持的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在手机100支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的SRS天线转换能力;手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在手机100支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。具体的,以下分三种情况介绍手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。Specifically, the SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 on each carrier in each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100; The SRS antenna conversion capability includes: the backable SRS antenna conversion capability that the mobile phone 100 supports on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100. Specifically, the following introduces the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in three situations.
情况(i):手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在手机100支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。Case (i): The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: the back-off SRS antenna conversion supported by the mobile phone 100 on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100 ability.
其中,可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的对应载波上支持的第二MIMO层数。The SRS antenna conversion capability that can be backed off corresponds to the number of second MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
以上述实例1为例:手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在频段1上的载波1上、载波2上分别支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力,以及手机100在频段2、频段3和频段4上的每个载波上分别支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。Take the foregoing example 1 as an example: the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 on carrier 1 and carrier 2 on frequency band 1, and the mobile phone 100 SRS antenna switching capabilities that are supported on each carrier in Band 2, Band 3, and Band 4, respectively.
以手机100在频段组合1上的频段1上的载波1上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为例,该SRS天线转换能力对应的是手机100在载波1上支持的所有上行MIMO层数(包括1,2和4)和下行MIMO层数(包括1,2,4和8)。Take the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 on the carrier 1 of the band 1 on the band combination 1 as an example, the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on the carrier 1 (Including 1, 2 and 4) and the number of downlink MIMO layers (including 1, 2, 4 and 8).
情况(ii):手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在手机100支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力。Case (ii): The back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the first back-off SRS supported by the mobile phone 100 on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100 Antenna switching capability and second back-off SRS antenna switching capability.
其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的对应载波上支持的第二MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的对应载波上支持的第二MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink MIMO layers in the second number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and the second back-off SRS The antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
以上述实例1为例:手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在频段1上的载波1上、载波2上分别支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力,以及手机100在频段2、频段3和频段4上的每个载波上分别支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力。Take the foregoing example 1 as an example: the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 on carrier 1 and carrier 2 on frequency band 1. 2. Back-off SRS antenna conversion capability, as well as the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna that the mobile phone 100 supports on each carrier in band 2, band 3 and band 4 Conversion ability.
以手机100在频段组合1上的频段1上的载波1上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为例,该SRS天线转换能力包括两个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,一个对应手机100在载波1上支持的所有上行MIMO层数(1,包括2和4),一个对应手机100在频段1上的载波1上支持的所有下行MIMO层数(包括1,2,4和8)。Take the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 on the carrier 1 on the frequency band 1 of the frequency band combination 1 as an example. The SRS antenna conversion capability includes two backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities; one of which corresponds to The number of all uplink MIMO layers supported by mobile phone 100 on carrier 1 (1, including 2 and 4), one corresponds to the number of all downlink MIMO layers supported by mobile phone 100 on carrier 1 on band 1 (including 1, 2, 4 and 8) ).
情况(iii):手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在手机100支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力。Case (iii): The back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the first group of back-off-backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100 SRS antenna switching capability and the second set of back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities.
其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在对应 频段组合中的对应频段上的每个载波上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的每个载波上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。Wherein, in the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities, each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of second MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on each carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination The number of uplink MIMO layers in the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the mobile phone 100 supports on each carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. One downlink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number.
以上述实例1为例:手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在频段1上的载波1上、载波2上分别支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力,以及手机100在频段2、频段3和频段4上所有载波上分别支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力。Take the foregoing example 1 as an example: the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 on carrier 1 and carrier 2 on frequency band 1, and The second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities, and the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 on all carriers in Band 2, Band 3 and Band 4, respectively SRS antenna conversion capability.
以手机100在频段组合1上的频段1上载波1上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为例,该SRS天线转换能力包括两组SRS天线转换能力;其中,一组包括手机100在载波1上支持的上行MIMO层数1,2,4和8分别对应的SRS天线能力,另一组包括手机100在载波1上支持的下行MIMO层数1,2,4和8分别对应的SRS天线转换能力。Take the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported on carrier 1 on frequency band 1 of frequency band combination 1 as an example. The SRS antenna conversion capability includes two sets of SRS antenna conversion capabilities; one group includes the mobile phone 100 on carrier 1 The number of uplink MIMO layers supported on 1 corresponds to the SRS antenna capabilities of 1, 2, 4 and 8, and the other group includes the SRS antennas corresponding to the number of downlink MIMO layers 1, 2, 4 and 8 supported by the mobile phone 100 on carrier 1. Conversion ability.
在第三种场景中,手机100支持的SRS天线转换能力与手机100支持的第一MIMO层数可以为相同粒度,即手机100支持的第一MIMO层数为手机100在每个频段上支持的第一MIMO层数,手机100支持的SRS天线转换能力为手机100在每个频段上支持的SRS天线转换能力。In the third scenario, the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 and the first MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 can be of the same granularity, that is, the first MIMO layer supported by the mobile phone 100 is the number of the first MIMO layer supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band. The first MIMO layer number, the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 is the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in each frequency band.
示例性的,手机100支持的第一MIMO层数可以包括:手机100在手机100支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的最大上行MIMO层数和最大下行MIMO层数。相应的,第二MIMO层数可以为手机100在手机100支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。Exemplarily, the first number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 may include: the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100. Correspondingly, the second MIMO layer number may be the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100.
以上述实现方式(2)中,手机100区分上下行向基站200通知第一MIMO层数为例。在实例2中,假设手机100支持两种频段组合:频段组合1(包括频段1和频段3)和频段组合2(包括频段2和频段4)。以频段组合1中的频段1为例,手机100在频段1上支持的最大上行MIMO层数为2,最大下行MIMO层数为8。In the foregoing implementation (2), the mobile phone 100 differentiates between uplink and downlink and notifies the base station 200 of the first MIMO layer number as an example. In Example 2, it is assumed that the mobile phone 100 supports two frequency band combinations: frequency band combination 1 (including frequency band 1 and frequency band 3) and frequency band combination 2 (including frequency band 2 and frequency band 4). Taking frequency band 1 in frequency band combination 1 as an example, the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers supported by mobile phone 100 on frequency band 1 is 2, and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers is 8.
相应的,手机100在频段1上支持的第二MIMO层数为上行MIMO层数1和2,下行MIMO层数1,2,4和8。Correspondingly, the number of second MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on the frequency band 1 are the numbers of uplink MIMO layers 1 and 2, and the numbers of downlink MIMO layers 1, 2, 4, and 8.
示例性的,手机100支持的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在手机100支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的SRS天线转换能力。具体的,以下分三种情况介绍手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。Exemplarily, the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100. Specifically, the following introduces the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in three situations.
情况(I):手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在手机100支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。Case (I): The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100.
其中,可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数。Wherein, the SRS antenna conversion capability that can be backed off corresponds to the number of second MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
以上述实例2为例:手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在频段1、频段2、频段3和频段4上分别支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力,适用于手机100在对应频段上可以支持的所有上行MIMO层数和所有下行MIMO层数。Take the above example 2 as an example: the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the phone 100 on band 1, band 2, band 3, and band 4, which are suitable for The number of all uplink MIMO layers and all the number of downlink MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 can support on the corresponding frequency band.
以手机100在频段组合1上的频段1上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为例,该可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应手机100在频段1上支持的所有上行MIMO层数(包括1和2)和所有下行MIMO层数(包括1,2,4和8),例如该可回退的SRS天线转换能力适用于上行MIMO层数1,也适用于下行MIMO层数1。Take the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 on Band 1 on Band 1 as an example. The backable SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on Band 1 (including 1 and 2) and all downlink MIMO layer numbers (including 1, 2, 4, and 8), for example, the SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed out is applicable to uplink MIMO layer number 1, and it is also applicable to downlink MIMO layer number 1.
情况(II):手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在手机100支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力。Case (II): The backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: the first backable SRS antenna conversion capability and the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100 2. SRS antenna conversion capability that can be rolled back.
其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。Among them, the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to The number of downlink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
以上述实例2为例:手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在频段1、频段2、频段3和频段4上分别支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力。Take the above example 2 as an example: the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 on band 1, band 2, band 3, and band 4, and The second backable SRS antenna switching capability.
以手机100在频段组合1上的频段1上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为例,该可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括两个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中一个对应手机100在频段1上支持的所有上行MIMO层数(包括1和2),另一个对应手机100在频段1上支持的所有下行MIMO层数(包括1,2,4和8)。Take the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 on Band 1 of Band Combination 1 as an example. The backable SRS antenna conversion capability includes two backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities; one of which corresponds to the mobile phone 100 supports all the uplink MIMO layers (including 1 and 2) on band 1, and the other corresponds to all the downlink MIMO layers (including 1, 2, 4, and 8) supported by mobile phone 100 on band 1.
情况(III):手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在手机100支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力。Case (III): The fallback SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the first set of fallback SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100 and The second set of back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities.
其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。Among them, each of the returnable SRS antenna conversion capabilities in the first set of backoff SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to one of the second MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. The number of layers, each of the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to one of the second MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. Number of MIMO layers.
以上述实例2为例:手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在频段1、频段2、频段3和频段4上分别支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力。Take the above example 2 as an example: the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the phone 100 on frequency band 1, frequency band 2, frequency band 3, and frequency band 4, respectively And the second set of back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities.
以手机100在频段组合1上的频段1上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为例,该可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括两组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中一组包括手机100在频段1上支持的上行MIMO层数1和2分别对应的SRS天线能力,另一组包括手机100在频段1上支持的下行MIMO层数1,2,4和8分别对应的SRS天线转换能力。Take the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 on the frequency band 1 of the band combination 1 as an example, the backable SRS antenna conversion capability includes two sets of backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities; one group includes The number of uplink MIMO layers 1 and 2 supported by the mobile phone 100 on band 1 correspond to the SRS antenna capabilities, and the other group includes the SRS antennas corresponding to the number of downlink MIMO layers 1, 2, 4 and 8 supported by the mobile phone 100 on band 1 respectively Conversion ability.
在一种可能的实现方式中,手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于基站200为手机100重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源由以下事件触发:基站200接收到手机100发送的第二消息。In a possible implementation, the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 is used by the base station 200 to reconfigure the mobile phone 100 with SRS resources used for antenna port conversion, which is triggered by the following event: the base station 200 receives a transmission from the mobile phone 100 The second news.
其中,第二消息可以包括手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的MIMO层数或期望配置的最大MIMO层数。The second message may include the number of MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the phone 100 or the maximum number of MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects to configure.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二消息为辅助信息消息。In a possible implementation manner, the second message is an auxiliary information message.
例如,手机100在过热时,可以向基站200发送辅助信息消息,该辅助信息消息中可以包括过热相关的辅助信息,用于基站200为其降低天线端口配置,解决其过热问题。For example, when the mobile phone 100 is overheated, it may send an auxiliary information message to the base station 200, and the auxiliary information message may include auxiliary information related to the overheating for the base station 200 to reduce the antenna port configuration for it to solve the overheating problem.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一消息为用户设备能力消息。In a possible implementation manner, the first message is a user equipment capability message.
例如:手机100在接入网络后,或者手机100在基站200有了解其无线能力的需求时,可以通过用户设备能力消息向基站200上报其无线能力(radio capability)。For example, after the mobile phone 100 is connected to the network, or when the base station 200 needs to know its wireless capability, the mobile phone 100 may report its radio capability to the base station 200 through a user equipment capability message.
在第二种实施例中,与实施例1的不同在于:实施例2中的MIMO层数可以为天线端口数。即:将实施例1中第一MIMO层数替换为第一天线端口数。对应的,将实施例1中的第二MIMO层数替换为第二天线端口数。In the second embodiment, the difference from Embodiment 1 is that the number of MIMO layers in Embodiment 2 may be the number of antenna ports. That is, the first number of MIMO layers in Embodiment 1 is replaced with the first number of antenna ports. Correspondingly, replace the second MIMO layer number in Embodiment 1 with the second antenna port number.
其中,第二天线端口数小于或者等于第一天线端口数。可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第二天线端口数对应。Wherein, the number of second antenna ports is less than or equal to the number of first antenna ports. The backable SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of second antenna ports.
其中,第一天线端口数用于标识手机100可支持的最大天线端口数,包括手机100在其支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的最大上行天线端口数和最大下行天线端口数。对应的,第二天线端口数包括手机100在其支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的上行天线端 口数和最大天线端口数。Among them, the first antenna port number is used to identify the maximum number of antenna ports that the mobile phone 100 can support, including the maximum number of uplink antenna ports supported by the mobile phone 100 on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by it and Maximum number of downlink antenna ports. Correspondingly, the second number of antenna ports includes the number of uplink antenna ports and the maximum number of antenna ports supported by the mobile phone 100 on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by it.
或者,第一天线端口数还可以包括:手机100在手机100在其支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的最大上行天线端口数和最大下行天线端口数。对应的,第二天线端口数包括手机100在其支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的上行天线端口数和最大天线端口数。Alternatively, the first number of antenna ports may further include: the maximum number of uplink antenna ports and the maximum number of downlink antenna ports that the mobile phone 100 supports on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the mobile phone 100. Correspondingly, the second number of antenna ports includes the number of uplink antenna ports and the maximum number of antenna ports supported by the mobile phone 100 on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by it.
同样的,手机100支持的SRS天线转换能力的可能的实现方式可以参考第一种实施例中的说明;对于不同的第一天线端口数,手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力的几种可能的实现方式也可以参考第一种实施例中的说明。Similarly, for the possible implementation of the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100, please refer to the description in the first embodiment; for different numbers of first antenna ports, the number of SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 is For possible implementation manners, reference may also be made to the description in the first embodiment.
需要说明的是,本申请上述第一种实施例和第二种实施例,仅作为示例说明本申请的上报能力的方法的两种可能的实现方式。事实上,第一天线端口数还可以用于标识手机100可支持的天线端口数;或者,第一MIMO层数还可以用于标识手机100可支持的MIMO层数。具体的实现方式,也可以参考第一种实施例和第二种实施例中的说明。It should be noted that the foregoing first embodiment and second embodiment of this application are only used as examples to illustrate two possible implementations of the method for reporting capabilities of this application. In fact, the first number of antenna ports can also be used to identify the number of antenna ports that the mobile phone 100 can support; or, the first number of MIMO layers can also be used to identify the number of MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 can support. For specific implementation manners, reference may also be made to the descriptions in the first embodiment and the second embodiment.
在第三种实施例中,如图3所示,该方法可以包括:手机100向基站200发送第二消息,该第二消息包括第三MIMO层数,第三MIMO层数为手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的最大MIMO层数。In a third embodiment, as shown in FIG. 3, the method may include: the mobile phone 100 sends a second message to the base station 200, the second message includes a third MIMO layer number, and the third MIMO layer number is the desired base station of the mobile phone 100 200 is the maximum number of MIMO layers configured by the mobile phone 100.
其中,该第二消息还包括手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;该可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四MIMO层数对应,其中,第四MIMO层数小于或等于第三MIMO层数。如图3所示,基站200在为手机100配置/重配置MIMO层数时,可以参考该第二消息中的手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力以及手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的最大MIMO层数为手机100配置MIMO层数以及对应的配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。Wherein, the second message also includes the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100; the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth MIMO layer number, where the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the third Number of MIMO layers. As shown in FIG. 3, when the base station 200 configures/reconfigures the number of MIMO layers for the mobile phone 100, it can refer to the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in the second message and the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to be the mobile phone 100. The configured maximum number of MIMO layers is the number of MIMO layers configured by the mobile phone 100 and the corresponding SRS resources configured for antenna port conversion.
手机100通过第二消息向基站200上报其期望基站200为手机100配置的最大MIMO层数以及手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力,使得基站200在为手机100重配置MIMO层数时,可以根据手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的最大MIMO层数和手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为手机100重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。The mobile phone 100 reports to the base station 200 through the second message that it expects the maximum number of MIMO layers configured by the base station 200 for the mobile phone 100 and the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100, so that the base station 200 reconfigures the number of MIMO layers for the mobile phone 100 According to the maximum number of MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100 and the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100, the mobile phone 100 can be reconfigured with SRS resources for antenna port conversion.
示例性的,手机100可以在手机100的热度(70°)高于预设门限(预设门限为50°)时,向基站200发送第二消息。Exemplarily, the mobile phone 100 may send the second message to the base station 200 when the popularity (70°) of the mobile phone 100 is higher than a preset threshold (the preset threshold is 50°).
本申请实施例中,上述第二消息中携带手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的最大MIMO层数的方式至少可以包括以下两种实现方式:In the embodiment of the present application, the manner in which the mobile phone 100 expects the maximum number of MIMO layers configured by the base station 200 for the mobile phone 100 in the second message may include at least the following two implementation manners:
实现方式(1):手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的最大MIMO层数既是手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的适用于上行的最大MIMO层数,又是手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的适用于下行的最大MIMO层数。Implementation method (1): The maximum number of MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100 is the maximum number of MIMO layers suitable for uplink that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100, and the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to be the mobile phone 100 The configured maximum number of MIMO layers applicable to the downlink.
例如,上述手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的最大MIMO层数(第三MIMO层数)为4,那么基站200可以确定手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的上行最大MIMO层数和下行最大MIMO层数均为4。For example, the mobile phone 100 expects that the maximum number of MIMO layers (third MIMO layer) configured by the base station 200 for the mobile phone 100 is 4. Then the base station 200 can determine the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100 The number of MIMO layers is 4.
在实现方式(1)中,结合上述实例,第四MIMO层数可以为小于或等于第三MIMO层数,且手机100支持的MIMO层数。例如,如果手机100支持的MIMO层数包括1,2和4;那么第四MIMO层数可以为1,2,4中的任一MIMO层数。该第四MIMO层数适用于上行和下行。In the implementation manner (1), in combination with the foregoing example, the number of the fourth MIMO layer may be less than or equal to the number of the third MIMO layer, and the number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100. For example, if the number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 includes 1, 2 and 4; then the fourth number of MIMO layers can be any of 1, 2, and 4. The fourth MIMO layer number is applicable to uplink and downlink.
实现方式(2):手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的最大MIMO层数可以包括:手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的上行最大MIMO层数(例如:2)和手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的下行最大MIMO层数(例如:4)。Implementation mode (2): The mobile phone 100 expects the maximum number of MIMO layers configured by the base station 200 for the mobile phone 100 may include: the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure the maximum number of MIMO layers for the mobile phone 100 (for example: 2) and the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to be The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers configured by the mobile phone 100 (for example: 4).
在实现方式(2)中,结合上述实例,上行的第四MIMO层数可以为小于或等于上行的第三MIMO层 数,且手机100支持的MIMO层数。例如,如果期望基站200为手机100配置的上行最大MIMO层数为2;那么上行的第四MIMO层数可以为1或2。下行的第四MIMO层数可以为小于或等于下行的第三MIMO层数、且手机100支持的MIMO层数。例如,如果期望基站200为手机100配置的下行最大MIMO层数为4;那么上行的第四MIMO层数可以为1,2或4。In implementation (2), in combination with the foregoing example, the number of uplink fourth MIMO layers may be less than or equal to the number of uplink third MIMO layers, and the number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100. For example, if it is expected that the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers configured by the base station 200 for the mobile phone 100 is 2; then the fourth number of uplink MIMO layers can be 1 or 2. The number of downlink fourth MIMO layers may be less than or equal to the number of downlink third MIMO layers and the number of MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100. For example, if it is expected that the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers configured by the base station 200 for the mobile phone 100 is 4; then the fourth number of uplink MIMO layers can be 1, 2 or 4.
其中,手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第二MIMO层数对应,具体可以为:手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力与至少一个第四MIMO层数对应。Wherein, the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 corresponds to the second MIMO layer number, and specifically may be: the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the phone 100 corresponds to at least one fourth MIMO layer number.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第三MIMO层数可以适用于手机100可使用的所有频点;或者,可以按照某一划分规则划分为N个频率范围。In a possible implementation manner, the third MIMO layer number may be applicable to all frequency points that the mobile phone 100 can use; or, it may be divided into N frequency ranges according to a certain division rule.
其中,N为整数,N≥2,第三MIMO层数可以包括手机100期望基站200为其配置的适用于第i频率范围的最大MIMO层数,其中,i为整数,i≤N。Where, N is an integer, N≥2, and the third MIMO layer number may include the maximum number of MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the i-th frequency range, where i is an integer and i≤N.
例如,该划分规则为:以6GHz为界将手机100可使用的频段划分为两个频率范围,包括第一频率范围和第二频率范围。For example, the division rule is: dividing the usable frequency band of the mobile phone 100 into two frequency ranges with 6 GHz as the boundary, including a first frequency range and a second frequency range.
以上述实现方式(2)中,手机100区分上下行向基站200通知第三MIMO层数为例。在实例3中,假设手机100支持第一频率范围和第二频率范围。其中,手机100在第一频率范围上上支持的最大上行MIMO层数为2,最大下行MIMO层数为4;手机100在第二频率范围上支持的最大上行MIMO层数为2,最大下行MIMO层数为4。Taking the above implementation (2) as an example, the mobile phone 100 distinguishes between uplink and downlink and notifies the base station 200 of the third MIMO layer number. In Example 3, it is assumed that the mobile phone 100 supports the first frequency range and the second frequency range. Among them, the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on the first frequency range is 2, and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers is 4; the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 on the second frequency range is 2, and the maximum downlink MIMO layers The number of layers is 4.
相应的,手机100在第一频率范围上支持的第四MIMO层数包括上行第四MIMO层数1和2,下行第四MIMO层数1,2和4;手机100在第二频率范围上支持的第四MIMO层数包括上行第四MIMO层数1和2,下行第四MIMO层数1,2和4。Correspondingly, the number of fourth MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range includes the number of uplink fourth MIMO layers 1 and 2, and the number of fourth MIMO layers in downlink 1, 2 and 4; the mobile phone 100 supports the second frequency range The fourth MIMO layer number includes the number 1 and 2 of the fourth MIMO layer in the uplink, and the number 1, 2 and 4 of the fourth MIMO layer in the downlink.
在一种实现方式中,手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的最大MIMO层数可以为手机100在每一个频率范围上期望基站200为手机100配置的最大MIMO层数。In an implementation manner, the maximum number of MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100 may be the maximum number of MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100 in each frequency range.
示例性的,第三MIMO层数可以包括:手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的最大上行MIMO层数和最大下行MIMO层数。相应的,第四MIMO层数为手机100在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。和/或,Exemplarily, the third MIMO layer number may include: the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the first frequency range that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100. Correspondingly, the fourth MIMO layer number is the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers that are less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range. and / or,
第三MIMO层数可以包括:手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的最大上行MIMO层数和最大下行MIMO层数。相应的,第四MIMO层数为手机100在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。The third MIMO layer number may include: the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the second frequency range that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100. Correspondingly, the fourth MIMO layer number is the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers that are less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 in the second frequency range.
在一种实现方式中,手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力粒度可以与手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的最大MIMO层数粒度相同,即手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为手机100在每一个频率范围上的SRS天线转换能力。具体的,以下分五种情况介绍手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。In an implementation manner, the granularity of the fallback SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 may be the same as the granularity of the maximum MIMO layer number that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100, that is, the fallback SRS antenna supported by the mobile phone 100 The conversion capability is the SRS antenna conversion capability of the mobile phone 100 in each frequency range. Specifically, the following five scenarios introduce the SRS antenna conversion capability that is supported by the mobile phone 100 and can be reversed.
情况㈠、手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力。Situation (1) The fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: at least one fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range.
其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在第一频率范围内支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。和/或,Wherein, each of the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to a combination of an uplink MIMO layer number and a downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range. and / or,
手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力。The backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: at least one backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in the second frequency range.
其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在第二频率范围内支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。Wherein, each SRS antenna conversion capability that can be backed out corresponds to a combination of an uplink MIMO layer number and a downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 in the second frequency range.
以上述实例3为例:手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在第一频率范围和第二频率范围内分别支持的分别对应(上行MIMO层数,下行MIMO层数)组合的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。Take the above example 3 as an example: the backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the respective correspondences (the number of uplink MIMO layers, the number of downlink MIMO layers) supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range and the second frequency range. Combined SRS antenna switching capability with fallback.
以手机100在第一频率范围支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为例,该可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括能力1,能力2,……,能力6,分别对应(上行MIMO层数,下行MIMO层数)为(1,1)、(1,2)、(1,4)、((2,1)、(2,2)、(2,4)、(的组合。Taking the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range as an example, the backable SRS antenna conversion capability includes capability 1, capability 2, ..., capability 6, respectively corresponding to (uplink MIMO layer number , The number of downlink MIMO layers) is a combination of (1,1), (1,2), (1,4), ((2,1), (2,2), (2,4), (.
情况㈡:手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力。Situation (2): The fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: at least one fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range.
其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数。和/或,Among them, each SRS antenna conversion capability that can be backed out corresponds to all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range. and / or,
手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力。The backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: at least one backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in the second frequency range.
其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在第二频率范围支持的所有第四MIMO层数。Among them, each SRS antenna conversion capability that can be backed out corresponds to all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in the second frequency range.
以上述实例3为例:手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在第一频率范围和第二频率范围内分别支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力,适用于上行和下行。Take the above example 3 as an example: the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the fallback SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range and the second frequency range, which are suitable for uplink and Down.
以手机100在第一频率范围支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为例,该可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应手机100在第一频率范围内支持的所有MIMO层数,包括上行MIMO层数(包括1和2)和下行MIMO层数(包括1,2和4)。Take the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range as an example. The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the MIMO layers supported by the phone 100 in the first frequency range, including the uplink MIMO layer. Number (including 1 and 2) and the number of downlink MIMO layers (including 1, 2 and 4).
情况㈢:手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力。Situation (3): The fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: at least one fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range.
其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在第一频率范围内支持的一个第四MIMO层数。和/或,Wherein, each of the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to a fourth MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range. and / or,
手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力。The backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: at least one backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in the second frequency range.
其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在第二频率范围内支持的一个第四MIMO层数。Among them, each SRS antenna conversion capability that can be backed out corresponds to a fourth MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 in the second frequency range.
以上述实例3为例:手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在第一频率范围和第二频率范围内分别支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力。其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应在第一频率范围/第二频率范围的一种MIMO层数。Taking the foregoing example 3 as an example: the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: at least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range and the second frequency range. Among them, each SRS antenna conversion capability that can be backed out corresponds to a MIMO layer number in the first frequency range/the second frequency range.
以手机100在第一频率范围支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为例,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力分别对应MIMO层数1,2,和4,适用于上行和下行,例如,MIMO层数1对应的可回退的SRS天线转换能力适用于上行MIMO层数1和下行MIMO层数1。Taking the fallback SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range as an example, each fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to MIMO layer numbers 1, 2, and 4, which are suitable for uplink and downlink, for example , The SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed off corresponding to MIMO layer number 1 is applicable to uplink MIMO layer number 1 and downlink MIMO layer number 1.
情况㈣:手机100支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在第一频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力。Situation (iv): The fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: the first fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability and the second fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range.
其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。和/或,Among them, the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range, and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the mobile phone 100 The number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported in the first frequency range. and / or,
手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在第二频率范围支持的第一可回退的 SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力。The backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 includes: the first backable SRS antenna conversion capability and the second backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in the second frequency range.
其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。Among them, the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in the second frequency range, and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the mobile phone 100 The number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported in the second frequency range.
以上述实例3为例:手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在第一频率范围和第二频率范围内分别支持第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力。其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应手机100在第一频率范围/第二频率范围内支持的所有上行第四MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在第一频率范围/第二频率范围内支持的所有下行第四MIMO层数。Take the above example 3 as an example: the backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the mobile phone 100 supports the first backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities in the first frequency range and the second frequency range, respectively. SRS antenna switching capability for fallback. Among them, the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all uplink fourth MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range/second frequency range, and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the mobile phone 100 The number of all downlink fourth MIMO layers supported in the first frequency range/second frequency range.
以手机100在第一频率范围支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为例,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应上行第四MIMO层数1和2,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应下行第四MIMO层数1,2和4。Taking the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range as an example, the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth uplink MIMO layer numbers 1 and 2, and the second back-off SRS antenna The conversion capability corresponds to the number 1, 2 and 4 of the fourth downlink MIMO layer.
情况㈤:手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在第一频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力。Case (5): The fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range.
其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在第一频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在第一频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。和/或,Wherein, in the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities, each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one of the fourth MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range, and the second Each of the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities in the group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range. and / or,
手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在第二频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力。The fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 in the second frequency range.
其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在第二频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于手机100在第二频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。Wherein, in the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities, each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one of the fourth MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in the second frequency range, and the second Each of the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities in the group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the mobile phone 100 in the second frequency range.
以上述实例3为例:手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:手机100在第一频率范围和第二频率范围内分别支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力。其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括手机100在第一频率范围/第二频率范围内支持的所有上行第四MIMO层数分别对应的SRS天线转换能力,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括手机100在第一频率范围/第二频率范围内支持的所有下行第四MIMO层数分别对应的SRS天线转换能力。Take the foregoing example 3 as an example: the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 include: the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the first set of SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range and the second frequency range, respectively Two groups of SRS antennas can switch back. Among them, the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities includes all the uplink fourth MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range/second frequency range, and the corresponding SRS antenna conversion capabilities. The second group can be back-off. The SRS antenna conversion capability of the mobile phone 100 includes the SRS antenna conversion capability corresponding to all the fourth downlink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range/the second frequency range.
以手机100在第一频率范围支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为例,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括上行第四MIMO层数1和MIMO层数2分别对应的SRS天线转换能力,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括下行第四MIMO层数1,和4分别对应的SRS天线转换能力。Taking the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 in the first frequency range as an example, the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities includes SRS antennas corresponding to the fourth uplink MIMO layer number 1 and MIMO layer number 2 respectively. Conversion capability, the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities includes the SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponding to the fourth downlink MIMO layer numbers 1, and 4 respectively.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二消息由手机100在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给基站200。In a possible implementation manner, the second message is sent to the base station 200 by the mobile phone 100 when it is overheated or when it is desired to reduce the power.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二消息为辅助信息消息。例如,手机100在过热时,可以向基站200发送辅助信息消息,该辅助信息消息中可以包括过热相关的辅助信息,用于基站200为其降低配置,解决其过热问题。In a possible implementation manner, the second message is an auxiliary information message. For example, when the mobile phone 100 is overheated, it may send an auxiliary information message to the base station 200. The auxiliary information message may include auxiliary information related to the overheating for the base station 200 to reduce the configuration and solve the overheating problem.
在第四种实施例中,与第三种实施例的不同在于:第四种实施例中的MIMO层数可以为天线端口数。即:第二消息包括第三天线端口数。相应的,第四天线端口数小于或者等于第三天线端口数。可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四天线端口数对应。In the fourth embodiment, the difference from the third embodiment is that the number of MIMO layers in the fourth embodiment may be the number of antenna ports. That is: the second message includes the third antenna port number. Correspondingly, the number of fourth antenna ports is less than or equal to the number of third antenna ports. The backable SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the fourth antenna port number.
其中,第三天线端口数用于标识为手机100期望基站200为其配置的最大天线端口数,包括手机100在每个频率范围上支持的最大上行天线端口数和最大下行天线端口数。相应的,第四天线端口数包 括手机100在每个频率范围上支持的上行天线端口数和下行天线端口数。The third antenna port number is used to identify the maximum number of antenna ports that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for it, including the maximum number of uplink antenna ports and the maximum number of downlink antenna ports supported by the mobile phone 100 in each frequency range. Correspondingly, the fourth antenna port number includes the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports supported by the mobile phone 100 in each frequency range.
同样的,对于手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力的几种可能的实现方式也可以参考第三种实施例中的说明。Similarly, for several possible implementations of the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100, reference may also be made to the description in the third embodiment.
在第五种实施例中,与第三种实施例的不同在于:第五种实施例中的第三MIMO层数可以为手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的MIMO层数。例如,手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的MIMO层数为4,适用于上下行;又例如:手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的MIMO层数包括上行MIMO层数4,下行MIMO层数4。第四MIMO层数小于或者等于第三MIMO层数。手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四MIMO层数对应。即,手机100可以期望基站200为其配置MIMO层数4,但是基站200可以根据该期望值为其配置小于或者等于该期望值的任一个层数,例如,1,2,4。In the fifth embodiment, the difference from the third embodiment is that the third MIMO layer number in the fifth embodiment may be the number of MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100. For example, the mobile phone 100 expects that the number of MIMO layers configured by the base station 200 for the mobile phone 100 is 4, which is suitable for uplink and downlink; another example: the mobile phone 100 expects that the number of MIMO layers configured by the base station 200 for the mobile phone 100 includes the number of uplink MIMO layers 4 and the number of downlink MIMO layers 4. The number of the fourth MIMO layer is less than or equal to the number of the third MIMO layer. The backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 corresponds to the fourth MIMO layer number. That is, the mobile phone 100 may expect the base station 200 to configure the MIMO layer number 4 for it, but the base station 200 may configure any layer number less than or equal to the expected value according to the expected value, for example, 1, 2, or 4.
其中,第三MIMO层数用于标识为手机100期望基站200为其配置的MIMO层数,包括手机100在每个频率范围上期望基站200为其配置的上行MIMO层数和下行MIMO层数。相应的,第四MIMO层数包括手机100在每个频率范围上支持的上行MIMO层数和下行MIMO层数。The third MIMO layer number is used to identify the number of MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for it, including the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for each frequency range. Correspondingly, the fourth MIMO layer number includes the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in each frequency range.
同样的,对于手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力的几种可能的实现方式也可以参考第三种实施例中的说明。Similarly, for several possible implementations of the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100, reference may also be made to the description in the third embodiment.
在第六种实施例中,与第四种实施例的不同在于:第六种实施例中手机100向基站200发送的第二消息包括手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的天线端口数。例如,手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的天线端口数为4,适用于上下行;又例如:手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的天线端口数包括上行天线端口数4,下行天线端口数4。第四天线端口数小于或者等于第三天线端口数,手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四天线端口数对应。即,手机100可以期望基站200为其配置天线端口数4,但是基站200可以根据该期望值为其配置小于或者等于该期望值的任一个层数,例如,1,2,4。In the sixth embodiment, the difference from the fourth embodiment is that the second message sent by the mobile phone 100 to the base station 200 in the sixth embodiment includes the number of antenna ports that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100. For example, mobile phone 100 expects that the number of antenna ports configured by base station 200 for mobile phone 100 is 4, which is suitable for uplink and downlink; another example: mobile phone 100 expects that the number of antenna ports configured by base station 200 for mobile phone 100 includes the number of uplink antenna ports 4 and the number of downlink antenna ports 4. The number of the fourth antenna ports is less than or equal to the number of the third antenna ports, and the SRS antenna conversion capability that is supported by the mobile phone 100 corresponds to the number of the fourth antenna ports. That is, the mobile phone 100 may expect the base station 200 to configure the number of antenna ports 4 for it, but the base station 200 may configure any layer number less than or equal to the expected value according to the expected value, for example, 1, 2, 4.
其中,第三天线端口数用于标识为手机100期望基站200为其配置的天线端口数,包括手机100在每个频率范围上期望基站200为其配置的上行天线端口数和下行天线端口数。相应的,第四天线端口数包括手机100在每个频率范围上支持的上行天线端口数和下行天线端口数。The third antenna port number is used to identify the number of antenna ports that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for it, including the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for each frequency range. Correspondingly, the fourth number of antenna ports includes the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports supported by the mobile phone 100 in each frequency range.
同样的,对于手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力的几种可能的实现方式也可以参考第四种实施例中的说明。Similarly, for several possible implementations of the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100, reference may also be made to the description in the fourth embodiment.
在第七种实施例中,与第三种实施例的不同在于:第七种实施例中手机100向基站200发送的第二消息包括第三天线端口数和第三MIMO层数。其中,第三天线端口数为手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的上行最大天线端口数,第三MIMO层数为手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的下行最大MIMO层数。例如,手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的上行最大天线端口数为4,下行最大MIMO层数为6。手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四天线端口数或者第四MIMO层数对应,第四天线端口数小于或者等于第三天线端口数,第四MIMO层数小于或者等于第三MIMO层数。In the seventh embodiment, the difference from the third embodiment is that the second message sent by the mobile phone 100 to the base station 200 in the seventh embodiment includes the third number of antenna ports and the third number of MIMO layers. The third number of antenna ports is the maximum number of uplink antenna ports that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100, and the third MIMO layer number is the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100. For example, the mobile phone 100 expects that the maximum number of uplink antenna ports configured by the base station 200 for the mobile phone 100 is 4, and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers is 6. The backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 corresponds to the fourth antenna port number or the fourth MIMO layer number, the fourth antenna port number is less than or equal to the third antenna port number, and the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the third antenna port number. Number of MIMO layers.
其中,第三天线端口数用于标识为手机100期望基站200为其配置的上行最大天线端口数,第三MIMO层数用于标识为手机100期望基站200为其配置的下行最大MIMO层数。相应的,第四天线端口数包括手机100在每个频率范围上支持的上行天线端口数,第四MIMO层数包括手机100在每个频率范围上支持的下行MIMO层数。The third antenna port number is used to identify the maximum number of uplink antenna ports that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for it, and the third MIMO layer number is used to identify the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for it. Correspondingly, the fourth antenna port number includes the number of uplink antenna ports supported by the mobile phone 100 in each frequency range, and the fourth MIMO layer number includes the number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in each frequency range.
同样的,对于手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力的几种可能的实现方式也可以参考第三种实施例中的说明。Similarly, for several possible implementations of the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100, reference may also be made to the description in the third embodiment.
在第八种实施例中,与第三种实施例的不同在于:第三种实施例中手机100向基站200发送的第二 消息包括第三天线端口数和第三MIMO层数。其中,第三天线端口数为手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的上行天线端口数,第三MIMO层数为手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的下行MIMO层数。例如,手机100期望基站200为手机100配置的上行天线端口数为2,下行MIMO层数为4。手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四天线端口数或者第四MIMO层数对应,第四天线端口数小于或者等于第三天线端口数,第四MIMO层数小于或者等于第三MIMO层数。In the eighth embodiment, the difference from the third embodiment is that the second message sent by the mobile phone 100 to the base station 200 in the third embodiment includes the third number of antenna ports and the third number of MIMO layers. The third number of antenna ports is the number of uplink antenna ports that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100, and the third MIMO layer number is the number of downlink MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for the mobile phone 100. For example, the mobile phone 100 expects that the number of uplink antenna ports configured by the base station 200 for the mobile phone 100 is 2, and the number of downlink MIMO layers is 4. The backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100 corresponds to the fourth antenna port number or the fourth MIMO layer number, the fourth antenna port number is less than or equal to the third antenna port number, and the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the third antenna port number. Number of MIMO layers.
其中,第三天线端口数用于标识为手机100期望基站200为其配置的上行天线端口数,第三MIMO层数用于标识为手机100期望基站200为其配置的下行MIMO层数。相应的,第四天线端口数包括手机100在每个频率范围上支持的上行天线端口数,第四MIMO层数包括手机100在每个频率范围上支持的下行MIMO层数。The third antenna port number is used to identify the number of uplink antenna ports that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure, and the third MIMO layer number is used to identify the number of downlink MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure. Correspondingly, the fourth antenna port number includes the number of uplink antenna ports supported by the mobile phone 100 in each frequency range, and the fourth MIMO layer number includes the number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in each frequency range.
同样的,对于手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力的几种可能的实现方式也可以参考第三种实施例中的说明。Similarly, for several possible implementations of the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100, reference may also be made to the description in the third embodiment.
在第九种实施例中,与第三种实施例的不同在于:第九种实施例中手机100向基站200发送的第二消息包括手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力,该可回退的SRS天线转换能力为第一频率范围/第二频率范围上每个频段组合下每个频段上的至少一个或者至少一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力。该至少一个或者至少一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四MIMO层数对应,第四MIMO层数小于或者等于第三MIMO层数。In the ninth embodiment, the difference from the third embodiment is that in the ninth embodiment, the second message sent by the mobile phone 100 to the base station 200 includes the SRS antenna conversion capability that is supported by the mobile phone 100, which can be The backed-off SRS antenna conversion capability is at least one or at least one set of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range/second frequency range. The at least one or at least one set of SRS antenna conversion capabilities that can be rolled back corresponds to the fourth MIMO layer number, and the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number.
其中,第三MIMO层数用于标识为手机100期望基站200为其配置的上行MIMO层数和下行MIMO层数(或者,第三MIMO层数用于标识为手机100期望基站200为其配置的上行最大MIMO层数和下行最大MIMO层数;或者,第三MIMO层数用于标识为手机100期望基站200为其配置的上行最大天线端口数和下行最大天线端口数;或者,第三MIMO层数用于标识为手机100期望基站200为其配置的上行天线端口数和下行最天线端口数),对应的,第四MIMO层数包括手机100在每个频率范围上支持的上行MIMO层数和下行MIMO层数(或者上行天线端口数和下行最天线端口数)。The third MIMO layer number is used to identify the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for it (or the third MIMO layer number is used to identify the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure it. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers; or, the third MIMO layer number is used to identify the maximum number of uplink antenna ports and the maximum number of downlink antenna ports that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure for it; or, the third MIMO layer The number is used to identify the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports that the mobile phone 100 expects the base station 200 to configure). Correspondingly, the fourth MIMO layer number includes the number of uplink MIMO layers supported by the mobile phone 100 in each frequency range and The number of downlink MIMO layers (or the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports).
同样的,对于手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力的几种可能的实现方式也可以参考第三种实施例中的说明。Similarly, for several possible implementations of the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100, reference may also be made to the description in the third embodiment.
可以理解的是,手机100为了实现上述任一个实施例的功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。It can be understood that, in order to implement the functions of any of the foregoing embodiments, the mobile phone 100 includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to various functions. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that in combination with the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以对手机100进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiment of the present application may divide the mobile phone 100 into functional modules. For example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
比如,以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的情况下,如图4所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种手机的结构示意图。该手机100可以包括包括确定模块410和发送模块420。For example, in the case of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner, as shown in FIG. 4, a schematic structural diagram of a mobile phone provided in an embodiment of this application. The mobile phone 100 may include a determining module 410 and a sending module 420.
其中,确定模块410用于确定手机100支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;发送模块420用于向终端设备110发送第一信息或第二消息实现上文中介绍的上报能力的方法。Wherein, the determining module 410 is used to determine the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the mobile phone 100; the sending module 420 is used to send the first information or the second message to the terminal device 110 to implement the reporting capability described above.
需要说明的是,上述手机100还可以包括射频电路,该用于在通信过程中,完成无线信号的接收和发送。示例性的,手机100的射频电路可以将涉及上行的数据发送给基站200。通常,射频电路包括但 不限于天线、至少一个放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器、双工器等。此外,射频电路还可以通过无线通信和其他设备通信。所述无线通信可以使用任一通信标准或协议,包括但不限于全球移动通讯系统、通用分组无线服务、码分多址、宽带码分多址、长期演进、电子邮件、短消息服务等。It should be noted that the aforementioned mobile phone 100 may also include a radio frequency circuit, which is used to complete the reception and transmission of wireless signals during the communication process. Exemplarily, the radio frequency circuit of the mobile phone 100 may send uplink data to the base station 200. Generally, the radio frequency circuit includes but is not limited to an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, and the like. In addition, the radio frequency circuit can also communicate with other devices through wireless communication. The wireless communication can use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to global system for mobile communications, general packet radio service, code division multiple access, broadband code division multiple access, long-term evolution, email, short message service, etc.
在一种可选的方式中,当使用软件实现数据传输时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地实现本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘Solid State Disk(SSD))等。In an optional manner, when software is used to implement data transmission, it may be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are realized. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
结合本申请实施例所描述的方法或者算法的步骤可以硬件的方式来实现,也可以是由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成,软件模块可以被存放于RAM存储器、闪存、ROM存储器、EPROM存储器、EEPROM存储器、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、CD-ROM或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然,存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外,该ASIC可以位于探测装置中。当然,处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于探测装置中。The steps of the method or algorithm described in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in a hardware manner, or may be implemented in a manner in which a processor executes software instructions. Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, which can be stored in RAM memory, flash memory, ROM memory, EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, mobile hard disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage known in the art Medium. An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor, so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and can write information to the storage medium. Of course, the storage medium may also be an integral part of the processor. The processor and the storage medium may be located in the ASIC. In addition, the ASIC may be located in the detection device. Of course, the processor and the storage medium may also exist as separate components in the detection device.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, only the division of the above-mentioned functional modules is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned functions can be allocated as needed. It is completed by different functional modules, that is, the internal structure of the device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的用户设备和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅是示意性的,例如,所述模块或单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed user equipment and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods, for example, multiple units or components may be It can be combined or integrated into another device, or some features can be omitted or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate parts may or may not be physically separate. The parts displayed as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple different places. . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, the functional units in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一个设备(可以是单片机,芯片等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions can be embodied in the form of software products, which are stored in a storage medium It includes several instructions to make a device (may be a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any change or replacement within the technical scope disclosed in this application shall be covered by the protection scope of this application . Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.
Claims (330)
- 一种上报能力的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for reporting capabilities, characterized in that it includes:所述UE确定所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;Determining, by the UE, a fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE;所述UE向网络设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述UE支持的SRS天线转换能力;Sending, by the UE, a first message to the network device, where the first message includes the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE;其中,所述第一消息还包括所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。Wherein, the first message also includes the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE.
- 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 1, wherein:所述第一消息还包括所述UE支持的第一MIMO层数;The first message also includes the first number of MIMO layers supported by the UE;所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第二MIMO层数对应;所述第二MIMO层数小于或等于所述第一MIMO层数。The backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE corresponds to the second MIMO layer number; the second MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the first MIMO layer number.
- 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 1 or 2, wherein:所述UE支持的所述第一MIMO层数包括所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的最大上行MIMO层数和/或最大下行MIMO层数;The first number of MIMO layers supported by the UE includes the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the maximum number of downlink MIMO supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE Number of layers所述第二MIMO层数包括所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。The second number of MIMO layers includes the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that:所述UE支持的所述SRS天线转换能力包括所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的SRS天线转换能力;The SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;At least one SRS antenna switching capability that can be rolled back supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。Wherein, each of the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to a combination of an uplink MIMO layer number and a downlink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination .
- 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The backable SRS antenna switching capability that the UE supports on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;其中,所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的所有第二MIMO层数。Wherein, the backable SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;其中,所述第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的所有上行MIMO层数,所述第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的所有下行MIMO层数。Wherein, the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the uplink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and the second back-off The SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the downlink MIMO layer numbers in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线端口转换能力包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein the fallbackable SRS antenna port conversion capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线端口转换能力;At least one fallbackable SRS antenna port conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线端口转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的一个第二MIMO层数。Wherein, each of the back-off SRS antenna port conversion capabilities corresponds to a second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线端口转换能力包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein the fallbackable SRS antenna port conversion capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线端口转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The first group of back-off SRS antenna port conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna port conversion capabilities supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;其中,所述第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,所述第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。Wherein, each of the backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities in the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to one of the second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination The number of uplink MIMO layers, each of the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the second MIMO layer supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination One of the number of downlink MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that:所述UE支持的所述SRS天线转换能力包括所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的SRS天线转换能力;The SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。The fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE .
- 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The SRS antenna switching capability that the UE supports on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;其中,所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的对应载波上支持的第二MIMO层数。Wherein, the back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;其中,所述第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的对应载波上支持的第二MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,所述第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的对应载波上支持的第二MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。Wherein, the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink MIMO layers in the second number of MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and the second The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities and the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;其中,所述第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的每个载波上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,所述第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的每个载波上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。Wherein, each of the backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities in the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the second MIMO supported by the UE on each carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. An uplink MIMO layer number in the number of layers, each of the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. One of the second MIMO layers supported on each carrier.
- 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 1 or 2, wherein:所述UE支持的所述第一MIMO层数包括所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的最大上行MIMO层数和最大下行MIMO层数;The first number of MIMO layers supported by the UE includes the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;所述第二MIMO层数包括所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。The second number of MIMO layers includes the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 14, wherein:所述UE支持的所述SRS天线转换能力包括所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的SRS天线转换能力。The SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 15, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The backable SRS antenna switching capability that the UE supports on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;其中,所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数。Wherein, the backable SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 15, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;其中,所述第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,所述第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。Wherein, the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink MIMO layers in the second number of MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and the second back-off capability The SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 15, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;其中,所述第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,所述第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。Wherein, each of the backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities in the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to one of the second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination The number of uplink MIMO layers, each of the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the second MIMO layer supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination One of the number of downlink MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求1至18中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于所述网络设备在为所述UE重配置MIMO层数时,根据所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力为所述UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 18, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used by the network device to reconfigure the number of MIMO layers for the UE. At this time, the SRS resource used for antenna port conversion is reconfigured for the UE according to the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE.
- 根据权利要求1至19中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 19, characterized in that:所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于所述网络设备为所述UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源由以下事件触发:所述网络设备接收到所述UE发送的第二消息;The fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used by the network device to reconfigure the SRS resources used for antenna port switching for the UE, triggered by the following event: the network device receives the UE's transmission Second news其中,所述第二消息包括所述UE期望所述网络设备为所述UE配置的MIMO层数或期望配置的最大MIMO层数。The second message includes the number of MIMO layers or the maximum number of MIMO layers that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE.
- 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二消息由所述UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给所述网络设备。The method according to claim 20, wherein the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it desires to reduce power.
- 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二消息为辅助信息消息。The method according to claim 21, wherein the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- 根据权利要求1至22中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息为UE能力消息。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 22, wherein the first message is a UE capability message.
- 一种上报能力的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for reporting capabilities, characterized in that it includes:UE确定UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The UE determines the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE;UE向网络设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括第三MIMO层数,第三MIMO层数为所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的最大MIMO层数;其中,所述第二消息还包括所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四MIMO层数对应,第四MIMO层数小于或等于第三MIMO层数。The UE sends a second message to the network device, where the second message includes a third MIMO layer number, where the third MIMO layer number is the maximum number of MIMO layers that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; wherein, the second message The message also includes the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE; the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth MIMO layer number, and the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number.
- 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,第三MIMO层数还包括:The method according to claim 24, wherein the third MIMO layer number further comprises:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的最大上行MIMO层数和最大下行MIMO层数;The UE expects that the network device configures the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the first frequency range for the UE;第四MIMO层数为所述UE在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。The fourth MIMO layer number is the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers that are less than or equal to the number of third MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range.
- 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,第三MIMO层数包括:The method according to claim 24, wherein the third MIMO layer number comprises:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的最大上行MIMO层数和最大 下行MIMO层数;第四MIMO层数为所述UE在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。The UE expects that the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the second frequency range configured by the network device for the UE; the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or The number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers equal to the third MIMO layer number.
- 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the fourth SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range A combination of an uplink MIMO layer number and a downlink MIMO layer number in the MIMO layer number.
- 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range .
- 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的一个第四MIMO层数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to a first back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range Four MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of uplink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported in the first frequency range, and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range The number of downlink MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。The first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities and the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the first frequency range, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities can be returned The deactivated SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the first frequency range.
- 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 26, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth MIMO layer supported by the UE in the second frequency range The combination of an uplink MIMO layer number and a downlink MIMO layer number in the number.
- 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 26, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的所有第四MIMO层数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range number.
- 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 26, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的一个第四MIMO层数。At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a fourth MIMO supported by the UE in the second frequency range Number of layers.
- 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 26, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。The first back-off SRS antenna switching capability and the second back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein the first back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of uplink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported in the second frequency range, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range The number of downlink MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 26, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities can be returned The deactivated SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range.
- 根据权利要求24至36中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备在为所述UE重配置MIMO层数时,根据所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为所述UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。The method according to any one of claims 24 to 36, wherein the fallback SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used by the network device to reconfigure the number of MIMO layers for the UE according to the UE The supported back-off SRS antenna conversion capability is to reconfigure the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion for the UE.
- 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其特征在于,第二消息由UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给网络设备。The method according to claim 37, wherein the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it desires to reduce power.
- 根据权利要求24至38中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,第二消息为辅助信息消息。The method according to any one of claims 24 to 38, wherein the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- 一种上报能力的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for reporting capabilities, characterized in that it includes:UE确定所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The UE determines the SRS antenna switching capability that is supported by the UE and can be backed out;UE向网络设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括UE支持的SRS天线转换能力;其中,所述第一消息还包括UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。The UE sends a first message to the network device, where the first message includes the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; wherein, the first message further includes the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE.
- 根据权利要求40所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 40, wherein:第一消息还包括UE支持的第一MIMO层数;UE支持的可回退的SRS天线端口转换能力与第二MIMO层数对应;所述第二MIMO层数小于或等于第一MIMO层数。The first message also includes the first number of MIMO layers supported by the UE; the backable SRS antenna port conversion capability supported by the UE corresponds to the second number of MIMO layers; the second number of MIMO layers is less than or equal to the first number of MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求41所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 41, wherein:UE支持的第一天线端口数包括所述UE在UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的最大上行天线端口数和最大下行天线端口数;所述第二天线端口数包括UE在UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的上行天线端口数和/或下行天线端口数。The number of first antenna ports supported by the UE includes the maximum number of uplink antenna ports and the maximum number of downlink antenna ports supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; the second antenna The number of ports includes the number of uplink antenna ports and/or the number of downlink antenna ports supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- 根据权利要求40至42中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 40 to 42, characterized in that:UE支持的SRS天线转换能力包括所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的SRS天线转换能力;UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括所述UE在UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。The SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes the UE’s The backable SRS antenna switching capability supported on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- 根据权利要求43所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 43, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数和一个下行天线端口数的组合。The UE supports at least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; wherein, each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s A combination of one uplink antenna port number and one downlink antenna port number among the second antenna port numbers supported on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求43所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 43, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的所有第二天线端口数。The backed-back SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; wherein the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s ability to switch in the corresponding frequency band The number of all second antenna ports supported on the corresponding frequency band.
- 根据权利要求43所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 43, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数中的所有上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数中的所有下行天线端口数。The first fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability and the second fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; wherein the first fallback is possible The SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink antenna ports in the second antenna port number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of all downlink antenna ports in the number of second antenna ports supported on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求43所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 43, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的一个第二天线端口数。The UE supports at least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; wherein, each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of a second antenna port supported on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求43所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 43, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数中的 一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数中的一个下行天线端口数。The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; wherein, the first group In the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities, each fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to one uplink antenna port number among the second antenna port numbers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. Each of the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities in the group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to one downlink antenna port number among the number of second antenna ports supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求40至42中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to any one of claims 40 to 42, wherein the SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的SRS天线转换能力;UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括所述UE在UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。The SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; the fallback SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the UE The SRS antenna switching capability that is supported on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求49所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 49, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的对应载波上支持的第二天线端口数。The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; wherein the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE The number of second antenna ports supported on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求49所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 49, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的对应载波上支持的第二天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的对应载波上支持的第二天线端口数中的下行天线端口数。The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; wherein, The first fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of uplink antenna ports among the second number of antenna ports supported by the UE on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and the second fallback SRS antenna The conversion capability corresponds to the number of downlink antenna ports among the number of second antenna ports supported by the UE on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求49所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 49, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的每个载波上支持的第二天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的每个载波上支持的第二天线端口数中的一个下行天线端口数。The first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities and the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; Wherein, each of the backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities in the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the number of second antenna ports supported by the UE on each carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination The number of one uplink antenna port in the second group of SRS antenna conversion capabilities that can be backed out corresponds to each carrier of the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. One of the number of downlink antenna ports in the number of supported second antenna ports.
- 根据权利要求40至41中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 40 to 41, characterized in that,UE支持的第一天线端口数包括所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的最大上行天线端口数和最大下行天线端口数;第二天线端口数包括所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的上行天线端口数和/或下行天线端口数。The first number of antenna ports supported by the UE includes the maximum number of uplink antenna ports and the maximum number of downlink antenna ports supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; the second number of antenna ports includes the The number of uplink antenna ports and/or the number of downlink antenna ports supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- 根据权利要求42所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 42, wherein:UE支持的SRS天线转换能力包括所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的SRS天线转换能力。The SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- 根据权利要求54所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 54, wherein the SRS antenna switching capability that is supported by the UE includes:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数。The backed-back SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; wherein the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s ability to switch in the corresponding frequency band The number of second antenna ports supported on the corresponding frequency band.
- 根据权利要求54所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 54, wherein the SRS antenna switching capability that is supported by the UE includes:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数中的下行天线端口数。The first fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability and the second fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; wherein the first fallback is possible The SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink antenna ports in the second antenna port number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE in the corresponding frequency band combination. The number of downlink antenna ports in the number of second antenna ports supported on the corresponding frequency band in the frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求54所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 54, wherein the SRS antenna switching capability that is supported by the UE includes:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回 退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数中的一个下行天线端口数。The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; wherein, the first group In the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities, each fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to one uplink antenna port number among the second antenna port numbers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. Each of the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities in the group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to one downlink antenna port number among the number of second antenna ports supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求40至57中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备在为所述UE重配置天线端口数时,根据所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为所述UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。The method according to any one of claims 40 to 57, wherein the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used when the network device reconfigures the number of antenna ports for the UE according to the UE The supported back-off SRS antenna conversion capability is to reconfigure the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion for the UE.
- 根据权利要求40至57中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备为所述UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源由以下事件触发:The method according to any one of claims 40 to 57, wherein the fallback SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used by the network device to reconfigure the SRS resources used for antenna port switching for the UE as follows: Event trigger:网络设备接收到所述UE发送的第二消息;其中,第二消息包括所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的天线端口数或期望配置的最大天线端口数。The network device receives the second message sent by the UE; where the second message includes the number of antenna ports or the maximum number of antenna ports that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE.
- 根据权利要求59所述的方法,其特征在于,第二消息由UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给网络设备。The method according to claim 59, wherein the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it desires to reduce power.
- 根据权利要求60所述的方法,其特征在于,第二消息为辅助信息消息。The method according to claim 60, wherein the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- 根据权利要求61所述的方法,其特征在于,第一消息为UE能力消息。The method according to claim 61, wherein the first message is a UE capability message.
- 一种上报能力的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for reporting capabilities, characterized in that it includes:UE确定所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The UE determines the SRS antenna switching capability that is supported by the UE and can be backed out;UE向网络设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括第三天线端口数,第三天线端口数为所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的最大天线端口数;其中,所述第二消息还包括所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四天线端口数对应,其中,第四天线端口数小于或等于第三天线端口数。The UE sends a second message to the network device, the second message includes a third number of antenna ports, and the third number of antenna ports is the maximum number of antenna ports that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; wherein, the second The message also includes the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of fourth antenna ports, where the number of fourth antenna ports is less than or equal to the number of third antenna ports .
- 根据权利要求63所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 63, wherein:第三天线端口数还包括:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的最大上行天线端口数和最大下行天线端口数;第四天线端口数为所述UE在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三天线端口数的上行天线端口数和/或下行天线端口数。The third number of antenna ports also includes: the maximum number of uplink antenna ports and the maximum number of downlink antenna ports of the serving cell in the first frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; The number of uplink antenna ports and/or the number of downlink antenna ports that are less than or equal to the number of third antenna ports supported by the first frequency range.
- 根据权利要求63所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 63, wherein:第三天线端口数包括:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的最大上行天线端口数和最大下行天线端口数;第四天线端口数为所述UE在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第三天线端口数的上行天线端口数和/或下行天线端口数。The third number of antenna ports includes: the maximum number of uplink antenna ports and the maximum number of downlink antenna ports of the serving cell in the second frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; The second frequency range supports the number of uplink antenna ports and/or the number of downlink antenna ports that are less than or equal to the third antenna port number.
- 根据权利要求64所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 64, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数和一个下行天线端口数的组合。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the fourth SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range A combination of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports in the number of antenna ports.
- 根据权利要求64所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 64, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range .
- 根据权利要求64所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 64, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的一个第四天线端口数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to a first back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range Number of four antenna ports.
- 根据权利要求64所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 64, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的下行天线端口数。The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of uplink antenna ports among all the number of fourth antenna ports supported in the first frequency range, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range The number of downlink antenna ports.
- 根据权利要求64所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 64, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个下行天线端口数。The first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities and the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink antenna port number among the fourth antenna port numbers supported by the UE in the first frequency range, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities is The deactivated SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to one number of downlink antenna ports among the number of fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range.
- 根据权利要求65所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 65, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数和一个下行天线端口数的组合。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein, each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the fourth antenna port supported by the UE in the second frequency range The combination of an uplink antenna port number and a downlink antenna port number in the number.
- 根据权利要求65所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 65, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的所有第四天线端口数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range number.
- 根据权利要求65所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 65, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的一个第四天线端口数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein, each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to a fourth antenna supported by the UE in the second frequency range Number of ports.
- 根据权利要求65所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 65, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的下行天线端口数。The first back-off SRS antenna switching capability and the second back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein the first back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of uplink antenna ports among all the number of fourth antenna ports supported in the second frequency range, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range The number of downlink antenna ports.
- 根据权利要求65所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 65, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个下行天线端口数。The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink antenna port number in the fourth antenna port number supported by the UE in the second frequency range, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities is The deactivated SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to one number of downlink antenna ports among the number of fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range.
- 根据权利要求63至75中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备在为所述UE重配置天线端口数时,根据所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为所述UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。The method according to any one of claims 63 to 75, wherein the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used when the network device reconfigures the number of antenna ports for the UE according to the UE The supported back-off SRS antenna conversion capability is to reconfigure the SRS resources for antenna port conversion for the UE.
- 根据权利要求76所述的方法,其特征在于,第二消息由UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给网络设备。The method according to claim 76, wherein the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it desires to reduce power.
- 根据权利要求63至77中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,第二消息为辅助信息消息。The method according to any one of claims 63 to 77, wherein the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- 一种上报能力的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for reporting capabilities, characterized in that it includes:UE确定所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The UE determines the SRS antenna switching capability that is supported by the UE and can be backed out;UE向网络设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括第三MIMO层数,第三MIMO层数为所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的MIMO层数;其中,所述第二消息还包括所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四MIMO层数对应,第四MIMO层数小于或等于第三MIMO层数。The UE sends a second message to the network device, where the second message includes a third MIMO layer number, where the third MIMO layer number is the number of MIMO layers that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; wherein, the second message It also includes the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE; the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth MIMO layer number, and the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number.
- 根据权利要求79所述的方法,其特征在于,第三MIMO层数还包括:The method according to claim 79, wherein the third MIMO layer number further comprises:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的上行MIMO层数和下行MIMO层数;第四MIMO层数为所述UE在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。The UE expects that the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the first frequency range configured by the network device for the UE; the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the first frequency range supported by the UE in the first frequency range The number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers of three MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求79所述的方法,其特征在于,第三MIMO层数包括:The method according to claim 79, wherein the third MIMO layer number comprises:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的上行MIMO层数和下行MIMO层数;第四MIMO层数为所述UE在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。The UE expects that the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the second frequency range configured by the network device for the UE; the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the first number supported by the UE in the second frequency range The number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers of three MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求80所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 80, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the fourth SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range A combination of an uplink MIMO layer number and a downlink MIMO layer number in the MIMO layer number.
- 根据权利要求80所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 80, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range .
- 根据权利要求80所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 80, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的一个第四MIMO层数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to a first back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range Four MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求80所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 80, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of uplink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported in the first frequency range, and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range The number of downlink MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求80所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 80, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。The first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities and the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the first frequency range, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities can be returned The deactivated SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the first frequency range.
- 根据权利要求81所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 81, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth MIMO layer supported by the UE in the second frequency range The combination of an uplink MIMO layer number and a downlink MIMO layer number in the number.
- 根据权利要求81所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 81, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的所有第四MIMO层数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range number.
- 根据权利要求81所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 81, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的一个第四MIMO层数。At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a fourth MIMO supported by the UE in the second frequency range Number of layers.
- 根据权利要求81所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 81, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。The first back-off SRS antenna switching capability and the second back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein the first back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of uplink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported in the second frequency range, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range The number of downlink MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求81所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 81, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转 换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities can be returned The deactivated SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range.
- 根据权利要求79至91中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备在为所述UE重配置MIMO层数时,根据所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为所述UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。The method according to any one of claims 79 to 91, wherein the fallback SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used by the network device to reconfigure the number of MIMO layers for the UE according to the UE The supported back-off SRS antenna conversion capability is to reconfigure the SRS resources for antenna port conversion for the UE.
- 根据权利要求81所述的方法,其特征在于,第二消息由UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给网络设备。The method according to claim 81, wherein the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it desires to reduce power.
- 根据权利要求79至93中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,第二消息为辅助信息消息。The method according to any one of claims 79 to 93, wherein the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- 一种上报能力的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for reporting capabilities, characterized in that it includes:UE确定所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The UE determines the SRS antenna switching capability that is supported by the UE and can be backed out;UE向网络设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括第三天线端口数,第三天线端口数为所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的天线端口数;其中,所述第二消息还包括所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四天线端口数对应,其中,第四天线端口数小于或等于第三天线端口数。The UE sends a second message to the network device, the second message includes a third antenna port number, and the third antenna port number is the number of antenna ports that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; wherein, the second message It also includes the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the fourth antenna port number, where the fourth antenna port number is less than or equal to the third antenna port number.
- 根据权利要求95所述的方法,其特征在于,第三天线端口数还包括:The method according to claim 95, wherein the third antenna port number further comprises:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的上行天线端口数和下行天线端口数;第四天线端口数为所述UE在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三天线端口数的上行天线端口数和/或下行天线端口数。The UE expects that the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports of the serving cell in the first frequency range configured by the network device for the UE; the fourth antenna port number is less than or equal to the first frequency range supported by the UE in the first frequency range The number of uplink antenna ports and/or the number of downlink antenna ports for three antenna ports.
- 根据权利要求95所述的方法,其特征在于,第三天线端口数包括:The method according to claim 95, wherein the third antenna port number comprises:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的上行天线端口数和下行天线端口数;第四天线端口数为所述UE在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第三天线端口数的上行天线端口数和/或下行天线端口数。The UE expects that the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports of the serving cell in the second frequency range configured by the network device for the UE; the fourth antenna port number is less than or equal to the first number supported by the UE in the second frequency range The number of uplink antenna ports and/or the number of downlink antenna ports for three antenna ports.
- 根据权利要求96所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 96, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数和一个下行天线端口数的组合。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the fourth SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range A combination of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports in the number of antenna ports.
- 根据权利要求96所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 96, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range .
- 根据权利要求96所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 96, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的一个第四天线端口数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to a first back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range Number of four antenna ports.
- 根据权利要求96所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 96, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的下行天线端口数。The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of uplink antenna ports among all the number of fourth antenna ports supported in the first frequency range, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range The number of downlink antenna ports.
- 根据权利要求96所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 96, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个下行天线端口数。The first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities and the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink antenna port number among the fourth antenna port numbers supported by the UE in the first frequency range, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities is The deactivated SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to one number of downlink antenna ports among the number of fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range.
- 根据权利要求97所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 97, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数和一个下行天线端口数的组合。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein, each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the fourth antenna port supported by the UE in the second frequency range The combination of an uplink antenna port number and a downlink antenna port number in the number.
- 根据权利要求97所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 97, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的所有第四天线端口数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range number.
- 根据权利要求97所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 97, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的一个第四天线端口数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein, each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to a fourth antenna supported by the UE in the second frequency range Number of ports.
- 根据权利要求97所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 97, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的下行天线端口数。The first back-off SRS antenna switching capability and the second back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein the first back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of uplink antenna ports among all the number of fourth antenna ports supported in the second frequency range, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range The number of downlink antenna ports.
- 根据权利要求97所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 97, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个下行天线端口数。The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink antenna port number in the fourth antenna port number supported by the UE in the second frequency range, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities is The deactivated SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to one number of downlink antenna ports among the number of fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range.
- 根据权利要求95至107中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备在为所述UE重配置天线端口数时,根据所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为所述UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。The method according to any one of claims 95 to 107, characterized in that the fallback SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used when the network device reconfigures the number of antenna ports for the UE according to the UE The supported back-off SRS antenna conversion capability is to reconfigure the SRS resources for antenna port conversion for the UE.
- 根据权利要求108所述的方法,其特征在于,第二消息由UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给网络设备。The method according to claim 108, wherein the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it desires to reduce power.
- 根据权利要求95至109中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,第二消息为辅助信息消息。The method according to any one of claims 95 to 109, wherein the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- 一种上报能力的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for reporting capabilities, characterized in that it includes:UE确定所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The UE determines the SRS antenna switching capability that is supported by the UE and can be backed out;UE向网络设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括第三天线端口数和第三MIMO层数,第三天线端口数为所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的最大上行天线端口数,第三MIMO层数为所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的最大下行MIMO层数;其中,所述第二消息还包括所述UE支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四天线端口数或第四MIMO层数对应,其中,第四MIMO层数小于或等于第三MIMO层数,第四天线端口数小于或等于第三天线端口数。The UE sends a second message to the network device, where the second message includes the third number of antenna ports and the third number of MIMO layers, where the third number of antenna ports is the maximum number of uplink antenna ports that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE The third number of MIMO layers is the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; wherein, the second message also includes at least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth antenna port number or the fourth MIMO layer number, where the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number, and the fourth antenna port number is less than or equal to the third antenna port number. Number of antenna ports.
- 根据权利要求111所述的方法,其特征在于,第三天线端口数还包括:The method according to claim 111, wherein the third antenna port number further comprises:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的最大上行天线端口数;第三MIMO层数还包括:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的最大下行MIMO层数;第四天线端口数为所述UE在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三天线端口数的下行天线端口数,第四MIMO层数为所述UE在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的下行MIMO层数。The UE expects the network device to configure the maximum number of uplink antenna ports of the serving cell in the first frequency range for the UE; the third MIMO layer number also includes: the UE expects the network device to configure the UE in the first frequency range The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers in the serving cell; the fourth number of antenna ports is the number of downlink antenna ports less than or equal to the number of third antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range, and the fourth number of MIMO layers is the number of downlink antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range. The number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the first frequency range is less than or equal to the number of third MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求111所述的方法,其特征在于,第三天线端口数还包括:The method according to claim 111, wherein the third antenna port number further comprises:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的最大上行天线端口数;第 三MIMO层数还包括:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的最大下行MIMO层数;第四天线端口数为所述UE在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第四天线端口数的下行天线端口数,第四MIMO层数为所述UE在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的下行MIMO层数。The UE expects the network device to configure the maximum number of uplink antenna ports of the serving cell in the second frequency range for the UE; the third MIMO layer number also includes: the UE expects the network device to configure the UE in the second frequency range The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers in the serving cell of the serving cell; the fourth number of antenna ports is the number of downlink antenna ports less than or equal to the number of fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range, and the fourth number of MIMO layers is the number of The number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the second frequency range is less than or equal to the number of third MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求112所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数和第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数的组合。The method according to claim 112, wherein the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises: at least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein, each One of the SRS antenna switching capabilities that can be backed out corresponds to the number of uplink antenna ports among the number of fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range and one number of downlink MIMO layers among the fourth MIMO layer numbers. combination.
- 根据权利要求112所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数和第四天线端口数。The method according to claim 112, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises: at least one backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; The backed-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers and the number of fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range.
- 根据权利要求112所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的一个第四MIMO层数对应的第四天线端口数。The method according to claim 112, wherein the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises: at least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein, each One SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed out corresponds to a fourth antenna port number corresponding to a fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the first frequency range.
- 根据权利要求112所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 112, wherein the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of uplink antenna ports among all the number of fourth antenna ports supported in the first frequency range, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range The number of downlink MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求112所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 112, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。The first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities and the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink antenna port number among the fourth antenna port numbers supported by the UE in the first frequency range, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities is The deactivated SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the first frequency range.
- 根据权利要求113所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 113, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行天线端口数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth MIMO layer supported by the UE in the second frequency range The combination of an uplink antenna port number and a downlink MIMO layer number in the number.
- 根据权利要求113所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的所有第四MIMO层数和对应的第四天线端口数。The method according to claim 113, wherein the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises: at least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each A back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers and the corresponding number of fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range.
- 根据权利要求113所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 113, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的一个第四MIMO层数。At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a fourth MIMO supported by the UE in the second frequency range Number of layers.
- 根据权利要求113所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 113, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换 能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。The first back-off SRS antenna switching capability and the second back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein the first back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of uplink antenna ports among all the number of fourth antenna ports supported in the second frequency range, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range The number of downlink MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求113所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 113, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink antenna port number in the fourth antenna port number supported by the UE in the second frequency range, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities is The deactivated SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range.
- 根据权利要求111至123中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 111 to 123, wherein:UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备在为所述UE重配置上行天线端口数和下行MIMO层数时,根据所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为所述UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE is used by the network device to reconfigure the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink MIMO layers for the UE, according to the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE as the The UE reconfigures the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion.
- 根据权利要求113所述的方法,其特征在于,第二消息由UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给网络设备。The method according to claim 113, wherein the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it desires to reduce power.
- 根据权利要求111至125中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,第二消息为辅助信息消息。The method according to any one of claims 111 to 125, wherein the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- 一种上报能力的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for reporting capabilities, characterized in that it includes:UE确定所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The UE determines the SRS antenna switching capability that is supported by the UE and can be backed out;UE向网络设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括第三天线端口数和第三MIMO层数,第三天线端口数为所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的上行天线端口数,第三MIMO层数为所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的下行MIMO层数;其中,所述第二消息还包括所述UE支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四天线端口数或第四MIMO层数对应,其中,第四MIMO层数小于或等于第三MIMO层数,第四天线端口数小于或等于第三天线端口数。The UE sends a second message to the network device, where the second message includes a third number of antenna ports and a third number of MIMO layers, where the third number of antenna ports is the number of uplink antenna ports that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE, The third MIMO layer number is the number of downlink MIMO layers that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; wherein, the second message also includes at least one fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth antenna port number or the fourth MIMO layer number, where the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number, and the fourth antenna port number is less than or equal to the third antenna port number.
- 根据权利要求127所述的方法,其特征在于,第三天线端口数还包括:The method according to claim 127, wherein the third antenna port number further comprises:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的上行天线端口数;第三MIMO层数还包括:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的下行MIMO层数;第四天线端口数为所述UE在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三天线端口数的下行天线端口数,第四MIMO层数为所述UE在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的下行MIMO层数。The UE expects that the network device configures the number of uplink antenna ports of the serving cell in the first frequency range for the UE; the third MIMO layer number also includes: the UE expects the network device to configure the UE in the first frequency range The number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell; the fourth antenna port number is the number of downlink antenna ports that the UE supports in the first frequency range that is less than or equal to the third antenna port number, and the fourth MIMO layer number is the number of the UE in the first frequency range. The number of downlink MIMO layers that the frequency range supports is less than or equal to the number of third MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求127所述的方法,其特征在于,第三天线端口数还包括:The method according to claim 127, wherein the third antenna port number further comprises:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的上行天线端口数;第三MIMO层数还包括:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的下行MIMO层数;第四天线端口数为所述UE在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第四天线端口数的下行天线端口数,第四MIMO层数为所述UE在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的下行MIMO层数。The UE expects the network equipment to configure the number of uplink antenna ports of the serving cell in the second frequency range for the UE; the third MIMO layer number also includes: the UE expects the network equipment to configure the UE for the UE in the second frequency range The number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell; the fourth antenna port number is the number of downlink antenna ports less than or equal to the fourth antenna port number supported by the UE in the second frequency range, and the fourth MIMO layer number is the number of the UE in the second frequency range. The number of downlink MIMO layers that the frequency range supports is less than or equal to the number of third MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求128所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 128, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数和第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数的组合。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the fourth SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range A combination of an uplink antenna port number in the number of antenna ports and a downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number.
- 根据权利要求128所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 128, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS 天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数和第四天线端口数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range And the fourth antenna port number.
- 根据权利要求128所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 128, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的一个第四MIMO层数对应的第四天线端口数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each of the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to a first back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range The fourth antenna port number corresponding to the four MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求128所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 128, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of uplink antenna ports among all the number of fourth antenna ports supported in the first frequency range, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range The number of downlink MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求128所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 128, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。The first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities and the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink antenna port number among the fourth antenna port numbers supported by the UE in the first frequency range, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities is The deactivated SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the first frequency range.
- 根据权利要求129所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 129, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行天线端口数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth MIMO layer supported by the UE in the second frequency range The combination of an uplink antenna port number and a downlink MIMO layer number in the number.
- 根据权利要求129所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 129, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的所有第四MIMO层数和对应的第四天线端口数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range And the corresponding fourth antenna port number.
- 根据权利要求129所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 129, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的一个第四MIMO层数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to a fourth MIMO supported by the UE in the first frequency range Number of layers.
- 根据权利要求129所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 129, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。The first back-off SRS antenna switching capability and the second back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein the first back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of uplink antenna ports among all the number of fourth antenna ports supported in the second frequency range, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range The number of downlink MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求129所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 129, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线 转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink antenna port number in the fourth antenna port number supported by the UE in the second frequency range, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities is The deactivated SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range.
- 根据权利要求127至139中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 127 to 139, wherein:UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备在为所述UE重配置上行天线端口数和下行MIMO层数时,根据所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为所述UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE is used by the network device to reconfigure the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink MIMO layers for the UE, according to the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE as the The UE reconfigures the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion.
- 根据权利要求140所述的方法,其特征在于,第二消息由UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给网络设备。The method according to claim 140, wherein the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it desires to reduce power.
- 根据权利要求127至141中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,第二消息为辅助信息消息。The method according to any one of claims 127 to 141, wherein the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- 一种上报能力的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for reporting capabilities, characterized in that it includes:UE确定所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The UE determines the SRS antenna switching capability that is supported by the UE and can be backed out;UE向网络设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括第三MIMO层数,第三MIMO层数为所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的最大MIMO层数;其中,所述第二消息还包括所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四MIMO层数对应,其中,第四MIMO层数小于或等于第三MIMO层数。The UE sends a second message to the network device, where the second message includes a third MIMO layer number, where the third MIMO layer number is the maximum number of MIMO layers that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; wherein, the second message The message also includes the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE; the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth MIMO layer number, where the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number .
- 根据权利要求143所述的方法,其特征在于,第三MIMO层数还包括:The method according to claim 143, wherein the third MIMO layer number further comprises:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的最大上行MIMO层数和最大下行MIMO层数;第四MIMO层数为所述UE在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。The UE expects that the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the first frequency range configured by the network device for the UE; the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or The number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers equal to the third MIMO layer number.
- 根据权利要求143所述的方法,其特征在于,第三MIMO层数包括:The method according to claim 143, wherein the third MIMO layer number comprises:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的最大上行MIMO层数和最大下行MIMO层数;第四MIMO层数为所述UE在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。The UE expects that the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the second frequency range configured by the network device for the UE; the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or The number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers equal to the third MIMO layer number.
- 根据权利要求144所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 144, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range; wherein, each of the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the A combination of one uplink MIMO layer number and one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range.
- 根据权利要求144所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 144, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的所有第四MIMO层数。The UE supports at least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range; wherein, each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE in the first frequency range. The number of all fourth MIMO layers supported on each band under each band combination of the frequency range.
- 根据权利要求144所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 144, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的一个第四MIMO层数。At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range; wherein, each of the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the The number of a fourth MIMO layer supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range.
- 根据权利要求144所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 144, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二 可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range; wherein the first back-off capability The SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range, and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion The capability corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range.
- 根据权利要求144所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 144, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range; wherein, the first group In the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities, each fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to one of the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range The number of uplink MIMO layers, each of the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE's support on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range A number of downlink MIMO layers in the fourth MIMO layer number.
- 根据权利要求145所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 145, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。The UE supports at least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range; wherein, each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s A combination of one uplink MIMO layer number and one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range.
- 根据权利要求145所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 145, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的所有第四MIMO层数。The UE supports at least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range; wherein, each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of all fourth MIMO layers supported on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range.
- 根据权利要求145所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 145, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的一个第四MIMO层数。The UE supports at least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range; wherein, each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s A fourth MIMO layer number supported on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range.
- 根据权利要求145所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 145, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range; wherein, the first back-off capability The SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range, and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion The capability corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range.
- 根据权利要求145所述的方法,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The method according to claim 145, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。The first set of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second set of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range; wherein, the first group In the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities, each fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to one of the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range The number of uplink MIMO layers, each of the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE's support on each frequency band under each combination of frequency bands in the second frequency range A number of downlink MIMO layers in the fourth MIMO layer number.
- 根据权利要求143至155中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 143 to 155, characterized in that:UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备在为所述UE重配置MIMO层数时,根据所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为所述UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。The fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used by the network device to reconfigure antennas for the UE according to the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE when reconfiguring the MIMO layer number for the UE SRS resource for port conversion.
- 根据权利要求156所述的方法,其特征在于,第二消息由UE在过热或者期望降低功率 时发送给网络设备。The method according to claim 156, wherein the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it desires to reduce power.
- 根据权利要求143至157中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,第二消息为辅助信息消息。The method according to any one of claims 143 to 157, wherein the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:用于确定UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力的装置;A device for determining the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE;用于向网络设备发送第一消息的装置,所述第一消息包括所述UE支持的SRS天线转换能力;其中,所述第一消息还包括所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。An apparatus for sending a first message to a network device, where the first message includes the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; wherein, the first message also includes the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE .
- 根据权利要求159所述通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 159, wherein:所述第一消息还包括所述UE支持的第一MIMO层数;The first message also includes the first number of MIMO layers supported by the UE;所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第二MIMO层数对应;所述第二MIMO层数小于或等于所述第一MIMO层数。The backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE corresponds to the second MIMO layer number; the second MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the first MIMO layer number.
- 根据权利要求159或160所述通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 159 or 160, wherein:所述UE支持的所述第一MIMO层数包括所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的最大上行MIMO层数和/或最大下行MIMO层数;The first number of MIMO layers supported by the UE includes the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the maximum number of downlink MIMO supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE Number of layers所述第二MIMO层数包括所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。The second number of MIMO layers includes the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- 根据权利要求159至161中任一项所述通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to any one of claims 159 to 161, wherein:所述UE支持的所述SRS天线转换能力包括所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的SRS天线转换能力;The SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- 根据权利要求162所述通信装置,其特征在于,所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 162, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;At least one SRS antenna switching capability that can be rolled back supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。Wherein, each of the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to a combination of an uplink MIMO layer number and a downlink MIMO layer number in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination .
- 根据权利要求162所述通信装置,其特征在于,所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 162, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The backable SRS antenna switching capability that the UE supports on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;其中,所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的所有第二MIMO层数。Wherein, the backable SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求162所述通信装置,其特征在于,所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 162, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;其中,所述第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的所有上行MIMO层数,所述第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的所有下行MIMO层数。Wherein, the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the uplink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and the second back-off The SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to all the downlink MIMO layer numbers in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求162所述通信装置,其特征在于,所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线端口转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 162, wherein the fallbackable SRS antenna port conversion capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线端口转换能力;At least one fallbackable SRS antenna port conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线端口转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频 段上支持的一个第二MIMO层数。Wherein, each of the back-off SRS antenna port conversion capabilities corresponds to a second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求162所述通信装置,其特征在于,所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线端口转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 162, wherein the fallbackable SRS antenna port conversion capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线端口转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The first group of back-off SRS antenna port conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna port conversion capabilities supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;其中,所述第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,所述第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。Wherein, each of the backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities in the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to one of the second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination The number of uplink MIMO layers, each of the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the second MIMO layer supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination One of the number of downlink MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求159至161中任一项所述通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to any one of claims 159 to 161, wherein:所述UE支持的所述SRS天线转换能力包括所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的SRS天线转换能力;The SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。The fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE .
- 根据权利要求168所述通信装置,其特征在于,所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device of claim 168, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The SRS antenna switching capability that the UE supports on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;其中,所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的对应载波上支持的第二MIMO层数。Wherein, the back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求168所述通信装置,其特征在于,所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device of claim 168, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;其中,所述第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的对应载波上支持的第二MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,所述第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的对应载波上支持的第二MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。Wherein, the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink MIMO layers in the second number of MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and the second The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求168所述通信装置,其特征在于,所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device of claim 168, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities and the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;其中,所述第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的每个载波上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,所述第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的每个载波上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。Wherein, each of the backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities in the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the second MIMO supported by the UE on each carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. An uplink MIMO layer number in the number of layers, each of the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE’s corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. One of the second MIMO layers supported on each carrier.
- 根据权利要求159或160所述通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 159 or 160, wherein:所述UE支持的所述第一MIMO层数包括所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的最大上行MIMO层数和最大下行MIMO层数;The first number of MIMO layers supported by the UE includes the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;所述第二MIMO层数包括所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。The second number of MIMO layers includes the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- 根据权利要求172所述通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 172, wherein:所述UE支持的所述SRS天线转换能力包括所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的SRS天线转换能力。The SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- 根据权利要求173所述通信装置,其特征在于,所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线 转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 173, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The backable SRS antenna switching capability that the UE supports on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;其中,所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数。Wherein, the backable SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求174所述通信装置,其特征在于,所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 174, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;其中,所述第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,所述第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。Wherein, the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink MIMO layers in the second number of MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and the second back-off capability The SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers in the second MIMO layer number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求174所述通信装置,其特征在于,所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 174, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE;其中,所述第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,所述第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。Wherein, each of the backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities in the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to one of the second MIMO layers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination The number of uplink MIMO layers, each of the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the second MIMO layer supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination One of the number of downlink MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求159至176中任一项所述通信装置,其特征在于,所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于所述网络设备在为所述UE重配置MIMO层数时,根据所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力为所述UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。The communication device according to any one of claims 159 to 176, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used by the network device to reconfigure the number of MIMO layers for the UE. At this time, the SRS resource used for antenna port conversion is reconfigured for the UE according to the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE.
- 根据权利要求159至177中任一项所述通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to any one of claims 159 to 177, wherein:所述UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于所述网络设备为所述UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源由以下事件触发:所述网络设备接收到所述UE发送的第二消息;The fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used by the network device to reconfigure the SRS resources used for antenna port switching for the UE, triggered by the following event: the network device receives the UE's transmission Second news其中,所述第二消息包括所述UE期望所述网络设备为所述UE配置的MIMO层数或期望配置的最大MIMO层数。The second message includes the number of MIMO layers or the maximum number of MIMO layers that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE.
- 根据权利要求178所述通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二消息由所述UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给所述网络设备。The communication device of claim 178, wherein the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it is expected to reduce power.
- 根据权利要求179所述通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二消息为辅助信息消息。The communication device according to claim 179, wherein the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- 根据权利要求159至180中任一项所述通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一消息为UE能力消息。The communication device according to any one of claims 159 to 180, wherein the first message is a UE capability message.
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:用于确定UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力的装置;A device for determining the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE;用于向网络设备发送第二消息的装置,所述第二消息包括第三MIMO层数,第三MIMO层数为所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的最大MIMO层数;其中,所述第二消息还包括所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四MIMO层数对应,第四MIMO层数小于或等于第三MIMO层数。An apparatus for sending a second message to a network device, where the second message includes a third MIMO layer number, where the third MIMO layer number is the maximum number of MIMO layers that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; where The second message also includes the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE; the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth MIMO layer number, and the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number.
- 根据权利要求182所述通信装置,其特征在于,第三MIMO层数还包括:The communication device according to claim 182, wherein the third MIMO layer number further comprises:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的最大上行MIMO层数和最大下行MIMO层数;The UE expects that the network device configures the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the first frequency range for the UE;第四MIMO层数为所述UE在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。The fourth MIMO layer number is the number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers that are less than or equal to the number of third MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range.
- 根据权利要求182所述通信装置,其特征在于,第三MIMO层数包括:The communication device of claim 182, wherein the third MIMO layer number comprises:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的最大上行MIMO层数和最大下行MIMO层数;第四MIMO层数为所述UE在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。The UE expects that the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the second frequency range configured by the network device for the UE; the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or The number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers equal to the third MIMO layer number.
- 根据权利要求183所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 183, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the fourth SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range A combination of an uplink MIMO layer number and a downlink MIMO layer number in the MIMO layer number.
- 根据权利要求183所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 183, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range .
- 根据权利要求183所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 183, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的一个第四MIMO层数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to a first back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range Four MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求183所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 183, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of uplink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported in the first frequency range, and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range The number of downlink MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求183所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 183, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。The first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities and the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the first frequency range, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities can be returned The deactivated SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the first frequency range.
- 根据权利要求184所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 184, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth MIMO layer supported by the UE in the second frequency range The combination of an uplink MIMO layer number and a downlink MIMO layer number in the number.
- 根据权利要求184所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 184, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的所有第四MIMO层数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range number.
- 根据权利要求184所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 184, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的一个第四MIMO层数。At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a fourth MIMO supported by the UE in the second frequency range Number of layers.
- 根据权利要求184所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力 包括:The communication device according to claim 184, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。The first back-off SRS antenna switching capability and the second back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein the first back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of uplink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported in the second frequency range, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range The number of downlink MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求184所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 184, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities can be returned The deactivated SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range.
- 根据权利要求182至194中任一项所述通信装置,其特征在于,还包括:The communication device according to any one of claims 182 to 194, further comprising:用于在UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备在为所述UE重配置MIMO层数时,根据所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为所述UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源的装置。Used for the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE to be used by the network device to reconfigure the UE according to the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE when reconfiguring the MIMO layers SRS resource device for antenna port conversion.
- 根据权利要求195所述通信装置,其特征在于,第二消息由UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给网络设备。The communication device according to claim 195, wherein the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it desires to reduce power.
- 根据权利要求182至196中任一项所述通信装置,其特征在于,第二消息为辅助信息消息。The communication device according to any one of claims 182 to 196, wherein the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:用于确定所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力的装置;An apparatus for determining the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE;用于向网络设备发送第一消息的装置,所述第一消息包括UE支持的SRS天线转换能力;其中,所述第一消息还包括UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。An apparatus for sending a first message to a network device, where the first message includes the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; wherein, the first message further includes the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE.
- 根据权利要求198所述通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 198, wherein:第一消息还包括UE支持的第一MIMO层数;UE支持的可回退的SRS天线端口转换能力与第二MIMO层数对应;所述第二MIMO层数小于或等于第一MIMO层数。The first message also includes the first number of MIMO layers supported by the UE; the backable SRS antenna port conversion capability supported by the UE corresponds to the second number of MIMO layers; the second number of MIMO layers is less than or equal to the first number of MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求199所述通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 199, wherein:UE支持的第一天线端口数包括所述UE在UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的最大上行天线端口数和最大下行天线端口数;所述第二天线端口数包括UE在UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的上行天线端口数和/或下行天线端口数。The number of first antenna ports supported by the UE includes the maximum number of uplink antenna ports and the maximum number of downlink antenna ports supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; the second antenna The number of ports includes the number of uplink antenna ports and/or the number of downlink antenna ports supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- 根据权利要求198至200中任一项所述通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to any one of claims 198 to 200, characterized in that:UE支持的SRS天线转换能力包括所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的SRS天线转换能力;UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括所述UE在UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。The SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; the backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes the UE’s The backable SRS antenna switching capability supported on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- 根据权利要求201所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 201, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数和一个下行天线端口数的组合。The UE supports at least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; wherein, each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s A combination of one uplink antenna port number and one downlink antenna port number among the second antenna port numbers supported on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求201所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 201, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力; 其中,可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的所有第二天线端口数。The backable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; wherein the backable SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE in the corresponding frequency band combination The number of all second antenna ports supported on the corresponding frequency band.
- 根据权利要求201所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 201, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数中的所有上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数中的所有下行天线端口数。The first fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability and the second fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; wherein the first fallback is possible The SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink antenna ports in the second antenna port number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of all downlink antenna ports in the number of second antenna ports supported on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求201所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 201, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的一个第二天线端口数。The UE supports at least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; wherein, each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of a second antenna port supported on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求201所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 201, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数中的一个下行天线端口数。The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; wherein, the first group In the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities, each fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to one uplink antenna port number among the second antenna port numbers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. Each of the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities in the group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to one downlink antenna port number among the number of second antenna ports supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求198至200中任一项所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to any one of claims 198 to 200, wherein the SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的SRS天线转换能力;UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括所述UE在UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力。The SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; the fallback SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the UE The SRS antenna switching capability that is supported on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求207所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 207, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的对应载波上支持的第二天线端口数。The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; wherein the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE The number of second antenna ports supported on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求207所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 207, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的对应载波上支持的第二天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的对应载波上支持的第二天线端口数中的下行天线端口数。The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; wherein, The first fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of uplink antenna ports among the second number of antenna ports supported by the UE on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and the second fallback SRS antenna The conversion capability corresponds to the number of downlink antenna ports among the number of second antenna ports supported by the UE on the corresponding carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求207所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 207, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的每个载波上支持的第二天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可 回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上的每个载波上支持的第二天线端口数中的一个下行天线端口数。The first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities and the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE on each carrier on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; Wherein, each of the backable SRS antenna conversion capabilities in the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the number of second antenna ports supported by the UE on each carrier on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination The number of one uplink antenna port in the second group of SRS antenna conversion capabilities that can be backed out corresponds to each carrier of the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. One of the number of downlink antenna ports in the number of supported second antenna ports.
- 根据权利要求198至199中任一项所述通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to any one of claims 198 to 199, characterized in that:UE支持的第一天线端口数包括所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的最大上行天线端口数和最大下行天线端口数;第二天线端口数包括所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的上行天线端口数和/或下行天线端口数。The first number of antenna ports supported by the UE includes the maximum number of uplink antenna ports and the maximum number of downlink antenna ports supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; the second number of antenna ports includes the The number of uplink antenna ports and/or the number of downlink antenna ports supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- 根据权利要求200所述通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 200, wherein:UE支持的SRS天线转换能力包括所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的SRS天线转换能力。The SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE includes the SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE.
- 根据权利要求212所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 212, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数。The backed-back SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; wherein the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s ability to switch in the corresponding frequency band The number of second antenna ports supported on the corresponding frequency band.
- 根据权利要求212所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 212, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数中的下行天线端口数。The first fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability and the second fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; wherein the first fallback is possible The SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink antenna ports in the second antenna port number supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE in the corresponding frequency band combination. The number of downlink antenna ports in the number of second antenna ports supported on the corresponding frequency band in the frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求212所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 212, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在所述UE支持的每个频段组合中的每个频段上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在对应频段组合中的对应频段上支持的第二天线端口数中的一个下行天线端口数。The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the UE on each frequency band in each frequency band combination supported by the UE; wherein, the first group In the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities, each fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to one uplink antenna port number among the second antenna port numbers supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination. Each of the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities in the group of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to one downlink antenna port number among the number of second antenna ports supported by the UE on the corresponding frequency band in the corresponding frequency band combination.
- 根据权利要求198至215中任一项所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备在为所述UE重配置天线端口数时,根据所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为所述UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源。The communication device according to any one of claims 198 to 215, wherein the SRS antenna switching capability that is supported by the UE is used when the network device reconfigures the number of antenna ports for the UE according to the UE The supported back-off SRS antenna conversion capability is to reconfigure the SRS resources used for antenna port conversion for the UE.
- 根据权利要求198至215中任一项所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备为所述UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源由以下事件触发:The communication device according to any one of claims 198 to 215, wherein the fallback SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE is used by the network device to reconfigure the SRS resources used for antenna port switching for the UE as follows: Event trigger:网络设备接收到所述UE发送的第二消息;其中,第二消息包括所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的天线端口数或期望配置的最大天线端口数。The network device receives the second message sent by the UE; where the second message includes the number of antenna ports or the maximum number of antenna ports that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE.
- 根据权利要求217所述通信装置,其特征在于,第二消息由UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给网络设备。The communication device according to claim 217, wherein the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it desires to reduce power.
- 根据权利要求218所述通信装置,其特征在于,第二消息为辅助信息消息。The communication device according to claim 218, wherein the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- 根据权利要求219所述通信装置,其特征在于,第一消息为UE能力消息。The communication device according to claim 219, wherein the first message is a UE capability message.
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:用于确定UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力的装置;A device for determining the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE;用于向网络设备发送第二消息的装置,所述第二消息包括第三天线端口数,第三天线端口数为所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的最大天线端口数;其中,所述第二消息还包括所述UE支 持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四天线端口数对应,其中,第四天线端口数小于或等于第三天线端口数。A device for sending a second message to a network device, where the second message includes a third antenna port number, where the third antenna port number is the maximum number of antenna ports that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; wherein, The second message also includes the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the fourth antenna port number, where the fourth antenna port number is less than or equal to the third antenna port number. Number of antenna ports.
- 根据权利要求221所述通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 221, wherein:第三天线端口数还包括:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的最大上行天线端口数和最大下行天线端口数;第四天线端口数为所述UE在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三天线端口数的上行天线端口数和/或下行天线端口数。The third number of antenna ports also includes: the maximum number of uplink antenna ports and the maximum number of downlink antenna ports of the serving cell in the first frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; The number of uplink antenna ports and/or the number of downlink antenna ports that are less than or equal to the number of third antenna ports supported by the first frequency range.
- 根据权利要求221所述通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 221, wherein:第三天线端口数包括:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的最大上行天线端口数和最大下行天线端口数;第四天线端口数为所述UE在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第三天线端口数的上行天线端口数和/或下行天线端口数。The third number of antenna ports includes: the maximum number of uplink antenna ports and the maximum number of downlink antenna ports of the serving cell in the second frequency range that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; The second frequency range supports the number of uplink antenna ports and/or the number of downlink antenna ports that are less than or equal to the third antenna port number.
- 根据权利要求222所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 222, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数和一个下行天线端口数的组合。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the fourth SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range A combination of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports in the number of antenna ports.
- 根据权利要求222所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 222, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range .
- 根据权利要求222所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 222, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的一个第四天线端口数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to a first back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range Number of four antenna ports.
- 根据权利要求222所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 222, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的下行天线端口数。The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of uplink antenna ports among all the number of fourth antenna ports supported in the first frequency range, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range The number of downlink antenna ports.
- 根据权利要求222所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 222, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个下行天线端口数。The first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities and the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink antenna port number among the fourth antenna port numbers supported by the UE in the first frequency range, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities is The deactivated SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to one number of downlink antenna ports among the number of fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range.
- 根据权利要求223所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 223, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数和一个下行天线端口数的组合。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein, each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the fourth antenna port supported by the UE in the second frequency range The combination of an uplink antenna port number and a downlink antenna port number in the number.
- 根据权利要求223所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 223, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的 SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的所有第四天线端口数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range number.
- 根据权利要求223所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 223, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的一个第四天线端口数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein, each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to a fourth antenna supported by the UE in the second frequency range Number of ports.
- 根据权利要求223所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 223, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的下行天线端口数。The first back-off SRS antenna switching capability and the second back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein the first back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of uplink antenna ports among all the number of fourth antenna ports supported in the second frequency range, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range The number of downlink antenna ports.
- 根据权利要求223所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 223, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个下行天线端口数。The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink antenna port number in the fourth antenna port number supported by the UE in the second frequency range, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities is The deactivated SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to one number of downlink antenna ports among the number of fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range.
- 根据权利要求221至233中任一项所述通信装置,其特征在于,还包括:The communication device according to any one of claims 221 to 233, further comprising:用于在UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备在为所述UE重配置天线端口数时,根据所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为所述UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源的装置。Used for the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE when the network device reconfigures the number of antenna ports for the UE, reconfigure the UE according to the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE SRS resource device for antenna port conversion.
- 根据权利要求234所述通信装置,其特征在于,第二消息由UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给网络设备。The communication device according to claim 234, wherein the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it desires to reduce power.
- 根据权利要求221至235中任一项所述通信装置,其特征在于,第二消息为辅助信息消息。The communication device according to any one of claims 221 to 235, wherein the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:用于确定UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力的装置;A device for determining the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE;用于向网络设备发送第二消息的装置,所述第二消息包括第三MIMO层数,第三MIMO层数为所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的MIMO层数;其中,所述第二消息还包括所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四MIMO层数对应,第四MIMO层数小于或等于第三MIMO层数。An apparatus for sending a second message to a network device, where the second message includes a third MIMO layer number, where the third MIMO layer number is the number of MIMO layers that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; wherein, the The second message also includes the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE; the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth MIMO layer number, and the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number .
- 根据权利要求237所述通信装置,其特征在于,第三MIMO层数还包括:The communication device according to claim 237, wherein the third MIMO layer number further comprises:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的上行MIMO层数和下行MIMO层数;第四MIMO层数为所述UE在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。The UE expects that the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the first frequency range configured by the network device for the UE; the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the first frequency range supported by the UE in the first frequency range The number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers of three MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求237所述通信装置,其特征在于,第三MIMO层数包括:The communication device according to claim 237, wherein the third MIMO layer number comprises:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的上行MIMO层数和下行MIMO层数;第四MIMO层数为所述UE在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。The UE expects that the number of uplink MIMO layers and the number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the second frequency range configured by the network device for the UE; the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the first number supported by the UE in the second frequency range The number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers of three MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求238所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 238, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回 退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the fourth SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range A combination of an uplink MIMO layer number and a downlink MIMO layer number in the MIMO layer number.
- 根据权利要求238所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 238, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range .
- 根据权利要求238所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 238, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的一个第四MIMO层数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to a first back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range Four MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求238所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 238, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of uplink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported in the first frequency range, and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range The number of downlink MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求238所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 238, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。The first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities and the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the first frequency range, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities can be returned The deactivated SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the first frequency range.
- 根据权利要求239所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 239, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth MIMO layer supported by the UE in the second frequency range The combination of an uplink MIMO layer number and a downlink MIMO layer number in the number.
- 根据权利要求239所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 239, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的所有第四MIMO层数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range number.
- 根据权利要求239所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 239, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的一个第四MIMO层数。At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a fourth MIMO supported by the UE in the second frequency range Number of layers.
- 根据权利要求239所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 239, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。The first back-off SRS antenna switching capability and the second back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein the first back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of uplink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported in the second frequency range, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range The number of downlink MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求239所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 239, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities can be returned The deactivated SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range.
- 根据权利要求237至249中任一项所述通信装置,其特征在于,还包括:用于在UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备在为所述UE重配置MIMO层数时,根据所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为所述UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源的装置。The communication device according to any one of claims 237 to 249, further comprising: a back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE for network equipment to reconfigure the number of MIMO layers for the UE At this time, a device for reconfiguring SRS resources used for antenna port conversion for the UE according to the SRS antenna conversion capability that is supported by the UE and can be rolled back.
- 根据权利要求239所述通信装置,其特征在于,第二消息由UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给网络设备。The communication device according to claim 239, wherein the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it desires to reduce power.
- 根据权利要求237至251中任一项所述通信装置,其特征在于,第二消息为辅助信息消息。The communication device according to any one of claims 237 to 251, wherein the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:用于确定UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力的装置;A device for determining the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE;用于向网络设备发送第二消息的装置,所述第二消息包括第三天线端口数,第三天线端口数为所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的天线端口数;其中,所述第二消息还包括所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四天线端口数对应,其中,第四天线端口数小于或等于第三天线端口数。A device for sending a second message to a network device, where the second message includes a third antenna port number, where the third antenna port number is the number of antenna ports that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; wherein, the The second message also includes the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the fourth antenna port number, where the fourth antenna port number is less than or equal to the third antenna Number of ports.
- 根据权利要求253所述通信装置,其特征在于,第三天线端口数还包括:The communication device according to claim 253, wherein the third antenna port number further comprises:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的上行天线端口数和下行天线端口数;第四天线端口数为所述UE在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三天线端口数的上行天线端口数和/或下行天线端口数。The UE expects that the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports of the serving cell in the first frequency range configured by the network device for the UE; the fourth antenna port number is less than or equal to the first frequency range supported by the UE in the first frequency range The number of uplink antenna ports and/or the number of downlink antenna ports for three antenna ports.
- 根据权利要求253所述通信装置,其特征在于,第三天线端口数包括:The communication device according to claim 253, wherein the third antenna port number comprises:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的上行天线端口数和下行天线端口数;第四天线端口数为所述UE在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第三天线端口数的上行天线端口数和/或下行天线端口数。The UE expects that the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports of the serving cell in the second frequency range configured by the network device for the UE; the fourth antenna port number is less than or equal to the first number supported by the UE in the second frequency range The number of uplink antenna ports and/or the number of downlink antenna ports for three antenna ports.
- 根据权利要求254所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 254, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数和一个下行天线端口数的组合。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the fourth SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range A combination of the number of uplink antenna ports and the number of downlink antenna ports in the number of antenna ports.
- 根据权利要求254所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 254, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range .
- 根据权利要求254所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 254, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的一个第四天线端口数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to a first back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range Number of four antenna ports.
- 根据权利要求254所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 254, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四天 线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的下行天线端口数。The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of uplink antenna ports among all the number of fourth antenna ports supported in the first frequency range, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range The number of downlink antenna ports.
- 根据权利要求254所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 254, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个下行天线端口数。The first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities and the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink antenna port number among the fourth antenna port numbers supported by the UE in the first frequency range, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities is The deactivated SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to one number of downlink antenna ports among the number of fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range.
- 根据权利要求255所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 255, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数和一个下行天线端口数的组合。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein, each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the fourth antenna port supported by the UE in the second frequency range The combination of an uplink antenna port number and a downlink antenna port number in the number.
- 根据权利要求255所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 255, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的所有第四天线端口数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range number.
- 根据权利要求255所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 255, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的一个第四天线端口数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein, each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to a fourth antenna supported by the UE in the second frequency range Number of ports.
- 根据权利要求255所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 255, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的下行天线端口数。The first back-off SRS antenna switching capability and the second back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein the first back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of uplink antenna ports among all the number of fourth antenna ports supported in the second frequency range, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range The number of downlink antenna ports.
- 根据权利要求255所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 255, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个下行天线端口数。The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink antenna port number in the fourth antenna port number supported by the UE in the second frequency range, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities is The deactivated SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to one number of downlink antenna ports among the number of fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range.
- 根据权利要求253至265中任一项所述通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to any one of claims 253 to 265, wherein:用于在UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备在为所述UE重配置天线端口数时,根据所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为所述UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源的装置。Used for the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE when the network device reconfigures the number of antenna ports for the UE, reconfigure the UE according to the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE SRS resource device for antenna port conversion.
- 根据权利要求266所述通信装置,其特征在于,第二消息由UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给网络设备。The communication device according to claim 266, wherein the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it desires to reduce power.
- 根据权利要求253至267中任一项所述通信装置,其特征在于,第二消息为辅助信息消息。The communication device according to any one of claims 253 to 267, wherein the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:用于确定UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力的装置;A device for determining the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE;用于向网络设备发送第二消息的装置,所述第二消息包括第三天线端口数和第三MIMO层数,第三天线端口数为所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的最大上行天线端口数,第三MIMO层数为所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的最大下行MIMO层数;其中,所述第二消息还包括所述UE支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四天线端口数或第四MIMO层数对应,其中,第四MIMO层数小于或等于第三MIMO层数,第四天线端口数小于或等于第三天线端口数。An apparatus for sending a second message to a network device, the second message including a third antenna port number and a third MIMO layer number, and the third antenna port number is the maximum uplink that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE The number of antenna ports, the third MIMO layer number is the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; wherein, the second message also includes at least one fallbackable SRS antenna supported by the UE Conversion capability; the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth antenna port number or the fourth MIMO layer number, wherein the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number, and the fourth antenna port number is less than or Equal to the number of third antenna ports.
- 根据权利要求269所述通信装置,其特征在于,第三天线端口数还包括:The communication device according to claim 269, wherein the third antenna port number further comprises:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的最大上行天线端口数;第三MIMO层数还包括:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的最大下行MIMO层数;第四天线端口数为所述UE在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三天线端口数的下行天线端口数,第四MIMO层数为所述UE在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的下行MIMO层数。The UE expects the network device to configure the maximum number of uplink antenna ports of the serving cell in the first frequency range for the UE; the third MIMO layer number also includes: the UE expects the network device to configure the UE in the first frequency range The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers in the serving cell; the fourth number of antenna ports is the number of downlink antenna ports less than or equal to the number of third antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range, and the fourth number of MIMO layers is the number of downlink antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range. The number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the first frequency range is less than or equal to the number of third MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求269所述通信装置,其特征在于,第三天线端口数还包括:The communication device according to claim 269, wherein the third antenna port number further comprises:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的最大上行天线端口数;第三MIMO层数还包括:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的最大下行MIMO层数;第四天线端口数为所述UE在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第四天线端口数的下行天线端口数,第四MIMO层数为所述UE在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的下行MIMO层数。The UE expects the network equipment to configure the maximum number of uplink antenna ports of the serving cell in the second frequency range for the UE; the third MIMO layer number also includes: the UE expects the network equipment to configure the UE in the second frequency range The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers in the serving cell of the serving cell; the fourth number of antenna ports is the number of downlink antenna ports less than or equal to the number of fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range, and the fourth number of MIMO layers is the number of The number of downlink MIMO layers supported by the second frequency range is less than or equal to the number of third MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求270所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数和第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数的组合。The communication device according to claim 270, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises: at least one backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each One of the SRS antenna switching capabilities that can be backed out corresponds to the number of uplink antenna ports among the number of fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range and one number of downlink MIMO layers among the fourth MIMO layer numbers. combination.
- 根据权利要求270所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数和第四天线端口数。The communication device according to claim 270, wherein the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE include: at least one back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE in the first frequency range; The backed-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers and the number of fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the first frequency range.
- 根据权利要求270所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的一个第四MIMO层数对应的第四天线端口数。The communication device according to claim 270, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises: at least one backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each One SRS antenna switching capability that can be backed out corresponds to a fourth antenna port number corresponding to a fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the first frequency range.
- 根据权利要求270所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 270, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of uplink antenna ports among all the number of fourth antenna ports supported in the first frequency range, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range The number of downlink MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求270所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 270, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。The first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities and the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink antenna port number among the fourth antenna port numbers supported by the UE in the first frequency range, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities is The deactivated SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the first frequency range.
- 根据权利要求271所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 271, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行天线端口数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth MIMO layer supported by the UE in the second frequency range The combination of an uplink antenna port number and a downlink MIMO layer number in the number.
- 根据权利要求271所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的所有第四MIMO层数和对应的第四天线端口数。The communication device according to claim 271, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE comprises: at least one backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein, each A back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers and the corresponding number of fourth antenna ports supported by the UE in the second frequency range.
- 根据权利要求271所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 271, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的一个第四MIMO层数。At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to a fourth MIMO supported by the UE in the second frequency range Number of layers.
- 根据权利要求271所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 271, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。The first back-off SRS antenna switching capability and the second back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein the first back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of uplink antenna ports among all the number of fourth antenna ports supported in the second frequency range, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range The number of downlink MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求271所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 271, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink antenna port number in the fourth antenna port number supported by the UE in the second frequency range, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities is The deactivated SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range.
- 根据权利要求269至281中任一项所述通信装置,其特征在于,还包括:The communication device according to any one of claims 269 to 281, further comprising:用于在UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备在为所述UE重配置上行天线端口数和下行MIMO层数时,根据所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为所述UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源的装置。Used for the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE when the network device reconfigures the number of uplink antenna ports and downlink MIMO layers for the UE, according to the fallback SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE An apparatus for reconfiguring SRS resources used for antenna port conversion for the UE.
- 根据权利要求271所述通信装置,其特征在于,第二消息由UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给网络设备。The communication device according to claim 271, wherein the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it desires to reduce power.
- 根据权利要求269至283中任一项所述通信装置,其特征在于,第二消息为辅助信息消息。The communication device according to any one of claims 269 to 283, wherein the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:用于确定UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力的装置;A device for determining the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE;用于向网络设备发送第二消息的装置,所述第二消息包括第三天线端口数和第三MIMO层数,第三天线端口数为所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的上行天线端口数,第三MIMO层数为所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的下行MIMO层数;其中,所述第二消息还包括所述UE支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四天线端口数或第四MIMO层数对应,其中,第四MIMO层数小于或等于第三MIMO层数,第四天线端口数小于或等于第三天线端口数。An apparatus for sending a second message to a network device, the second message including a third antenna port number and a third MIMO layer number, and the third antenna port number is the uplink antenna that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE The number of ports, the third MIMO layer number is the number of downlink MIMO layers that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; wherein, the second message also includes at least one fallback SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth antenna port number or the fourth MIMO layer number, where the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number, and the fourth antenna port number is less than or equal to the first Number of three antenna ports.
- 根据权利要求285所述通信装置,其特征在于,第三天线端口数还包括:The communication device according to claim 285, wherein the third antenna port number further comprises:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的上行天线端口数;第三MIMO层数还包括:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的下行MIMO层数;第四天线端口数为所述UE在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三天线端口数的下行天线端口数,第四MIMO层数为所述UE在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的下行MIMO层数。The UE expects that the network device configures the number of uplink antenna ports of the serving cell in the first frequency range for the UE; the third MIMO layer number also includes: the UE expects the network device to configure the UE in the first frequency range The number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell; the fourth antenna port number is the number of downlink antenna ports that the UE supports in the first frequency range that is less than or equal to the third antenna port number, and the fourth MIMO layer number is the number of the UE in the first frequency range. The number of downlink MIMO layers that the frequency range supports is less than or equal to the number of third MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求285所述通信装置,其特征在于,第三天线端口数还包括:The communication device according to claim 285, wherein the third antenna port number further comprises:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的上行天线端口数;第三MIMO层数还包括:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的下行MIMO层数;第四天线端口数为所述UE在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第四天线端口数的下行天线端口数,第四MIMO层数为所述UE在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的下行MIMO层数。The UE expects the network equipment to configure the number of uplink antenna ports of the serving cell in the second frequency range for the UE; the third MIMO layer number also includes: the UE expects the network equipment to configure the UE for the UE in the second frequency range The number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell; the fourth antenna port number is the number of downlink antenna ports less than or equal to the fourth antenna port number supported by the UE in the second frequency range, and the fourth MIMO layer number is the number of the UE in the second frequency range. The number of downlink MIMO layers that the frequency range supports is less than or equal to the number of third MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求286所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 286, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数和第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数的组合。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the fourth SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range A combination of an uplink antenna port number in the number of antenna ports and a downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number.
- 根据权利要求286所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 286, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数和第四天线端口数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range And the fourth antenna port number.
- 根据权利要求286所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 286, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的一个第四MIMO层数对应的第四天线端口数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each of the back-off SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to a first back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range The fourth antenna port number corresponding to the four MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求286所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 286, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein the first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of uplink antenna ports among all the number of fourth antenna ports supported in the first frequency range, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the first frequency range The number of downlink MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求286所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 286, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。The first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities and the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each of the first set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink antenna port number among the fourth antenna port numbers supported by the UE in the first frequency range, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities is The deactivated SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the first frequency range.
- 根据权利要求287所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 287, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行天线端口数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth MIMO layer supported by the UE in the second frequency range The combination of an uplink antenna port number and a downlink MIMO layer number in the number.
- 根据权利要求287所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 287, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的 SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的所有第四MIMO层数和对应的第四天线端口数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range And the corresponding fourth antenna port number.
- 根据权利要求287所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 287, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第一频率范围支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围内支持的一个第四MIMO层数。At least one back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the first frequency range; wherein each back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to a fourth MIMO supported by the UE in the first frequency range Number of layers.
- 根据权利要求287所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 287, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四天线端口数中的上行天线端口数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围内支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。The first back-off SRS antenna switching capability and the second back-off SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein the first back-off SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of uplink antenna ports among all the number of fourth antenna ports supported in the second frequency range, and the second fallback SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of all fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE in the second frequency range The number of downlink MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求287所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 287, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第四天线端口数中的一个上行天线端口数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the UE in the second frequency range; wherein each of the first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities The back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one uplink antenna port number in the fourth antenna port number supported by the UE in the second frequency range, and each of the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities is The deactivated SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE in the second frequency range.
- 根据权利要求285至297中任一项所述通信装置,其特征在于,还包括:The communication device according to any one of claims 285 to 297, further comprising:用于在UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备在为所述UE重配置上行天线端口数和下行MIMO层数时,根据所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为所述UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源的装置。Used for the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE when the network device reconfigures the number of uplink antenna ports and downlink MIMO layers for the UE, according to the fallback SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE An apparatus for reconfiguring SRS resources used for antenna port conversion for the UE.
- 根据权利要求298所述通信装置,其特征在于,第二消息由UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给网络设备。The communication device according to claim 298, wherein the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it desires to reduce power.
- 根据权利要求285至299中任一项所述通信装置,其特征在于,第二消息为辅助信息消息。The communication device according to any one of claims 285 to 299, wherein the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:用于确定UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力的装置;A device for determining the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE;用于向网络设备发送第二消息的装置,所述第二消息包括第三MIMO层数,第三MIMO层数为所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的最大MIMO层数;其中,所述第二消息还包括所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四MIMO层数对应,其中,第四MIMO层数小于或等于第三MIMO层数。An apparatus for sending a second message to a network device, where the second message includes a third MIMO layer number, where the third MIMO layer number is the maximum number of MIMO layers that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; where The second message also includes the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE; the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth MIMO layer number, where the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the third Number of MIMO layers.
- 根据权利要求301所述通信装置,其特征在于,第三MIMO层数还包括:The communication device according to claim 301, wherein the third MIMO layer number further comprises:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第一频率范围上的服务小区的最大上行MIMO层数和最大下行MIMO层数;第四MIMO层数为所述UE在第一频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。The UE expects that the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the first frequency range configured by the network device for the UE; the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or The number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers equal to the third MIMO layer number.
- 根据权利要求301所述通信装置,其特征在于,第三MIMO层数包括:The communication device according to claim 301, wherein the third MIMO layer number includes:UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的在第二频率范围上的服务小区的最大上行MIMO层数和最大下行MIMO层数;第四MIMO层数为所述UE在第二频率范围支持的小于或等于第三MIMO层数的上行MIMO层数和/或下行MIMO层数。The UE expects that the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers and the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of the serving cell in the second frequency range configured by the network device for the UE; the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or The number of uplink MIMO layers and/or the number of downlink MIMO layers equal to the third MIMO layer number.
- 根据权利要求302所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 302, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range; wherein, each of the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the A combination of one uplink MIMO layer number and one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range.
- 根据权利要求302所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 302, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的所有第四MIMO层数。The UE supports at least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range; wherein, each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE in the first frequency range. The number of all fourth MIMO layers supported on each band under each band combination of the frequency range.
- 根据权利要求302所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 302, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的一个第四MIMO层数。At least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range; wherein, each of the back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities corresponds to the The number of a fourth MIMO layer supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range.
- 根据权利要求302所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 302, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range; wherein the first back-off capability The SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range, and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion The capability corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range.
- 根据权利要求302所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 302, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第一频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。The first group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second group of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range; wherein, the first group In the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities, each fallback SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to one of the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range The number of uplink MIMO layers, each of the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE's support on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the first frequency range A number of downlink MIMO layers in the fourth MIMO layer number.
- 根据权利要求303所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 303, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数和一个下行MIMO层数的组合。The UE supports at least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range; wherein, each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s A combination of one uplink MIMO layer number and one downlink MIMO layer number in the fourth MIMO layer number supported on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range.
- 根据权利要求303所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 303, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的所有第四MIMO层数。The UE supports at least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range; wherein, each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s The number of all fourth MIMO layers supported on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range.
- 根据权利要求303所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 303, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,每一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的一个第四MIMO层数。The UE supports at least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range; wherein, each back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the UE’s A fourth MIMO layer number supported on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range.
- 根据权利要求303所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力 包括:The communication device according to claim 303, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的上行MIMO层数,第二可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的所有第四MIMO层数中的下行MIMO层数。The first back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range; wherein, the first back-off capability The SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the number of uplink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range, and the second back-off SRS antenna conversion The capability corresponds to the number of downlink MIMO layers among all the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range.
- 根据权利要求303所述通信装置,其特征在于,UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力包括:The communication device according to claim 303, wherein the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE includes:所述UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力和第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力;其中,第一组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个上行MIMO层数,第二组可回退的SRS天线转换能力中的每个可回退的SRS天线转换能力对应于所述UE在第二频率范围的每个频段组合下的每个频段上支持的第四MIMO层数中的一个下行MIMO层数。The first set of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities and the second set of back-off SRS antenna conversion capabilities supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range; wherein, the first group In the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities, each fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability corresponds to one of the fourth MIMO layers supported by the UE on each frequency band under each frequency band combination in the second frequency range The number of uplink MIMO layers, each of the second set of fallbackable SRS antenna switching capabilities corresponds to the UE's support on each frequency band under each combination of frequency bands in the second frequency range A number of downlink MIMO layers in the fourth MIMO layer number.
- 根据权利要求301至313中任一项所述通信装置,其特征在于,还包括:The communication device according to any one of claims 301 to 313, further comprising:用于在UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力用于网络设备在为所述UE重配置MIMO层数时,根据所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力为所述UE重配置用于天线端口转换的SRS资源的装置。Used for the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE to be used by the network device to reconfigure the UE according to the fallbackable SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE when reconfiguring the MIMO layers SRS resource device for antenna port conversion.
- 根据权利要求314所述通信装置,其特征在于,第二消息由UE在过热或者期望降低功率时发送给网络设备。The communication device according to claim 314, wherein the second message is sent to the network device by the UE when it is overheated or when it is expected to reduce power.
- 根据权利要求301至315中任一项所述通信装置,其特征在于,第二消息为辅助信息消息。The communication device according to any one of claims 301 to 315, wherein the second message is an auxiliary information message.
- 一种用户设备,其特征在于,包括存储器、处理器及存储在存储器上并可在处理器上运行的计算机程序,其特征在于,所述处理器执行所述程序时,实现如权利要求1至23中任一项所述的方法,或实现如权利要求24至39中任一项所述的方法,或实现如权利要求40至62中任一项所述的方法,或实现如权利要求63至78中任一项所述的方法,或实现如权利要求79至94中任一项所述的方法,或实现如权利要求95至110中任一项所述的方法,或实现如权利要求111至126中任一项所述的方法,或实现如权利要求127至142中任一项所述的方法,或实现如权利要求143至158中任一项所述的方法。A user equipment, characterized by comprising a memory, a processor, and a computer program stored in the memory and running on the processor, wherein the processor executes the program to implement The method according to any one of 23, or the method according to any one of claims 24 to 39, or the method according to any one of claims 40 to 62, or the method according to claim 63 The method of any one of to 78, or the method of any of claims 79 to 94, or the method of any of claims 95 to 110, or the method of claim The method according to any one of 111 to 126, or the method according to any one of claims 127 to 142, or the method according to any one of claims 143 to 158.
- 一种装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括处理器,所述处理器用于与存储器耦合,并读取存储器中的指令并根据所述指令执行如权利要求1至23中任一项所述的方法,或根据所述指令执行如权利要求24至39中任一项所述的方法,或根据所述指令执行如权利要求40至62中任一项所述的方法,或根据所述指令执行如权利要求63至78中任一项所述的方法,或根据所述指令执行如权利要求79至94中任一项所述的方法,或根据所述指令执行如权利95至110中任一项所述的方法,或根据所述指令执行如权利111至126中任一项所述的方法,或根据所述指令执行如权利127至142中任一项所述的方法,或根据所述指令执行如权利143至158中任一项所述的方法。A device, characterized in that the device comprises a processor, the processor is used to couple with the memory, and read the instructions in the memory and execute according to the instructions according to any one of claims 1 to 23 Method, or execute the method according to any one of claims 24 to 39 according to the instruction, or execute the method according to any one of claims 40 to 62 according to the instruction, or execute according to the instruction The method according to any one of claims 63 to 78, or the method according to any one of claims 79 to 94 is executed according to the instruction, or any one of claims 95 to 110 is executed according to the instruction Or according to the instruction to execute the method according to any one of claims 111 to 126, or according to the instruction to execute the method according to any one of claims 127 to 142, or according to the instruction The instructions execute the method according to any one of claims 143 to 158.
- 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1至23中任一项所述的方法,或执行如权利要求24至39中任一项所述的方法,或执行如权利要求40至62中任一项所述的方法,或执行如权利63至78中任一项所述的方法或执行如权利要求79至94中任一项所述的方法,或执行如权利要求95至110中任一项所述的方法,或执行如权利要求111至126中任一项所述的方法,或执行如权利要求127至142中任一项所述的方法,或执行如权利要求143至158中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that it includes instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 23, or execute the method according to claims 24 to 39 The method of any one, or the method of any one of claims 40 to 62, or the method of any one of claims 63 to 78, or the method of any one of claims 79 to 94 The method described in one item, or the method described in any one of claims 95 to 110 is performed, or the method described in any one of claims 111 to 126 is performed, or the method described in any one of claims 127 to 142 is performed The method according to any one, or the method according to any one of claims 143 to 158 is performed.
- 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要 求1至23中任一项所述的方法,或使得计算机执行如权利要求24至39中任一项所述的方法,或使得计算机执行如权利要求40至62中任一项所述的方法,或使得计算机执行如权利要求63至78中任一项所述的方法,或使得计算机执行如权利要求79至94中任一项所述的方法,或使得计算机执行如权利要求95至110中任一项所述的方法,或使得计算机执行如权利要求111至126中任一项所述的方法,或使得计算机执行如权利要求127至142中任一项所述的方法,或使得计算机执行如权利要求143至158中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that when it runs on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 23, or causes the computer to execute any one of claims 24 to 39 The method, or causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 40 to 62, or causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 63 to 78, or causes the computer to execute the method according to claim The method according to any one of 79 to 94, or causing a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 95 to 110, or causing a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 111 to 126, Or cause the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 127 to 142, or cause the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 143 to 158.
- 一种芯片,其特征在于,与存储器相连或者包括存储器,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的软件程序,以实现如权利要求1至23中任一项所述的方法,或以实现如权利要求24至39中任一项所述的方法,或以实现如权利要求40至62中任一项所述的方法,或以实现如权利要求63至78中任一项所述的方法,或使得计算机执行如权利要求79至94中任一项所述的方法,或使得计算机执行如权利要求95至110中任一项所述的方法,或使得计算机执行如权利要求111至126中任一项所述的方法,或使得计算机执行如权利要求127至142中任一项所述的方法,或使得计算机执行如权利要求143至158中任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized in that it is connected to a memory or includes a memory, and is used to read and execute a software program stored in the memory to implement the method according to any one of claims 1 to 23, or to implement The method according to any one of claims 24 to 39, or to implement the method according to any one of claims 40 to 62, or to implement the method according to any one of claims 63 to 78 , Or cause the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 79 to 94, or cause the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 95 to 110, or cause the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 111 to 126 The method of any one of the methods described in any one of claims 127 to 142, or the method described in any one of claims 143 to 158.
- 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括用户设备UE与网络设备,A communication system, characterized by comprising user equipment UE and network equipment,所述UE,用于确定所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;E向网络设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述UE支持的SRS天线转换能力;其中,所述第一消息还包括所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The UE is configured to determine the SRS antenna switching capability that is supported by the UE; E sends a first message to the network device, where the first message includes the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; wherein, The first message also includes the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE;所述网络设备,用于接收所述第一消息。The network device is configured to receive the first message.
- 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括用户设备UE与网络设备,A communication system, characterized by comprising user equipment UE and network equipment,所述UE,用于确定UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;向网络设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括第三MIMO层数,第三MIMO层数为所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的最大MIMO层数;其中,所述第二消息还包括所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四MIMO层数对应,第四MIMO层数小于或等于第三MIMO层数;The UE is used to determine the SRS antenna switching capability that the UE supports; and sends a second message to the network device, the second message includes the third MIMO layer number, and the third MIMO layer number is the UE's desired network The maximum number of MIMO layers configured by the device for the UE; wherein, the second message also includes the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability and the fourth MIMO layer Corresponding to the number, the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number;所述网络设备,用于接收所述第二消息。The network device is used to receive the second message.
- 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括用户设备UE与网络设备,A communication system, characterized by comprising user equipment UE and network equipment,所述UE,用于确定所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;向网络设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括UE支持的SRS天线转换能力;其中,所述第一消息还包括UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;The UE is configured to determine the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; send a first message to the network device, where the first message includes the SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; wherein, the first message It also includes the SRS antenna switching capability that the UE supports;所述网络设备,用于接收所述第一消息。The network device is configured to receive the first message.
- 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括用户设备UE与网络设备,A communication system, characterized by comprising user equipment UE and network equipment,所述UE用于确定所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;向网络设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括第三天线端口数,第三天线端口数为所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的最大天线端口数;其中,所述第二消息还包括所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四天线端口数对应,其中,第四天线端口数小于或等于第三天线端口数;The UE is used to determine the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; and send a second message to the network device, where the second message includes the third antenna port number, and the third antenna port number is the UE expectation The maximum number of antenna ports configured by the network equipment for the UE; wherein, the second message also includes the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability and the fourth antenna Corresponding to the number of ports, where the number of the fourth antenna port is less than or equal to the number of the third antenna port;所述网络设备,用于接收所述第二消息。The network device is used to receive the second message.
- 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括用户设备UE与网络设备,A communication system, characterized by comprising user equipment UE and network equipment,所述UE,用于确定所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;向网络设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括第三MIMO层数,第三MIMO层数为所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的MIMO层数;其中,所述第二消息还包括所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四MIMO层数对应,第四MIMO层数小于或等于第三MIMO层数;The UE is used to determine the SRS antenna switching capability that is supported by the UE; and send a second message to the network device, where the second message includes the third MIMO layer number, and the third MIMO layer number is the UE It is expected that the network device configures the number of MIMO layers for the UE; wherein, the second message also includes the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE; the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability and the fourth MIMO Corresponding to the number of layers, the fourth MIMO layer number is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number;所述网络设备,用于接收所述第二消息。The network device is used to receive the second message.
- 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括用户设备UE与网络设备,A communication system, characterized by comprising user equipment UE and network equipment,所述UE,用于确定所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;向网络设备发送第二消息, 所述第二消息包括第三天线端口数,第三天线端口数为所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的天线端口数;其中,所述第二消息还包括所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四天线端口数对应,其中,第四天线端口数小于或等于第三天线端口数;The UE is configured to determine the SRS antenna switching capability that is supported by the UE; and send a second message to the network device, where the second message includes a third antenna port number, and the third antenna port number is the UE It is expected that the number of antenna ports configured by the network device for the UE; wherein, the second message also includes the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability and the fourth antenna Corresponding to the number of ports, where the number of the fourth antenna port is less than or equal to the number of the third antenna port;所述网络设备,用于接收所述第二消息。The network device is used to receive the second message.
- 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括用户设备UE与网络设备,A communication system, characterized by comprising user equipment UE and network equipment,所述UE,用于确定所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;向网络设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括第三天线端口数和第三MIMO层数,第三天线端口数为所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的最大上行天线端口数,第三MIMO层数为所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的最大下行MIMO层数;其中,所述第二消息还包括所述UE支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四天线端口数或第四MIMO层数对应,其中,第四MIMO层数小于或等于第三MIMO层数,第四天线端口数小于或等于第三天线端口数;The UE is used to determine the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; sending a second message to the network device, the second message including the third antenna port number and the third MIMO layer number, and the third antenna The number of ports is the maximum number of uplink antenna ports that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE, and the third MIMO layer number is the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; wherein, the first The second message also includes at least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE; the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth antenna port number or the fourth MIMO layer number, where the fourth MIMO layer The number is less than or equal to the third MIMO layer number, and the fourth antenna port number is less than or equal to the third antenna port number;所述网络设备,用于接收所述第二消息。The network device is used to receive the second message.
- 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括用户设备UE与网络设备,A communication system, characterized by comprising user equipment UE and network equipment,所述UE,用于确定所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;向网络设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括第三天线端口数和第三MIMO层数,第三天线端口数为所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的上行天线端口数,第三MIMO层数为所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的下行MIMO层数;其中,所述第二消息还包括所述UE支持的至少一个可回退的SRS天线转换能力;所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四天线端口数或第四MIMO层数对应,其中,第四MIMO层数小于或等于第三MIMO层数,第四天线端口数小于或等于第三天线端口数;The UE is used to determine the backable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; sending a second message to the network device, the second message including the third antenna port number and the third MIMO layer number, and the third antenna The number of ports is the number of uplink antenna ports that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE, and the third MIMO layer number is the number of downlink MIMO layers that the UE expects the network device to configure for the UE; wherein, the second message It also includes at least one back-off SRS antenna conversion capability supported by the UE; the back-off SRS antenna conversion capability corresponds to the fourth antenna port number or the fourth MIMO layer number, where the fourth MIMO layer number is less than Or equal to the third MIMO layer number, and the fourth antenna port number is less than or equal to the third antenna port number;所述网络设备,用于接收所述第二消息。The network device is used to receive the second message.
- 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括用户设备UE与网络设备,A communication system, characterized by comprising user equipment UE and network equipment,所述UE,用于确定所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;向网络设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括第三MIMO层数,第三MIMO层数为所述UE期望网络设备为所述UE配置的最大MIMO层数;其中,所述第二消息还包括所述UE支持的可回退的SRS天线转换能力;所述可回退的SRS天线转换能力与第四MIMO层数对应,其中,第四MIMO层数小于或等于第三MIMO层数;The UE is used to determine the SRS antenna switching capability that is supported by the UE; and send a second message to the network device, where the second message includes the third MIMO layer number, and the third MIMO layer number is the UE It is expected that the network device can configure the maximum number of MIMO layers for the UE; wherein, the second message also includes the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability supported by the UE; the fallbackable SRS antenna switching capability and the fourth The number of MIMO layers corresponds, where the number of the fourth MIMO layer is less than or equal to the number of the third MIMO layer;所述网络设备,用于接收所述第二消息。The network device is used to receive the second message.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN201910245863.8 | 2019-03-28 | ||
CN201910245863.8A CN111757477B (en) | 2019-03-28 | 2019-03-28 | Method for reporting capability and user equipment |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2020192781A1 true WO2020192781A1 (en) | 2020-10-01 |
Family
ID=72608640
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2020/081988 WO2020192781A1 (en) | 2019-03-28 | 2020-03-30 | Capability reporting method and user equipment |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN111757477B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2020192781A1 (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2023039837A1 (en) * | 2021-09-17 | 2023-03-23 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Method and device for adjusting multiple-input multiple output (mimo) transmission layer number of terminal |
EP4280643A4 (en) * | 2021-01-13 | 2024-10-23 | Ntt Docomo Inc | Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station |
Families Citing this family (14)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN112787779B (en) * | 2019-11-07 | 2022-10-04 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method and user equipment |
WO2022080977A1 (en) * | 2020-10-16 | 2022-04-21 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Methods and systems for managing temperature of 5g ue by tx/rx path switching |
CN116491081A (en) * | 2020-11-30 | 2023-07-25 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method, communication device and network equipment |
CN114585088B (en) * | 2020-12-02 | 2024-10-15 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method and device |
WO2022147657A1 (en) * | 2021-01-05 | 2022-07-14 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Method for switching antenna switching configuration and device |
CN112953606A (en) * | 2021-01-28 | 2021-06-11 | 江苏恒宝智能系统技术有限公司 | Method and equipment for determining MIMO (multiple input multiple output) layer number |
CN115150815A (en) * | 2021-03-30 | 2022-10-04 | 中国电信股份有限公司 | Terminal capability reporting method, user terminal and communication system |
CN115250463B (en) | 2021-04-28 | 2024-02-02 | 中国电信股份有限公司 | Terminal capability reporting method, user terminal and communication system |
CN115776728A (en) * | 2021-09-06 | 2023-03-10 | 华为技术有限公司 | Wireless communication method and communication device |
CN116195298A (en) * | 2021-09-29 | 2023-05-30 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Reporting method, reporting device, user equipment, network side equipment and storage medium |
CN116095869A (en) * | 2021-10-30 | 2023-05-09 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method, device and system |
CN117751680A (en) * | 2021-11-04 | 2024-03-22 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Wireless communication method, terminal equipment and network equipment |
CN114222357B (en) * | 2021-12-15 | 2024-07-26 | 中国电信股份有限公司 | Terminal device, power saving method, non-transitory storage medium, and program product |
CN118382113A (en) * | 2023-01-20 | 2024-07-23 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method, device and system |
Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN110650485A (en) * | 2018-06-26 | 2020-01-03 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Antenna switching transmission mode indication method for SRS, terminal equipment and network equipment |
Family Cites Families (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2016002441A1 (en) * | 2014-07-04 | 2016-01-07 | シャープ株式会社 | Mobile station device and base station device |
CN106455094B (en) * | 2015-08-13 | 2020-01-07 | 中国移动通信集团公司 | Transmission method of sounding reference signal, network side equipment and user equipment |
WO2018058456A1 (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2018-04-05 | 华为技术有限公司 | Sending method, receiving method and apparatus for channel state information reference signal |
CN109302702A (en) * | 2017-07-24 | 2019-02-01 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Radio resource management method, network side equipment and computer readable storage medium |
US11652522B2 (en) * | 2017-08-11 | 2023-05-16 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Methods and apparatus for SRS antenna switching in carrier aggregation |
US10715233B2 (en) * | 2017-08-31 | 2020-07-14 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Sounding reference signal (SRS) transmit antenna selection |
-
2019
- 2019-03-28 CN CN201910245863.8A patent/CN111757477B/en active Active
-
2020
- 2020-03-30 WO PCT/CN2020/081988 patent/WO2020192781A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN110650485A (en) * | 2018-06-26 | 2020-01-03 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Antenna switching transmission mode indication method for SRS, terminal equipment and network equipment |
Non-Patent Citations (4)
Title |
---|
HUAWEI; HISILICON: "UE Dynamic Adaptation to the Maximum Number of MIMO Layer", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1912916, 22 November 2019 (2019-11-22), Reno, USA, pages 1 - 3, XP051823679 * |
HUAWEI; HISILICON: "UE Reporting Assistance Information to gNB", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1903193, 1 March 2019 (2019-03-01), Athens Greece, pages 1 - 5, XP051600889 * |
QUALCOMM INCORPORATED: "SRS Antenna Switching for 1T4R and 2T4R", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1804937, 20 April 2018 (2018-04-20), Sanya, China, pages 1 - 8, XP051414275 * |
VIVO: "Discussion on UE Adaptation to Maximum Number of MIMO Layers", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1910235, 20 October 2019 (2019-10-20), Chongqing, China, pages 1 - 5, XP051808138 * |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP4280643A4 (en) * | 2021-01-13 | 2024-10-23 | Ntt Docomo Inc | Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station |
WO2023039837A1 (en) * | 2021-09-17 | 2023-03-23 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Method and device for adjusting multiple-input multiple output (mimo) transmission layer number of terminal |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN111757477A (en) | 2020-10-09 |
CN111757477B (en) | 2024-03-29 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
WO2020192781A1 (en) | Capability reporting method and user equipment | |
WO2021254078A1 (en) | Information transmission method, apparatus and terminal device | |
EP4099741A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for sharing mobile network hotspot, and hotspot sharing device | |
WO2021147427A1 (en) | Method for determining fall back power and method for adjusting transmission power | |
WO2020238890A1 (en) | Information processing method and device | |
WO2021043219A1 (en) | Bluetooth reconnection method and related apparatus | |
EP4236434A1 (en) | Channel switching method, electronic device, and storage medium | |
US20220330227A1 (en) | Communication Method, Communication Apparatus, and System | |
WO2021027623A1 (en) | Device capability discovery method and p2p device | |
WO2022262492A1 (en) | Data downloading method and apparatus, and terminal device | |
WO2021197071A1 (en) | Wireless communication system and method | |
WO2021052408A1 (en) | Electronic device display method and electronic device | |
US20230388170A1 (en) | Method and Apparatus for Determining Minimum Slot Offset Value | |
CN111757451B (en) | Method for adjusting Bluetooth output power and terminal equipment | |
CN110798893A (en) | Method for solving coexistence interference and electronic equipment | |
WO2021197115A1 (en) | Antenna tuning method and apparatus, and electronic device and network device | |
EP4114094A1 (en) | Transmission power control method, terminal, chip system and system | |
EP4270810A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for selecting antenna, electronic device, and readable storage medium | |
EP4192166A1 (en) | Data sending method and terminal device | |
WO2022068486A1 (en) | Data sending method, electronic device, chip system, and storage medium | |
CN114915359B (en) | Method, apparatus, electronic device and readable storage medium for selecting channel | |
CN113572586B (en) | Method, user equipment and system for sending sounding reference signal | |
CN114710812A (en) | Communication method and communication device | |
WO2022152323A1 (en) | Data transmission method, chip, terminal and storage medium | |
WO2023098874A1 (en) | Random access method and related device |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 20777277 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 20777277 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |